TW201017905A - Solar collector assembly - Google Patents
Solar collector assembly Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201017905A TW201017905A TW098122711A TW98122711A TW201017905A TW 201017905 A TW201017905 A TW 201017905A TW 098122711 A TW098122711 A TW 098122711A TW 98122711 A TW98122711 A TW 98122711A TW 201017905 A TW201017905 A TW 201017905A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- solar
- array
- component
- light
- assembly
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 197
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 43
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 claims description 70
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 claims description 64
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 claims description 45
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 claims description 44
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 37
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002086 nanomaterial Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 2
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 abstract description 54
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 abstract description 37
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 abstract description 25
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 22
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 52
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 41
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 description 40
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 40
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 38
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 34
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 30
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 27
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 25
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000013473 artificial intelligence Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 21
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 18
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000012706 support-vector machine Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 210000001747 pupil Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000017525 heat dissipation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012809 cooling fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010248 power generation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010801 machine learning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013528 artificial neural network Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- NJPPVKZQTLUDBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N novaluron Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC(F)(F)C(OC(F)(F)F)F)=CC=C1NC(=O)NC(=O)C1=C(F)C=CC=C1F NJPPVKZQTLUDBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical group OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000270295 Serpentes Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004567 concrete Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003066 decision tree Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005265 energy consumption Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011900 installation process Methods 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013082 photovoltaic technology Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005619 thermoelectricity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001218 Gallium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241001124569 Lycaenidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700124 Octodon degus Species 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000112598 Pseudoblennius percoides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000533293 Sesbania emerus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000011358 absorbing material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013145 classification model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000021185 dessert Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000887 face Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008713 feedback mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 1
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019557 luminance Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005297 material degradation process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005055 memory storage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006855 networking Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007500 overflow downdraw method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002984 plastic foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004886 process control Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010349 pulsation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008672 reprogramming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011896 sensitive detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010408 sweeping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003813 thumb Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003936 working memory Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01M—TESTING STATIC OR DYNAMIC BALANCE OF MACHINES OR STRUCTURES; TESTING OF STRUCTURES OR APPARATUS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G01M11/00—Testing of optical apparatus; Testing structures by optical methods not otherwise provided for
- G01M11/005—Testing of reflective surfaces, e.g. mirrors
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S23/00—Arrangements for concentrating solar-rays for solar heat collectors
- F24S23/70—Arrangements for concentrating solar-rays for solar heat collectors with reflectors
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S23/00—Arrangements for concentrating solar-rays for solar heat collectors
- F24S23/70—Arrangements for concentrating solar-rays for solar heat collectors with reflectors
- F24S23/74—Arrangements for concentrating solar-rays for solar heat collectors with reflectors with trough-shaped or cylindro-parabolic reflective surfaces
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S25/00—Arrangement of stationary mountings or supports for solar heat collector modules
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S30/00—Arrangements for moving or orienting solar heat collector modules
- F24S30/40—Arrangements for moving or orienting solar heat collector modules for rotary movement
- F24S30/45—Arrangements for moving or orienting solar heat collector modules for rotary movement with two rotation axes
- F24S30/458—Arrangements for moving or orienting solar heat collector modules for rotary movement with two rotation axes with inclined primary axis
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S40/00—Safety or protection arrangements of solar heat collectors; Preventing malfunction of solar heat collectors
- F24S40/90—Arrangements for testing solar heat collectors
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S50/00—Arrangements for controlling solar heat collectors
- F24S50/20—Arrangements for controlling solar heat collectors for tracking
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B7/00—Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements
- G02B7/18—Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors
- G02B7/182—Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors for mirrors
- G02B7/183—Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors for mirrors specially adapted for very large mirrors, e.g. for astronomy, or solar concentrators
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02S—GENERATION OF ELECTRIC POWER BY CONVERSION OF INFRARED RADIATION, VISIBLE LIGHT OR ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT, e.g. USING PHOTOVOLTAIC [PV] MODULES
- H02S20/00—Supporting structures for PV modules
- H02S20/30—Supporting structures being movable or adjustable, e.g. for angle adjustment
- H02S20/32—Supporting structures being movable or adjustable, e.g. for angle adjustment specially adapted for solar tracking
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10F—INORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES SENSITIVE TO INFRARED RADIATION, LIGHT, ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF SHORTER WAVELENGTH OR CORPUSCULAR RADIATION
- H10F77/00—Constructional details of devices covered by this subclass
- H10F77/40—Optical elements or arrangements
- H10F77/42—Optical elements or arrangements directly associated or integrated with photovoltaic cells, e.g. light-reflecting means or light-concentrating means
- H10F77/488—Reflecting light-concentrating means, e.g. parabolic mirrors or concentrators using total internal reflection
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S23/00—Arrangements for concentrating solar-rays for solar heat collectors
- F24S23/70—Arrangements for concentrating solar-rays for solar heat collectors with reflectors
- F24S2023/87—Reflectors layout
- F24S2023/874—Reflectors formed by assemblies of adjacent similar reflective facets
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S2201/00—Prediction; Simulation
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S40/00—Safety or protection arrangements of solar heat collectors; Preventing malfunction of solar heat collectors
- F24S40/80—Accommodating differential expansion of solar collector elements
- F24S40/85—Arrangements for protecting solar collectors against adverse weather conditions
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E10/00—Energy generation through renewable energy sources
- Y02E10/40—Solar thermal energy, e.g. solar towers
- Y02E10/47—Mountings or tracking
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E10/00—Energy generation through renewable energy sources
- Y02E10/50—Photovoltaic [PV] energy
- Y02E10/52—PV systems with concentrators
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Sustainable Development (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Sustainable Energy (AREA)
- Thermal Sciences (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Photovoltaic Devices (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201017905 六、發明說明: 本申請案主張對以下專利申請案之權益:於2008年7月3 曰提出申請且標題為 「SOLAR CONCENTRATOR TESTING」之美國臨時專利申請案第61/078,038號;於 2008年7月3日提出申請且標題為「POLAR MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT FOR A SOLAR CONCENTRATOR」之美 國臨時申請案第61/078,256號;於2008年7月3日提出申請 且標題為「SUN POSITION TRACKING」之美國臨時申請 案第61/077,991號;於2008年7月3日提出申請且標題為 「PLACEMENT OF A SOLAR COLLECTOR」之美國專利 申請案第61/077,998號;於2008年7月3曰提出申請且棵題 為「MASS PRODUCIBLE SOLAR COLLECTOR」之美國 臨時專利申請案第61/078,245號;於2008年7月3曰提出申 請且標題為「SOLAR CONCENTRATORS WITH TEMPERATURE REGULATION」之美國臨時專利申請案 第61/078,029號;於2008年7月3日提出申請且標題為 「LIGHT BEAM PATTERN AND PHOTOVOLTAIC ELEMENTS LAYOUT」之美國臨時專利申請案第 61/078,259號;於2009年6月30日提出申請且標題為「SUN POSITION TRACKING」之美國專利申請案第12/495,303 號;於2009年6月30曰提出申請且標題為「PLACEMENT OF A SOLAR COLLECTOR」之美國專利申請案第 12/495,164號;於2009年6月30曰提出申請且標題為 「MASS PRODUCIBLE SOLAR COLLECTOR」之美國專 141498.doc 201017905 利申請案第12/495,398號;於2009年6月30日提出申請且標 題為「SOLAR CONCENTRATORS WITH TEMPERATURE REGULATION」之美國專利申請案第12/495,136號;於 2009年7月1日提出申請且標題為「POLAR MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT FOR A SOLAR CONCENTRATOR」之美 國專利申請案第12/496,034號;於2009年7月1曰提出申請 且標題為「SOLAR CONCENTRATOR TESTING」之美國 專利申請案第12/496,150號;及於2009年7月1曰提出申請 且標題為厂 LIGHT BEAM PATTERN AND PHOTOVOLTAIC ELEMENTS LAYOUT」之美國專利申請案第12/496,541 號。上述各申請案之全文皆以引用方式併入本文中。 【先前技術】 有限之化石能源供應及其相關聯全球環境破壞已迫使市 場力量使能源及相關技術多樣化。一種已受到重大關注之 此類能源係太陽能,其採用光伏打(PV)技術將光轉換為 電。通常,PV產品每兩年便加倍,自從2002年以來每年平 均增長48%,從而使其成為世界上增長最快之能量技術。 截止至2008年年中,累積全球太陽能生產能力之估計值保 持至少12,400百萬瓦。此種發電容量之大約90%由併網電 系統構成’其中安裝可係地面安裝或構建於一建築物之屋 頂或牆壁上,稱作建築物整合式光伏打系統(BIPV)。 此外’已在太陽能面板之設計及生產中達成重大技術進 步’該等太陽能面板進一步伴隨有效率之提高及製造成本 之降低。一般而言,建立一大規模太陽能收集系統所涉及 141498.doc 201017905 之 主 陣列之太陽ΐ元素係支撐結構之成本,該支樓結構用來將 =之太陽能面板安裝於恰當位置處以用於接收並轉換太 險能。此類配置中夕iI β '、複雜事物涉及pv元件之有效作 業。 用於將光轉換為電能之〜元件經常被作為太陽能電池 應用於消費者導向產品(例桌上型計算器、手錶及諸 如此類)中之小功率電源m统因其作為化石辦料之 未來替代能源之實際性而越來越吸引人們之關注。一般而 言,pv元件係採用p_n接面、Sehottky接面或半導體之光伏 打動力(光電壓)之元件’其中碎半導體或諸如此類吸收光 以產生光載流子,例如電子及電洞,且該等光載流子因p-n接面部分之一内部電場而向外部漂移。 一種常見PV元件採用單晶矽及半導體製程來進行生 產。舉例而言,晶體生長製程製備價控制為卩型或η型之矽 之單晶,其中此種單晶隨後被切割成矽晶圓以達成期望厚 度。此外,可藉由形成不同導電類型之層(例如,價控制 物之擴散製成與一晶圓之導電類型相反之導電類型)來製 備Ρ-η接面。 除面向消費者之產品以外,亦針對各種目的採用太陽能 收集系統,舉例而言’如效用互動式電力系統、用於遠端 或無人地點之電源及蜂巢式電話切換地點電源(除其他以 外)。太陽能收集系統中之一能量轉換模組(例如,PV模 組)陣列可具有一自幾千瓦至一百千瓦或更高之功率,此 取決於用於形成該陣列之PV模組(亦稱作太陽能面板)之數 141498.doc 201017905 目。可在一天中之大部分時間曝露於太陽下之任何地方安 裝該等太陽能面板。 通常,一太陽能收集系統包括一以列形式配置且安裝於 一支撐結構上之太陽能面板陣列。此類太陽能面板可經定 向以最佳化太陽能面板能量輸出以適應於特定太陽能收集 系統設計要求。太陽能面板可以一固定定向及固定傾斜安 裝於一固定結構上,或可安裝於一追蹤結構上,該追蹤結 構隨著太陽在白天移動跨越天空且隨著太陽在一年中在天 空中移動而將該等太陽能面板朝向太陽對齊。 然而’控制光伏打電池之溫度對於此類系統之作業仍係 關鍵的,且相關聯之可縮放性仍係一富有挑戰之任務。共 同近似值得出PV電池每上升rc通常丟失約〇 3%電力之結 論。 太陽能技術通常實施於一系列太陽能(光伏打)電池或電 /也面板中,該等太陽能電池或電池面板接收日光且將日光 轉換為電’電隨後可被饋入於電力網中。已在太陽能面板 之設計及生產中達成重大進步’其已有效地提高效率同時 降低其製造成本》隨著研發出效率更高之太陽能電池,電 池之大小減小,從而導致採用太陽能面板來提供一替代逐 漸減少且高度需求之非再生源之具競爭性可再生能量之實 際性提高。為此,可部署太陽能收集系統以將太陽能饋入 於電力網中。 通常,一太陽能收集系統包括以列配置且安裝於一支樓 結構上之一太陽能面板陣列。此類太陽能面板可經定向以 141498.doc 201017905 最佳化太陽能面板能量輸出以適應於特定太陽能收集系統 設計要求。太陽能面板可以一固定定向及固定傾斜安裝於 一固定結構上,或可安裝於一移動結構上以朝向太陽對齊 該等太陽能面板’此乃因恰當地定向該等面板來接收最大 太陽能輕射將產生增加之能量產生。已研發某些自動化追 蹤系統以單獨基於時間及曰期使面板朝向太陽指向,此乃 因可在某種程度上自此等度量預測出太陽位置;然而,此 不提供最佳對準,乃因太陽位置可自其計算位置精細地改 變。其他方法包括感測光且相應地朝向該光對齊太陽能面 板。此等技術通常採用一陰影遮罩,使得當太陽在偵測器 之軸上時,電池之被遮蔽區域與被直接照射之區域係相等 大小。然而,此類技術偵測除直射日光以外之自諸多源產 生之光,例如來自雲、雷射等之反射。 對於將光聚集於具有光伏打電池之一接收器中以用於發 電或熱量收集之系統而言,一拋物面反射器係用於達成光 聚集之一技術。有時藉由將玻璃、塑膠或金屬預成形或模 製為一抛物面形狀來製造抛物面反射器(形成為一個維度 或兩個維度)’此可係、昂貴的…替代方法係形成半抛物 面反射器,該等反射器附接至由寶曲銘管或其他類似結構 製成之-框架。在此等及其他習用設計中,結構之複雜度 限制大規模生產及將設計組裝為一《陽能收集器之方便 性。在諸多情形中,需要—起重機來組裝該等結構且因 此該總成成本係高#。同樣’在5見場’反射鏡之對準可係 困難的。此外,可難以維護及維修該總成本身。 141498.doc 201017905 拋物面反射器通常用於達成光聚集。為產生電或熱量, 抛物面反射器通常將光聚焦於可局部化(例如,一焦點)或 擴展(例如,-焦點線)之一焦點區域或軌跡中 '然而,大 多數反射器設計具有阻礙可域模生產性及將設計組裝為 用於能量轉換之_太陽能收集器之方便性之實質結構複雜 度。此外,結構複雜度通常使反射元件(例如,反射鏡)之 對準以及所部署聚集器之安裝及維修或維護變複雜。 【發明内容】201017905 VI. INSTRUCTIONS: This application claims the following patent application: U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/078,038, filed on July 3, 2008, entitled "SOLAR CONCENTRATOR TESTING"; US Provisional Application No. 61/078,256, filed on July 3, entitled "POLAR MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT FOR A SOLAR CONCENTRATOR"; US Provisional Application filed on July 3, 2008 with the title "SUN POSITION TRACKING" U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/077,998, filed on Jul. 3, 2008, entitled <RTIgt;S PLACEMENT OF A SOLAR COLLECTOR" filed on July 3, 2008, and entitled U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/078,245, filed on July 3, 2008, and entitled, SN s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s U.S. Provisional Patent Application filed on July 3, 2008 with the title "LIGHT BEAM PATTERN AND PHOTOVOLTAIC ELEMENTS LAYOUT" US Patent Application No. 12/495,303, filed on June 30, 2009, entitled "SUN POSITION TRACKING"; filed on June 30, 2009, entitled "PLACEMENT OF A SOLAR US Patent Application No. 12/495,164 to COLLECTOR; US Application No. 12/495,398, filed on June 30, 2009, entitled "MASS PRODUCIBLE SOLAR COLLECTOR", in application No. 12/495,398; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/495,136, filed on June 30, entitled,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Patent Application No. 12/496,034; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/496,150, filed on July 1, 2009, entitled " SOLAR CONCENTRATOR TESTING"; and filed on July 1, 2009, and entitled U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/496,541, to LIGHT BEAM PATTERN AND PHOTOVOLTAIC ELEMENTS LAYOUT. The entire text of each of the above applications is hereby incorporated by reference. [Prior Art] Limited fossil energy supplies and their associated global environmental disruption have forced market forces to diversify energy and related technologies. One type of energy-based solar energy that has received significant attention is the use of photovoltaic (PV) technology to convert light into electricity. In general, PV products double every two years and have grown by an average of 48% per year since 2002, making it the fastest growing energy technology in the world. As of mid-2008, the cumulative global solar capacity is estimated to remain at least 12,400 megawatts. About 90% of this power generation capacity is made up of a grid-connected electrical system. The installation can be installed on the roof or wall of a building, called the Building Integrated Photovoltaic System (BIPV). In addition, 'significant technological advances have been made in the design and production of solar panels'. These solar panels are further accompanied by increased efficiency and reduced manufacturing costs. In general, the cost of a solar array element support structure for a main array of 141498.doc 201017905 involving a large-scale solar energy collection system is used to mount the solar panel in place for reception and The conversion is too dangerous. In this type of configuration, iI β ', complex things involve the efficient operation of pv components. The components used to convert light into electrical energy are often used as solar cells in consumer-oriented products (such as desktop calculators, watches, and the like) because of their use as a future alternative energy source for fossil materials. The practicality is increasingly attracting people's attention. In general, a pv element is a component that uses a p_n junction, a Sehottky junction, or a photovoltaic photovoltaic (photovoltage) of a semiconductor in which a semiconductor or the like absorbs light to generate photocarriers, such as electrons and holes, and The photocarriers drift to the outside due to the internal electric field of one of the pn junction portions. A common PV component is produced using a single crystal germanium and semiconductor process. For example, the crystal growth process preparation price is controlled to a single crystal of 卩-type or η-type, wherein the single crystal is subsequently diced into a germanium wafer to achieve a desired thickness. In addition, the Ρ-η junction can be prepared by forming layers of different conductivity types (e.g., diffusion of valence control to produce a conductivity type opposite to the conductivity type of a wafer). In addition to consumer-oriented products, solar energy harvesting systems are also used for a variety of purposes, such as, for example, utility interactive power systems, power supplies for remote or unattended locations, and cellular telephones to switch location power (among other things). An array of energy conversion modules (eg, PV modules) in a solar energy collection system can have a power ranging from a few kilowatts to one hundred kilowatts or more, depending on the PV module used to form the array (also known as Solar panel) number 141498.doc 201017905 items. These solar panels can be installed anywhere in the sun exposed to the sun. Typically, a solar energy collection system includes a solar panel array that is arranged in columns and mounted on a support structure. Such solar panels can be directional to optimize solar panel energy output to suit particular solar collection system design requirements. The solar panel can be mounted on a fixed structure in a fixed orientation and fixed tilt, or can be mounted on a tracking structure that moves as the sun moves across the sky during the day and as the sun moves through the sky during the year. The solar panels are aligned towards the sun. However, controlling the temperature of photovoltaic cells is still critical to the operation of such systems, and the associated scalability is still a challenging task. A common approximation is that the PV battery typically loses about 3% of its power per rc. Solar technology is typically implemented in a series of solar (photovoltaic) cells or electric/also panels that receive daylight and convert sunlight into electricity, which can then be fed into the power grid. Significant progress has been made in the design and production of solar panels, which have effectively increased efficiency while reducing their manufacturing costs. With the development of more efficient solar cells, the size of the battery has decreased, resulting in the use of solar panels to provide a The practical increase in competitive renewable energy that replaces the gradual reduction and high demand of non-renewable sources. To this end, a solar energy collection system can be deployed to feed solar energy into the power grid. Typically, a solar energy collection system includes a solar panel array arranged in columns and mounted on a building structure. Such solar panels can be oriented to optimize solar panel energy output with 141498.doc 201017905 to suit specific solar energy collection system design requirements. The solar panels may be mounted on a fixed structure in a fixed orientation and fixed orientation, or may be mounted on a moving structure to align the solar panels toward the sun. This is due to the proper orientation of the panels to receive maximum solar light shots. Increased energy production. Some automated tracking systems have been developed to point the panel towards the sun based solely on time and flood time, since the position of the sun can be predicted from such measurements to some extent; however, this does not provide optimal alignment, The position of the sun can be finely changed from its calculated position. Other methods include sensing the light and aligning the solar panel accordingly toward the light. These techniques typically employ a shadow mask such that when the sun is on the axis of the detector, the shaded area of the battery is equal to the area being directly illuminated. However, such techniques detect light from a variety of sources other than direct sunlight, such as reflections from clouds, lasers, and the like. For systems that concentrate light in a receiver with one of the photovoltaic cells for power generation or heat collection, a parabolic reflector is used to achieve one of the techniques of light accumulation. Parabolic reflectors (formed in one dimension or two dimensions) are sometimes fabricated by preforming or molding glass, plastic or metal into a parabolic shape. 'This is an expensive, alternative... method to form a semi-parabolic reflector. The reflectors are attached to a frame made of Baoqu Ming tube or other similar structure. In these and other conventional designs, the complexity of the structure limits mass production and the ease of assembly of the design into a “energy collector”. In many cases, a crane is required to assemble the structures and thus the assembly cost is high #. It is also difficult to align the mirrors at the '5 field' mirror. In addition, it can be difficult to maintain and repair the total cost. 141498.doc 201017905 Parabolic reflectors are commonly used to achieve light accumulation. To generate electricity or heat, a parabolic reflector typically focuses light at a focal region or trajectory that can be localized (eg, a focus) or extended (eg, - focus line). However, most reflector designs have obstructions. Domain mode productivity and the substantial structural complexity of designing the assembly into a solar collector for energy conversion. In addition, structural complexity typically complicates the alignment of reflective elements (e.g., mirrors) and the installation and repair or maintenance of deployed collectors. [Summary of the Invention]
下文呈現本發明之一簡化概述以提供對本發明之某些態 樣之-基本理解。此概述並非係對本發明之—窮盡性概 括。其並非意欲識別本發明之主要/關鍵要素或刻化本發 明之範脅。其唯-目的係以—簡化形式呈現本發明之某些 概念來作為稍後呈現之更詳細說明之前序。 本文中所揭示及主張的本發明在其一個態樣中包含一種 用於測試、評價及診斷太陽能聚集器光學器件之品質之系 統(及對應之方法)。實質上,本發明揭示用於藉由發射經 調變之雷射輻射於光伏打(PV)電池之一位置上(或其附近) 來評價-太陽能收集器之效能及品質之機制。在一個實例 中,此發射將處於(或大致接近)一真正拋物面反射器之拋 物面之焦點處。 本發明揭示以距源(例如,太陽能收集器或碟)之兩個距 離來定位兩個接收器。此等接收器係用於收集可與標準或 其他臨限值進行比較之經調變之光。換言之,所接收光之 強度可與行業標準或某些其他預程式化或推斷之值進行比 141498.doc 201017905 較。相應地,白# & & > u e i 自該比較之釔果中得出與效能相關之結 論。 在其他態樣中’若期望增強由該等接收器所觀測之結 果,則可調整該等光學器件之效能。舉例而言,可採用機 械機構(例如,馬達及控制器)來自動「調諸」或「微調」 “收集器(或該收集器之一子組)以便達成可接受或期望之 效能》 於一太陽能收集系統中安裝一太陽能陣列之習用方法涉 及使該陣歹J自—支揮結構偏移地安裝。然而,在該陣列追◎ 蹤太陽期間’可使用較大功率之馬達來克服該陣列之位移 之重心之作用,因此降低該系統之效率。 藉由所揭示之標的物,揭示一種陣列,使得該陣列安裝 於支樓結構之-平面中,從而允許維持該陣列之重心繞 該支撐結構之軸。與習用系統相比,可利用較小馬達來定 位該陣列,此乃因使一位移之重心之作用最小化。此外, 可使該陣列繞該支撐結構旋轉,從而允許將該陣列置於一 安全位置處以防止對組成該陣列之組件之破壞,例如光伏Ο 打電池、反射鏡等。該陣列亦可經定位以促進維修及安裝 之方便性。 提供可優於其他光源偵測到直射曰光之太陽追蹤位置。 在此方面,可將太陽能電池大致直接聚集於產生高能量效 率之日光上。特定而言,光分析器可在一日光追蹤器内共 同運作,其中每一分析器可接收複數個光源中之一者。可 產生來自該等分析器之所得光訊號且可將其進行比較以確 141498.doc -10· 201017905 定該光是否是直射日光;在此方面,可忽略確定為不是直 射日光之源。在-個實例中,該等光分析器可包含一偏光 器、光譜濾、光器、球透鏡及/或一象限單元(quadrant cell) 以實行此目的。此外’舉例而言’可提供一放大器來傳達 一所得光訊號用於其處理。 根據-實例’可於-給定日光追蹤器中組態多個光分析 器。舉例而言,可利用料光分析器之偏光器來確保原始BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS A simplified summary of the invention is set forth below to provide a basic understanding of certain aspects of the invention. This summary is not an exhaustive overview of the invention. It is not intended to identify key/critical elements of the invention or the scope of the invention. Its sole purpose is to present some concepts of the invention in a The invention disclosed and claimed herein includes, in one aspect thereof, a system (and corresponding method) for testing, evaluating, and diagnosing the quality of solar collector optics. In essence, the present invention discloses a mechanism for evaluating the efficacy and quality of a solar collector by emitting modulated laser radiation at (or in the vicinity of) a photovoltaic cell (PV) cell. In one example, this emission will be at (or approximately close to) the focus of the paraboloid of a true parabolic reflector. The present invention discloses positioning two receivers at two distances from a source (e.g., a solar collector or dish). These receivers are used to collect modulated light that can be compared to standard or other thresholds. In other words, the intensity of the received light can be compared to industry standards or some other pre-stylized or inferred value 141498.doc 201017905. Accordingly, White # &&> u e i derives a performance-related conclusion from the results of the comparison. In other aspects, the performance of the optics can be adjusted if it is desired to enhance the results observed by the receivers. For example, mechanical mechanisms (eg, motors and controllers) can be used to automatically "tune" or "fine-tune" the "collector (or a subset of the collector) to achieve acceptable or desired performance". A conventional method of installing a solar array in a solar energy collection system involves offsetting the array J from the support structure. However, during operation of the array to track the sun, a larger power motor can be used to overcome the array. The effect of the center of gravity of the displacement, thereby reducing the efficiency of the system. By the disclosed subject matter, an array is disclosed such that the array is mounted in the plane of the slab structure, thereby allowing the center of gravity of the array to be maintained around the support structure A smaller motor can be used to position the array as compared to conventional systems by minimizing the effect of the center of gravity of a displacement. In addition, the array can be rotated about the support structure, allowing the array to be placed a secure location to prevent damage to components that make up the array, such as photovoltaic cells, mirrors, etc. The array can also be positioned to facilitate maintenance and Convenience of installation. Provides a solar tracking position that is superior to other light sources in detecting direct sunlight. In this regard, solar cells can be concentrated substantially directly on daylight that produces high energy efficiency. In particular, optical analyzers can Cooperating in a daylight tracker, wherein each analyzer can receive one of a plurality of light sources. The resulting light signals from the analyzers can be generated and compared to determine 141498.doc -10· 201017905 Whether the light is direct sunlight; in this respect, the source determined to be not direct sunlight can be ignored. In an example, the optical analyzer can include a polarizer, a spectral filter, an optical filter, a ball lens, and/or A quadrant cell is used for this purpose. In addition, 'an example' may be provided to provide an amplifier to convey a resulting optical signal for its processing. According to the -example's - can be configured in a given daylight tracker Optical analyzer. For example, a light analyzer of the material light analyzer can be used to ensure the original
光源之實質非偏光(就像直射曰光之情形)。在一實例中, 可利用光分析器之光譜濾光器來阻擋某些光波長,從而允 許由曰光利用之-範圍。此外’可利用球透鏡及象限單元 組態來確定光i準直性質以進—步識別直射日光以及校 正軸之對準以接收-大量直射日《。除其他以外,可收集 錢較來自每-光分析ϋ之所得光㈣以確定所述光源是 否是直射日光。在-個其中確定該光係直射日光之實例 中’可根據光透過-球透鏡及在—象限單元上之—位置來 自動調整—太陽能面板之位置,使得日光與該等象限單元 之軸最佳地對準。 在習用作業中,可藉助使用_編碼器來定位一太陽能聚 集器。可以基於-時間及曰期之太陽能位置估計值來程式 化該編碼器;可搜集-時間及曰期且可基於該所搜集之資 訊來確定«集n之-適t位置L若—太陽能聚集 器組態被故意移動、孩叙 m移動因自然事件而發生等,則該編碼 器在不重新程式化之情形下可變得較不準確。 藉由所揭示之Μ,可計算相對於重力施加於—太陽能 141498.doc -II - 201017905 聚集器上之一力之一量測且可將該量測用於放置該太陽能 聚集器。可在該量測與一期望值之間作出一比較以確定將 該太陽能聚集器放置於何處。相應地,可產生移動接收器 之一指令且將該指令傳送至一馬達系統。關於一個實施 例,可將一對傾角計牢固地附接至一太陽能碟,以便可量 測該碟相對於重力所指向之一角度。 此外,結合簡化太陽能收集器之生產、運輸、組裝及維 修來闡述各個態樣。所揭示之態樣係關於一種生產太陽能 收集器及易於組裝之太陽能收集器總成之便宜且簡化之方 式。此外,本文中所揭示之若干態樣允許以一模組化及/ 或部分組裝之狀態便宜地運輸大量碟(例如,太陽能總 成)。 一個或多個態樣係關於將反射鏡形成為一抛物面形狀、 將其固持到位及組裝之方式。在反射鏡翼總成之間維持間 距以減輕風力在大風(例如,暴風)週期期間可對收集器產 生之作用。可以允許一些靈活性從而使得該單元回應於風 力輕微移動之一方式將該等反射鏡翼總成安裝至一骨幹。 然而,該單元保持剛性以將日光之焦點維持於接收器上。 根據某些態樣,可將該等反射鏡翼總成配置為一槽設計。 此外,一極座架於重心處或其附近之定位允許移動收集器 以便於維護、儲存或諸如此類。 本發明之另一態樣供應一種太陽能聚集器系統,該太陽 月b聚集器系統具有一調節(例如,即時地)來自其之熱量耗 散之熱量調節總成。此種太陽能聚集器系統可包括光伏打 141498.doc -12- 201017905 (pv)電池之一模組化配置’其中該熱量調節總成可自熱點 區域移除所產生之熱量以將p v電池之該模組化配置之溫度 梯度維持於預定位準内。在一個態樣中,此種熱量調節總 成可採用一散熱片配置之形式,其包括欲表面安裝至光伏 打電池之該模組化配置之一背側之複數個散熱片,其中每 一散熱片可進一步包括大致垂直於該背側延伸之複數個鰭 狀物。該等鰭狀物可擴大散熱片之一表面面積以增加與冷The essence of the light source is not polarized (as in the case of direct sunlight). In one example, a spectral filter of an optical analyzer can be utilized to block certain wavelengths of light, thereby allowing the range to be utilized by the backlight. In addition, the ball lens and quadrant unit configuration can be used to determine the collimation properties of the light i to further identify the direct sunlight and the alignment of the calibration axes to receive - a large number of direct shots. The collected light (four) from the per-light analysis 可 can be collected, among other things, to determine if the source is direct sunlight. In the example in which the direct sunlight of the light system is determined, the position of the solar panel can be automatically adjusted according to the position of the light transmitting-ball lens and the quadrant unit, so that the axis of the daylight and the quadrant unit is optimal. Aligned. In a conventional operation, a solar collector can be positioned by using an encoder. The encoder can be programmed based on the solar position estimates of the time and period; the time and the period can be collected and based on the collected information to determine the set of n - the position of the L - solar collector If the configuration is intentionally moved, the child moves, due to natural events, etc., the encoder can become less accurate without reprogramming. With the disclosed enthalpy, one of the forces applied to the solar 141498.doc -II - 201017905 concentrator relative to gravity can be calculated and used to place the solar concentrator. A comparison can be made between the measurement and an expected value to determine where to place the solar collector. Accordingly, one of the mobile receiver commands can be generated and transmitted to a motor system. With respect to one embodiment, a pair of inclinometers can be securely attached to a solar disc so that the disc can be measured at an angle relative to gravity. In addition, various aspects are illustrated in conjunction with simplified production, transportation, assembly, and maintenance of solar collectors. The disclosed aspects relate to an inexpensive and simplified way of producing a solar collector and an easily assembled solar collector assembly. Moreover, the various aspects disclosed herein allow for the inexpensive transportation of a large number of dishes (e.g., solar energy assemblies) in a modular and/or partially assembled state. One or more aspects relate to the manner in which the mirror is formed into a parabolic shape, held in place, and assembled. The spacing is maintained between the mirror wing assemblies to mitigate the effects that wind can have on the collector during periods of high wind (e.g., storm). Some flexibility may be allowed to cause the unit to mount the mirror wing assemblies to a backbone in response to one of the slight movements of the wind. However, the unit remains rigid to maintain the focus of daylight on the receiver. According to some aspects, the mirror wing assemblies can be configured in a slot design. In addition, the positioning of a pole mount at or near the center of gravity allows the collector to be moved for maintenance, storage or the like. Another aspect of the present invention provides a solar concentrator system having a heat regulating assembly that regulates (e.g., instantaneously) heat dissipation therefrom. Such a solar concentrator system may include a modularized configuration of a photovoltaic 141498.doc -12-201017905 (pv) battery wherein the heat regulating assembly may remove heat generated from the hot spot to treat the pv battery The temperature gradient of the modular configuration is maintained within a predetermined level. In one aspect, the heat regulation assembly can take the form of a heat sink arrangement that includes a plurality of heat sinks to be surface mounted to the back side of the modular configuration of the photovoltaic cells, each of which dissipates heat. The sheet may further comprise a plurality of fins extending generally perpendicular to the back side. The fins can enlarge one surface area of the heat sink to increase and cool
部介質(例如,空氣、例如水等冷卻流體)之接觸,該冷卻 質用來自該等鰭狀物及/或光伏打電池耗散熱量。因 此可經由散熱片傳導來自光伏打電池之熱量且將該熱量 傳導至周圍冷卻介質中。此外,該等散熱片可具有相對於 光伏打電池之-大致小之形式因子,以實現於光伏打電池 之模組化配置之整個㈣之有效分佈。在-個態樣中,可 經由熱傳導路徑(例如,金屬層)將來自光伏打電池之熱量 傳導至散,、、、>|以減輕散熱片至光伏打電池之直接實體或熱 傳導。此—配置提供用於Pv模組化配置之恰當作業之-可 縮放解決方案。 在一相關態樣中,可將兮·望也也u 肝"亥·#散熱片可定位於各種平面邊 三維配置中以便監測、4苗β 调郎且全面地管理離開光伏打電列 之熱量流動。此外,每— 散熱片可進一步採用熱/電会 構,該等結構可具有一螺 、· 一個部分中具有線之一較 '方 有線之相對較不密集之圖 刀中遺 +,迚錮砝德 固茱刀佈之其他結構形狀。舉例 5 此類結構之一個部分可A h, J由耠供相對高之各向同性傳驾 141498.doc • 13. 201017905 率之一材料形成且另一部分可由在另一方向上提供高熱傳 導率之一材料形成。相應地,熱量調節總成之每一熱/電 結構提供一熱量傳導路徑,該熱量傳導路徑可耗散來自熱 點之熱量且使其進入熱量調節器件之各種熱量傳導層或相 關聯散熱片。 本發明之另一態樣提供一種熱量調節器件,該熱量調節 器件具有可保持與模組化光伏打配置之一熱點區之直接接 觸之一基礎板或背部板。該基礎板可包括一熱量促進區段Contact of a medium (e.g., a cooling fluid such as air, water, etc.) that dissipates heat from the fins and/or photovoltaic cells. Thus, heat from the photovoltaic cells can be conducted via the heat sink and conducted to the surrounding cooling medium. In addition, the heat sinks may have a form factor that is substantially small relative to the photovoltaic cells to achieve an effective distribution of the entire (four) of the modular configuration of the photovoltaic cells. In one aspect, heat from the photovoltaic cells can be conducted to the heat, via, >| to mitigate the direct physical or thermal conduction of the heat sink to the photovoltaic cell. This—configuration provides a scalable solution for proper operation of the Pv modular configuration. In a related aspect, the 兮·望也也 u liver"Hai·# heat sink can be positioned in various plane-side three-dimensional configurations for monitoring, 4 seedlings, and comprehensively managing the heat leaving the photovoltaic power grid. flow. In addition, each of the heat sinks may further adopt a heat/electrical structure, and the structures may have a screw, and one of the wires has a relatively less dense pattern of one of the wires. Other structural shapes of Degu knives. Example 5 A part of such a structure can be A h, J is supplied by a relatively high isotropic drive 141498.doc • 13. One of the materials of 201017905 is formed and the other part can provide one of the high thermal conductivity in the other direction. Material formation. Accordingly, each thermal/electrical structure of the thermal conditioning assembly provides a thermal conduction path that dissipates heat from the hot spot and allows it to enter various thermal conduction layers or associated heat sinks of the thermal conditioning device. Another aspect of the present invention provides a heat regulating device having a base plate or a back plate that maintains direct contact with a hot spot of a modular photovoltaic configuration. The base plate may include a heat promoting section
及主基礎板區段。該熱量促進區段促進熱量在模組化光伏 打配置與熱量調Ip器件之間的轉移。該主基礎板區段可進 步包括嵌入内部之熱結構。此准許自一光伏打電池產生 之熱量最初經由該整個主基礎板區段擴散或散佈且隨後進 入熱結構伸展總成,其中此種伸展總成可連接至散熱片。And the main base board section. The heat-promoting section promotes the transfer of heat between the modular photovoltaic configuration and the thermal-modulated Ip device. The main base plate section can further include a thermal structure embedded within the interior. This permits heat generated from a photovoltaic cell to initially diffuse or spread through the entire main substrate section and subsequently into the thermal structure extension assembly, wherein such extension assembly can be coupled to the heat sink.
根據一再一態樣,熱結構總成可連接以形成一網路,其 中其作業受一控制器控制。回應於自該系統(例如,感測 器、熱/電結構總成及諸如此類)搜集之資料,該控制器確 疋釋放冷卻介質以與熱結構交互作用之量及速度(例如, 以自光伏打電池中帶走熱量,以便消除熱點並在光伏打電 池之模組化配置中達成一更均勻之溫度梯度)。舉例而 σ,基於所收集之量㈣,一微處理器調節一闊之作業以將 溫度維持於一預定範圍内(例如,自一貯水池供應之充當 冷卻劑之水4過該等Ρν電池)。此外該系統可併入有 各種感測器以評估恰當作業(例如,系統之健康)且診斷快 速維L之問題。在一個態樣中在退出熱量調節器件及/ 141498.doc -14· 201017905 或光伏打電池後,冷卻劑可進入一文氏管(Venturi tube), 其中壓力感測器實現其一流速之一量測。此藉由控制系統 之一微處理器進一步實現以下各項之檢驗:流逮設定、冷 卻劑量、流動障礙及諸如此類。 在一相關態樣中’該太陽能聚集器系統可進一步包括太 陽能熱機構(solar thermals)-其中本發明之熱量調節總成亦 可實施為此種產生電能及熱能量兩者之混合系統之部分, 以促進最佳化能量輸出。換言之,在用於在pv電池之一冷 ® 卻過程期間冷卻該等PV電池之媒介中所累積之熱能量隨後 可用作預熱媒介或用於熱產生(例如,供應至消費者-例如 熱負荷)。本發明之控制器亦可主動管理(例如,即時地)熱 能量與PV效率之間的折衷,其中閥之一控制網路可調節冷 卻劑媒介通過每一太陽能聚集器之流動。該熱量調節總成 可採用一導管網路之形式,例如用於在整個一太陽能聚集 器網中導引一冷卻介質(例如,經加壓及/或自由流動)之流 • 水線。控制組件可基於感測器資料(例如,整個系統中溫 度壓力、流速、流體速度及諸如此類之量測)來調節(例 如,自動地)閥之作業。 。匕卜本發明提供用於在用於能量轉換之一太陽能聚集 器中組裝並利用低成本、可大規模生產之抛物面反射器之 '系統及方法。藉由以一扁平反射材料開始來組裝抛物面反 "該材料經由一組附加於一支撐樑中之支撐肋彎曲為 抛物面或貫穿形狀。該等抛物面反射器在各個面板或陣 列中Jtl.裝·^ , ;一支撐框架上以形成一抛物面太陽能聚集器。 141498.doc -15- 201017905 每一拋物面反射器以一線段圖案聚焦光。可使經由該抛物 面太陽能聚集器聚焦於一接收器上之光束圖案最佳化以取 得一預定效能。該接收器附接至該支撐框架,與該等抛物 面反射器陣列相對,且包括—光伏打(PV)模組及一熱量收 穫元件或組件。為提高或保持該抛物面太陽能聚集器之一 期望效忐,該PV模組可藉由係單體(舉例而言)且展現一優 先定向之PV電池之充足配置來組態,以有利地利用一光束 圖案最佳化,而不管該圖案中之不規則性。 為達成上述及相關目的,本文結合以下說明及附圖閣述參 本發明之某些說明性態樣。然而’此等態樣僅表示可利用 本發明之原理之各種方式中之幾種方式且本發明意欲包括 所有此類態樣及其等效物。結合圖式考量本發明之以下詳 細說明,本發明之其他優點及新_徵將變㈣ 【實施方式】 現在參照圖式來闡述本發明, n 头〒在所有圖式中使用相 同之參考編號來指代相同之开处 b A ^ 〜々曰丨J之70件。出於解釋之目的在以 下說明中,列舉了大量θ A β-fc 重具體細郎以便提供對本發明之一透徹理解。然而,可顯而易男, 見無需使用此等具體細節便可 實踐本發明。在其他實例中, 以方塊圖形式繪示眾所習知 之結構及器件,以促進闡述本發明。 本申請案中所用術語「組杜、、且件」、「系統」、「模組」、 節點」、「選擇器」意 ❹ 介面According to still another aspect, the thermal structure assembly can be coupled to form a network in which its operation is controlled by a controller. In response to information gathered from the system (eg, sensors, thermal/electrical structure assemblies, and the like), the controller does not release the amount of cooling medium to interact with the thermal structure and speed (eg, from photovoltaics) The heat is removed from the battery to eliminate hot spots and achieve a more uniform temperature gradient in the modular configuration of the photovoltaic cell. By way of example, σ, based on the amount collected (4), a microprocessor adjusts the operation to maintain the temperature within a predetermined range (e.g., water 4 serving as a coolant supplied from a reservoir through the battery). In addition, the system can incorporate various sensors to assess proper operation (e.g., the health of the system) and to diagnose problems with the fast dimension L. In one aspect, after exiting the thermal conditioning device and / 127498.doc -14· 201017905 or photovoltaic cells, the coolant can enter a Venturi tube, where the pressure sensor measures one of its flow rates. . This is further verified by one of the microprocessors of the control system: flow capture settings, cooling doses, flow barriers, and the like. In a related aspect, the solar concentrator system may further comprise solar thermals - wherein the heat regulating assembly of the present invention may also be implemented as part of such a hybrid system that produces both electrical energy and thermal energy. To promote optimal energy output. In other words, the thermal energy accumulated in the medium used to cool the PV cells during the process of cooling one of the pv cells can then be used as a preheating medium or for heat generation (eg, to a consumer - such as heat) load). The controller of the present invention can also actively manage (e.g., instantaneously) a trade-off between thermal energy and PV efficiency, wherein one of the valve control networks regulates the flow of coolant media through each solar collector. The heat regulating assembly can take the form of a conduit network, for example, for directing a flow of cooling medium (e.g., pressurized and/or free flowing) throughout a solar collector network. The control assembly can adjust (e.g., automatically) the operation of the valve based on sensor data (e.g., temperature pressure, flow rate, fluid velocity, and the like throughout the system). . The present invention provides a system and method for assembling and utilizing a low cost, mass produceable parabolic reflector in a solar collector for energy conversion. The parabolic inverse is assembled by starting with a flat reflective material. The material is bent into a paraboloid or a through shape by a set of support ribs attached to a support beam. The parabolic reflectors are mounted on a support frame in each panel or array to form a parabolic solar collector. 141498.doc -15- 201017905 Each parabolic reflector focuses light in a line pattern. The beam pattern focused on a receiver via the parabolic solar collector can be optimized to achieve a predetermined performance. The receiver is attached to the support frame opposite the array of parabolic reflectors and includes a photovoltaic (PV) module and a heat harvesting element or component. To enhance or maintain the desired effect of one of the parabolic solar collectors, the PV module can be configured by utilizing a sufficient configuration of a single cell (for example) and exhibiting a preferentially oriented PV cell to advantageously utilize a The beam pattern is optimized regardless of the irregularities in the pattern. In order to achieve the above and related ends, certain illustrative aspects of the invention are described herein in conjunction with the following description and drawings. However, the appearances of the present invention are intended to be illustrative of the various aspects of the various embodiments of the invention. Other advantages and novel features of the present invention will be described in conjunction with the following detailed description of the invention. FIG. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refers to 70 pieces of the same opening b A ^ ~ 々曰丨 J. For purposes of explanation, in the following description, a large number of θ A β-fc weights are listed to provide a thorough understanding of one of the present invention. However, it can be readily seen that the invention can be practiced without the use of such specific details. In other instances, well-known structures and devices are shown in block diagrams to facilitate the description of the invention. The terms "group," and "system", "module", "node", "selector" are used in this application.
J 厂 平臺J Factory Platform
J 層 欲指代一與電腦相關之實趙 」W , x體其可係硬體、硬體與軟體之 組合、軟體,或可係執行中 之軟體。舉例而言,一組件 141498.doc • 16 - 201017905 可係(但不限於)於—處理器上運行之一過程、—處理器、 一物件、一可執行檔、一執行線程、一程式及/或一電 腦。藉由例*之方<,運行於一祠服器上之-應用程式及 該伺服器均可係一組件。一個或多個組件可駐存於一過程 及/或一執行線程内,且一組件可局部化於一個電腦上及/ 或分佈於兩個或多於兩個電腦之間。此外,此等組件可自 其上儲存有各種資料結構之各種電腦可讀媒體中執行。該 等組件可(例如)根據具有—個或多個資料封包(例如,來自 個與本端系统、分佈式系統中之另一組件交互作用 或跨越—網路(例如,網際網路)經由該訊號與其他系統 又互作用之組件之資料)之—訊號經由本端及/或遠端過程 進盯通^。作為另—實例,一組件可係具有由機械部件提 供之特定功能性之一裝置,該等機械部件由電或電子電路 f作,該電或電子電路由由一處理器執行之一軟體或韌體 ,用程式運作,其中該處理器可在該裝置内部或在該裝置 =且執行該軟體餘體應用程式之至少__部分。作為再 :實例組件可係在無機械部件之情形下藉助電子組件 提供特定功能性之一裝置, ^„ 该等電子組件其中可包括一處 理态以執行至少部分地賦 ..^ 风于该專電子組件之功能性之軟體 或勒體。作為又一實例,介 面了包括輸入/輸出(I/O)組件 以及相關聯處理器、應用栽彳 件。 ’ 式或應用程式化介面(API)組 此外,術語「或意欲意指— 「 相包括性「或」而非一排它 或」。亦即,「X採用A或欲意指該等自然包括 141498.doc •17· 201017905 性排列中之任一者,除非另有規定或自上下文中明顯看 出。亦即,若X採用A,X採用B,或X採用a及b兩者,則 在上述實例中任一者之情形下皆滿足「X採用A或B」》此 外,本說明書及附圖中所用冠詞「一」及「一(an)」通 常應解釋為意指「一個或多個」,除非另有規定或根據上 下文明顯係指一單數形式。J layer refers to the computer-related real Zhao "W, x body can be a combination of hardware, hardware and software, software, or can be executed software. For example, a component 141498.doc • 16 - 201017905 can be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or Or a computer. The application and the server can be a component by running on a server. One or more components can reside within a process and/or an execution thread, and a component can be localized on a computer and/or distributed between two or more than two computers. In addition, such components can be executed from a variety of computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. Such components may, for example, be based on having one or more data packets (eg, from interacting with a local system, another component in a distributed system, or across a network (eg, the Internet) via the The information of the component that interacts with other systems) - the signal is routed through the local and/or remote process. As a further example, a component may be one having a particular functionality provided by a mechanical component, the electrical component being made by an electrical or electronic circuit that is executed by a processor in a software or toughness The program operates, wherein the processor can be internal to the device or at the device = and execute at least the __ portion of the software remainder application. By way of example, the example component can be a device that provides a particular functionality by means of an electronic component without mechanical components, ^ „the electronic components can include a processing state to perform at least partial assignments. Functional software or constellation of electronic components. As yet another example, the interface includes input/output (I/O) components and associated processors, application building blocks, or application programming interfaces (API) groups. In addition, the term "or intends to mean - "includes "or" rather than a row of it or". That is, "X employs A or intends to include any of these, including 141498.doc • 17· 201017905, unless otherwise specified or apparent from the context. That is, if X employs A, X uses B, or X uses both a and b, in the case of any of the above examples, "X employs A or B". In addition, the articles "a" and "a" are used in the specification and the drawings. (a) is generally to be interpreted as meaning "one or more" unless otherwise specified or clearly indicated by the context.
本文中所用術語「推斷(infer)」或「推斷(inference)」 通常係指根據藉由事件及/或資料所捕獲之一組觀測值來 推出或推斷系統、環境及/或使用者之狀態之過程。舉例 而言,推斷可被用來識別一特定上下文或動作,或可產生 狀態之一概率分佈。該推斷可係概率性的-亦即,基於對 資料及事件之一考量來計算所關心狀態之一概率分佈。推 斷亦可係指用於自一組事件及/或資料構成更高階事件之 =術。此種推斷導致自—組所觀測事件及/或所儲存事件 資料構造出新事件或動作,無論該等事件是時間上緊As used herein, the terms "infer" or "inference" generally refer to the state of the system, environment, and/or user based on a set of observations captured by events and/or data. process. For example, inference can be used to identify a particular context or action, or can produce a probability distribution of one of the states. The inference can be probabilistic - that is, based on one of the data and events considerations to calculate a probability distribution of one of the states of interest. Inference can also refer to the use of a higher order event from a set of events and/or data. Such inferences result in the construction of new events or actions from the observed events and/or stored event data, regardless of whether the events are time tight
鄰之形式相干,且無論料事件及資料是來自—個還是來 自數個事件及資料源。 產生太陽能電力所需之大部分資金成本係在用於光伏打 (pv)電池或光伏打池之石夕中。然而,現在以侧個太陽聚 光運作之合適光伏打電池可用可藉由將日光聚集於一相 對小面積之妙上來降低此成本。為成功達成此目的,反射 材料(例如,反射鏡)必須表現得的確極佳。 在大多數應用中,由於最經常在現場組裝聚集器,因此 此要求甚至更加苛刻。因此,本發明揭示可准許聚集器光 14l498.doc •18· 201017905 學器件之品質之快速評價且在出現不可接受之效能之情形 下亦提供診斷之方法及器件(組件)。另外,本發明實現對 聚集器之調諧以達成最佳或可接受之效能標準。 如下文中更加詳細地論述,本發明提供一種促進太陽能 聚集器之測試之系統,其包含:配置為以一常見焦距圖案 聚集光之一槽之複數個扁平反射器;及一太陽能聚集器測 試系統,其於該複數個扁平反射器之一子組上發射光,將 被反射之光對照一標準進行比較且基於該比較確定該複數 參 個扁平反射器之該子組之品質。在該系統中,該所發射之 光係雷射輻射。在該系統中,該所發射之光係經調變之雷 射輕射。所提供之系統進一步包含一雷射發射器組件,該 69射發射器組件於該複數個扁平反射器之該子組上發射經 調變之雷射輻射。所提供之系統進一步包含一接收器組 件’該接收器組件檢索被反射之經調變之光以用於比較。 所提供之系統進一步包含至少一個額外接收器組件,該接 • 收器組件檢索被反射之經調變之光以用於比較。所提供 八 系統進一步包含實行該比較之一處理器組件。在所提供之 系統中’該處理係 ' 一膝上型電腦、一筆記型電腦、一車 上型電腦、一智慧型電話、一口袋電腦或一個人數位助理 (PDA)中之至少一者。所提供之系統進一步包含一人工智 慧(AI)組件,其採用推斷一使用者期望自動執行之一動作 之一概率性分析及一基於統計之分析中之至少一者。 此外’本發明供應一種診斷太陽能聚集器之品質之電腦 實施之方法,其包含..採用執行储存於一電腦可讀儲存媒 141498.doc -19- 201017905 體上之電腦可執行指令之一處理器以實施以下動作··於一 聚集器上發射經調變之雷射輕射;於__位置處接收經調變 之光;掃描-源以建立訊號強度;依據—臨限值將該經調 變之光與該訊號強度進行比較;及基於該比較之結果確定 該聚集器之品質。所供應之電腦實施之方法進一步包含於 一全異位置處接收額外經調變之光,其中該比較動作依據 該臨限值採用該額外經調變之光。在所供應之電腦實施之 方法中,該臨限值係預程式化或推斷中之至少一者。該供 應之電腦實施之方法進一步包含調整該聚集器之一位置, 其中該調整促進增強該聚集器之㈣。在戶斤供應之電腦實 施之方法中,該臨限值係一行業標準。所供應之電腦實施 之方法進一步包含至少部分基於環境狀況推斷該臨限值。 本發明亦供應一種促進太陽能聚集器測試之系統,其包 含:發射構件,其用於於該太陽能聚集器中之複數個反射 器上發射光;捕獲構件,其用於自該等反射器之至少一子 組捕獲被反射之光;及評估構件,其用於至少部分基於該 被反射之光之特性來評估該反射器子組中之每一者之位置 之οσ質。在所供應之系統中,該光係經調變之雷射光。在 所供應之系統中,該複數個反射器以一槽收集器配置來配 置。所供應之系統進一步包含用於至少部分基於該被反射 之光之特性動態調整該反射器子組之位置之構件。在所供 應之系統中’用於捕獲該被反射之光之構件係定位於距太 陽能聚集器全異距離處之至少兩個感測器。 在一態樣中,本發明提供一種系統,其包含:一獲得組 141498.doc •20- 201017905 件’其收集能夠自-天體能量源收集能量之一聚集器之相 對於重力之一位置之元資料;及一評價組件其將該聚集 器位置對照該聚集器相對於該天體能量源之一期望位置進 行比較,該比較用來確定作出一變更以提高該聚集器之有 效性之-方式。所提供之系統進一步包含一確定依據該比 較之一結果移動是否應發生之結論組件。所提供之系統進 -步包含產生-方向集之一產生組件,該方向集指令移動 應如何發生。所提供之系統進一步包含一回饋組件,該回 饋組件確定在該方向集由_移動組件實施後該方向集是否 導致-期望之結果。所提供之系統進一步包含一調適組 件,該調適組件就所作出之關於方向集之確定來修改產生 組件之作業。所提供之系統進—步包含—校正組件,該校 正組件自動校正量測聚集器相對於重力之位置之一實體之 一未對準或n所提供之系料—步包含朗該未對 準或該偏移之H组件。所提供之系統進—步包含計算 在該比較中該評價組件所使用之能量源之所需位置之一計 算組件。在所提供之系統中,該元資料係自一傾角計收 集。所提供之系統進-步包含得出是否可確定一能量源之 一位置之結論之一定位組件,該評價組件處理一否定結 論。 種方法,其包含:將一能 集器之一預想位置進行比 收集器上之重力,*及基於 器是否應移動之結論。所 在另一態樣中’本發明供應一 量收集器之一計算位置對照該收 較’該計算位置係基於施加於該 該比較之一結果得出該能量收集 141498.doc -21 - 201017905 供應之方法進一步包含計算該能量收集器之該預想位置, 該計算係基於日期、時間、該收集器之經度及該收集器之 緯度。在所供應之方法中,該結論藉由至少一個人工智慧 技術之實施而發生。在所供應之方法中,該一個人工智慧 技術實現移動該能量收集器之益處對與其相關聯之一費用 之一成本-效用分析,其中該費用包含電力消耗。所供應 之方法進一步包含產生關於如何將該能量收集器移動至大 約該預想位置之一指令集。所供應之方法進一步包含將該 指令集傳送至一移動實體,該移動實體與該收集器相關聯參 且實施該指令集。所供應之方法進一步包含藉由使用一傾 角計來計算該能量收集器之位置。 在再一態樣中,本發明提供一種系統,其包含:計算構 件,其用於藉由分析與施加於一太陽能電力收集器上之重 力相關之元資料來計算該收集器之位置;計算構件其用 於計算該太陽能電力收集器之期望位置,該計算係基於日 期、時間、接收器之經度及該收集器之緯度;比較構件, 其用於將該太陽能電力收集器之計算位置對照該太陽能電® 力收集ϋ之期望位置進行比較;及結論構件,其用於基於 該比較之-結果而得出該太陽能電力收集器是否應移動之 結論。所提供之系統進一步包含用於自用於量測重力所施 加之一力之一構件獲得與施加於該太陽能電力收集器上之 重力相關之元資料之構件。在所提供之系統中用於得出 該太陽能電力收集器是否應移動之結論之構件包含用於實 行移動該太陽能電力收集器之益處與相關聯費用之成本· 141498.doc -22- 201017905 效用分析之構件,其中马:眷田巧人 ,、甲a費用包含電力消耗。所提供之系 統進一步包含:識別構件,其詩識別該用於量測該太陽 能電力收集器相對於重力之位置之構件之—未對準或一偏 移,及校正構件’其用於校正該用於量測該收集器相對於 重力之位置之構件之—未對準或—偏移。所提供之系統進 一步包含:產生構件,其用於產生_方向集,該方向集指 令應如何移動該收集器且由—收集器移位實體實施;傳送The form of the neighbor is related, regardless of whether the event and the information are from one or several events and sources. Much of the capital cost required to generate solar power is spent on photovoltaics (pv) batteries or photovoltaic pools. However, a suitable photovoltaic cell that operates now with side solar concentrating can be used to reduce this cost by focusing sunlight on a relatively small area. Reflective materials (eg, mirrors) must perform extremely well for this purpose. In most applications, this requirement is even more demanding because the collectors are assembled most often on site. Accordingly, the present invention discloses methods and devices (components) that permit the rapid evaluation of the quality of the concentrator light and provide diagnostics in the event of unacceptable performance. In addition, the present invention enables tuning of the concentrator to achieve an optimal or acceptable performance standard. As discussed in more detail below, the present invention provides a system for facilitating testing of a solar collector, comprising: a plurality of flat reflectors configured to concentrate one of the light slots in a common focal length pattern; and a solar collector test system, The light is emitted on a subset of the plurality of flat reflectors, the reflected light is compared against a standard, and the quality of the subset of the plurality of flat reflectors is determined based on the comparison. In this system, the emitted light is laser radiation. In this system, the emitted light is modulated by a modulated laser. The system provided further includes a laser emitter assembly that emits modulated laser radiation over the subset of the plurality of flat reflectors. The system provided further includes a receiver component 'the receiver component retrieves the reflected modulated light for comparison. The system provided further includes at least one additional receiver component that retrieves the reflected modulated light for comparison. The eight systems provided further include a processor component that implements the comparison. In the system provided, the processing system is at least one of a laptop computer, a notebook computer, a car type computer, a smart phone, a pocket computer or a PDA. The system provided further includes an artificial intelligence (AI) component that employs at least one of inferring a user desire to automatically perform one of a probabilistic analysis and a statistically based analysis. Further, the present invention provides a computer-implemented method for diagnosing the quality of a solar collector, comprising: executing one of computer executable instructions stored on a computer readable storage medium 141498.doc -19- 201017905 To perform the following actions: transmitting a modulated laser light on a concentrator; receiving modulated light at a __ position; scanning-source to establish signal strength; and adjusting the modulo according to the threshold The varying light is compared to the signal strength; and the quality of the concentrator is determined based on the result of the comparison. The computer-implemented method further includes receiving additional modulated light at a disparate location, wherein the comparing action employs the additional modulated light in accordance with the threshold. In the method of computer implementation provided, the threshold is at least one of pre-stylization or inference. The computer-implemented method of the provision further includes adjusting a position of the aggregator, wherein the adjustment facilitates enhancing (4) the aggregator. In the method of computer implementation provided by the household, the threshold is an industry standard. The computer implemented method of supplying further includes inferring the threshold based at least in part on environmental conditions. The present invention also provides a system for facilitating solar concentrator testing, comprising: an emission member for emitting light on a plurality of reflectors in the solar concentrator; and a capture member for at least from the reflectors A subset captures the reflected light; and an evaluation component for evaluating the σ quality of the position of each of the subset of reflectors based at least in part on the characteristics of the reflected light. In the system supplied, the light is modulated by laser light. In the system being supplied, the plurality of reflectors are configured in a slot collector configuration. The system supplied further includes means for dynamically adjusting the position of the subset of reflectors based at least in part on the characteristics of the reflected light. In the system provided, the means for capturing the reflected light are positioned at at least two sensors at full distances from the solar energy collector. In one aspect, the present invention provides a system comprising: an acquisition group 141498.doc • 20-201017905 'a collection of energy capable of collecting energy from a celestial energy source, one of the elements of the concentrator relative to gravity And an evaluation component that compares the concentrator position against a desired position of the concentrator relative to the celestial energy source, the comparison being used to determine a manner in which a change is made to increase the effectiveness of the concentrator. The system provided further includes a conclusion component that determines if the result of the movement should occur based on one of the comparisons. The provided system further includes a generation-direction set generation component that determines how the instruction movement should occur. The system provided further includes a feedback component that determines whether the set of directions results in a desired result after the set of directions is implemented by the mobile component. The system provided further includes an adapting component that modifies the operation of generating the component with respect to the determination of the set of directions made. The system provided further includes a calibration component that automatically corrects one of the entities of the measurement aggregator relative to one of the locations of the gravity, or the supplied material - the step includes a misalignment or The H component of the offset. The system provided includes a calculation component that calculates one of the desired locations of the energy source used by the evaluation component in the comparison. In the system provided, the metadata is collected from an inclinometer. The system advancement provided includes a positioning component that concludes whether a position of an energy source can be determined, the evaluation component processing a negative conclusion. A method comprising: predicting a position of one of the energy collectors by a gravity on the collector, * and a conclusion as to whether the base should move. In another aspect, 'the present invention supplies a quantity collector to calculate the position against the comparison'. The calculation position is based on the result of one of the comparisons. The energy collection is provided by 141498.doc -21 - 201017905 The method further includes calculating the expected position of the energy harvester based on the date, time, longitude of the collector, and latitude of the collector. In the method of supply, this conclusion occurs by the implementation of at least one artificial intelligence technology. In the method of supply, the one artificial intelligence technology implements a cost-utility analysis of one of the costs associated with moving the energy harvester, wherein the cost includes power consumption. The method of supplying further includes generating a set of instructions on how to move the energy harvester to approximately one of the expected locations. The method of supplying further includes transmitting the set of instructions to a mobile entity, the mobile entity associating with the collector and implementing the set of instructions. The method of supplying further comprises calculating the position of the energy harvester by using an inclinometer. In still another aspect, the present invention provides a system comprising: a computing component for calculating a position of the collector by analyzing meta-data associated with gravity applied to a solar power collector; computing component It is used to calculate a desired position of the solar power collector based on a date, a time, a longitude of the receiver, and a latitude of the collector; a comparison member for comparing the calculated position of the solar power collector to the solar energy The desired position of the electric force collection chamber is compared; and a conclusion component is used to conclude based on the result of the comparison whether the solar power collector should move. The system provided further includes means for obtaining a metadata associated with gravity applied to the solar power collector from one of the components used to measure gravity. The means for deciding whether the solar power collector should be moved in the system provided includes the cost of implementing the benefits and associated costs of moving the solar power collector. 141498.doc -22- 201017905 Utility Analysis The components, of which Ma: Putian Qiaoren, a A cost includes electricity consumption. The system provided further includes: an identification member that identifies a misalignment or an offset of the member for measuring the position of the solar power collector relative to gravity, and a correction member that is used to correct the use A measure of misalignment or offset of the component of the collector relative to gravity. The system provided further includes: generating a component for generating a _direction set, the directional set instructing how the collector should be moved and implemented by the -gatch shifting entity; transmitting
構件,其用於將該指令集傳送至該收集器移位實體,該收 集器移位實體實施該指令集;確定構件,其用於確定在該 方向集由該收集器移位實體實施後該方向集是否導致一期 望之結果;及修改構件,其用於就所作出之關於方向集之 確定來修改該產生構件之作業。 在又一態樣中,本發明提供一種太陽能聚集器,其包 含:複數個拋物面反射器陣列,其中每一抛物面反射器包 含經由一組附接至一骨幹樑之支撐肋撓曲為一貫穿形狀之 一反射元件;及一個或多個接收器,其自該等拋物面反射 器收集光,該等接收器包含用於能量轉換之一光伏打(pv) 模組或一熱能量收穫系統中之至少一者;及一調整系統, 其用以在該複數個抛物面反射_器陣列中之一個或多個接收 器中之每一者中最佳化所收集之光之一圖案中之光強度分 佈。在所提供之太陽能聚集器中,該PV模塊包含一組PV 電池群集,其經配置以最佳地利用所收集之光,該組群集 中之PV電池包括結晶矽太陽能電池、結晶鍺太陽能電池、 基於III至V族半導體之太陽能電池、基於CuGaSe之太陽能 141498.doc -23- 201017905 電池、基於CuInSe之太陽能電池、非晶系矽電池、薄膜串 接太陽能電池、三接面太陽能電池或奈米結構太陽能電池 中之至少一者。在所提供之太陽能聚集器中,該組群集中 之每一 PV電池係單體且沿法向於包含該PV模組之一平面 之一特定軸定向。該組PV電池群集中之每一群集包含以一 串聯連接電耦合之一列或多列複數個PV電池。在所提供之 太陽能聚集器中’該一列或多列複數個PV電池中之至少一 者包含電流匹配之PV主動元件,其中該等pV主動元件至 少部分基於在所模擬之運作場條件下於一測試設施令進行〇 之一效能表徵而係電流匹配的。在所提供之太陽能聚集器 中,鄰近該組群集中之一個或多個群集佈置一個或多個 電池且將該一個或多個PV電池與該一個或多個群集中之一 PV元件電連接以減輕該PV模塊之效能降格。在所提供之 太陽能聚集器中,對於包括熱能量收穫系統之接收器,該 熱能量收穫系統駐存於該接收器之一背部表面中。在該太 陽能聚集器中,該熱能量收穫系統進一步包含將熱量轉換 為電以補充PV能量轉換之—熱電器件。在該太陽能聚集器© 中’該-個或多個接收器中之至少一者包括一外殼以減輕 -操作者與-所聚集光束之交互作用。在該太陽能聚集器 中’該外殼包含一組喷嘴以自該PV模組附近排放熱空氣以 提高能量轉換效能。 在再I、樣中,本發明供應—種用以組裝__太陽胃m 器之方法1¾方法包含:藉由經由一組附接至一骨幹樑之 支撐肋將4平反射材料之一部分弯曲為一貫穿形狀來組 141498.doc -24· 201017905 裝一拋物面反射器;於一支撐框架中安裝複數個經組裝拋 物面反射器陣列;調整該複數個陣列中之每一抛物面反射 器之一位置以最佳化於一接收器上收集之光束,其令該調 整動作包括自動追蹤每一拋物面反射器之位置以最小化所 收集光束圖案之波動,·及根據接收器中所聚集光之一圖案 來在該接收器上組態一光伏打(PV)模組。所供應之方法進 步包含在該接收器上安裝一熱收穫器件以收集藉由光收 集產生之熱篁。在所供應之方法中,自動追蹤每一拋物面 反射器之位置以最小化所收集光束圖案之波動包含以下各 項中之至少一者.藉由量測或存取一本端或遠端資料庫來 收集資料;致動一馬達以調整該太陽能收集器十之元件之 位置;或報告該太陽能收集器之狀況。在所供應之方法 中,根據接收器中所聚集光之一圖案來在該接收器上組態 一光伏打模,組進-步包含在全異單元之群集中之pv模組中 配置一組pv電池以便提高該組Pv,池對所收集之光之曝 • 露。在所供應之方法中,全異單元之群集包含以一串聯連 接電輕合之-列或多列複數個Pv電池。在所供應之方法 中,全異單元之群集中之該一個或多個列中之至少一者包 含電流匹配之PV主動元件,其中該等PU動元件至少部 分基於在所模擬之運作場條件下於一測試設施中進行之— 效能表徵而係電流匹配的。在所供應之方法中,在全異單 疋之群集中之PV模組中配置該組Pv電池以便提高對所枚 集之光之曝露包括將表現較差之若干PV1動元件定位於 模、且内|列中,將表現最佳之若乾電池定位於該 141498.doc -25- 201017905 pv模.、且之中間區&處,且將下—表現最佳之若干元件定 位於該PV模組内-頂部列中。在所提供之方法中,調整該 複數個陣列中之每—反射器之一位置以最佳化於一接收器 上收集之-光束進'步包含自動组態每一反射器之位置以 將所收集之光之-圖案朝向該pv模组内之中間區段及頂部 列移位以最大化電輸出。在該所提供之方法中其中該熱 收穫器件包含循環一流體以搜集並運送熱量之一金屬蛇 管。在所供應之方法中,該熱收穫器件進一步包含將熱量 轉換為電以補充PV能量轉換之一熱電器件。 在一相關態樣中,可提供一種用於太陽能聚集之系統, 其包含:複數個太陽能聚集器;一熱量調節總成,其具有 傳達一冷卻介質以用於耗散自該等太陽能聚集器產生之熱 量之若干導管,其中該冷卻介質之流動由複數個閥控制; 及一控制組件,其基於自該系統收集之資料及該等太陽能 聚集器之溫度來即時控制該等閥之作業。此外,可供應一 種其他系統,其包括包含以下各項之一整合式太陽能聚集 器模組:一太陽能聚集器;具有一閥之一管道段;其中該 管道段連接至該太陽能聚集器以用於該太陽能聚集器之經 由由該閥調Ip之一冷卻介質之一冷卻’且該管道段可附接 至運送該冷卻介質之一管道線。 在另一態樣中’可提供一種調節熱量流動之方法,其包 含:藉由一或若干太陽能聚集器接收輻射;藉由一熱量調 節器件估計耗散由該(等)太陽能聚集器產生之熱量所需要 之冷卻介質量;及基於自該(等)太陽能聚集器量測之溫度 I4I498.doc -26 - 201017905 來調節閥之作業以促進該冷卻介質之流動。此外,可供應 一種其他最佳化來自複數個太陽能聚集器之能量輸出之方 法,其包含:自太陽能熱機構&PV電池兩者產生能量;經 由一冷卻介質自該等太陽能熱機構及Pv電池吸收熱量丨基 於自該等太陽能熱機構或該等PV電池或其一組合量測之溫 度基於控制該冷卻介質之流動之調節閥來改變該吸收動 作;及基於所確定之準則來最佳化該產生動作◎根據再一 態樣,提供一種熱量調節總成,其包括:冷卻構件,其用 於經由一媒介通過閥之流動即時地冷卻太陽能聚集器;及 調節構件,其用於調節該等閥之作業。 根據一態樣,提供一種用於追蹤太陽之位置以確定針對 直射日光之最佳定位之系統。該系統包含:一日光追蹤組 件,其至少部分基於確定至少一個光源之一準直性質來將 I玄光源區分為直射日光,及一定位組件,其至少部分基於 被區分為直射日光之光源之一位置來修改與該日光追蹤組 春件相關聯之一器件之一位置。此外,亦提供以下系統:其 中該日光追蹤組件包含接收該光源且將該光源反射至一個 或多個象限單元上之一球透鏡之系統;其中該光源之準直 性質係至少部分藉由量測被反射於該一個或多個象限單元 上之光源之一焦點之一大小來確定之系統;其中該定位組 件至少部分基於該一個或多個象限單元上之焦點之一位置 來修改該器件之位置之系統;其中該日光追蹤組件至少部 分藉由量測該光源之一波長及一偏光位準來進一步將該光 源區分為直射曰光之系統;其中該曰光追蹤組件包含至少 141498.doc -27· 201017905 一個濾光器之系統,其中該至少一個濾光器至少部分基於 拒絕由直射日光利用之一範圍以外之光之通過來確定該光 源之一強度及/或之波長光譜;其中該日光追蹤組件包含 複數個成不同角度之偏光器之系統,其中該複數個成不同 角度之偏光器至少部分基於在穿過該複數個偏光器中之每 一者之後量測該光源之一輻射位準來確定該光源之偏光位 準;其中該光源之所量測輻射位準在該複數個偏光器中之 每一者處係類似從而指示用以將該光源區分為直射曰光之 偏光位準之系統;其中該日光追蹤組件至少部分基於確定 缺少實質調變而進一步將該光源區分為直射日光之系統; 及其中進一步包含一時鐘組件之系統,其中最初根據直射 日光之一預測位置自該時鐘組件設定與日光追蹤組件相關 聯之一器件之位置。 在另一態樣中,提供一種用於確定直射日光之一最佳位 置之方法。該方法可包括:至少部分藉由量測透過一球透 鏡之一光源之一反射之一焦點來確定該光源之一準直性 質,至少部分基於該焦點之一大小來將該光源區分為直射 曰光;及至少部分基於該焦點在一象限單元上之一位置來 確疋用於接收直射曰光之一最佳位置。此外,提供以下方 法.進一步包含至少部分基於所確定之用於接收直射曰光 之最佳位置來對準一個或多個太陽能電池或太陽能電池面 板之方法;進一步包含至少部分藉由量測通過複數個成不 同角度之偏光器之光源之輻射位準來確定該光源之偏光位 準以進一步將該光源區分為直射日光之方法;其中該偏光 141498.doc •28· 201017905 位準為低(其中來自該複數個成不同角度之偏光器之輻射 位準係類似)之方法;進一步包含藉助光譜濾光器允許來 自該光源之具有在由日光所利用之一範圍中之一類似波長 之光通過而拒絕來自該光源之具有在該範圍以外之一波長 之光通過之方法;進一步包含量測來自該光源之穿過該光 譜濾光器之光之一強度及/或光譜以進一步將該光源區分 為直射曰光之方法;進一步包含至少部分藉由量測透過該 等球透鏡之-全異光源之—反射之—全異焦點來確定該全 異光源之準直性質之方法;進一步包含確定該全異光源 為漫射(其中該全異焦點之大小大於一臨限大小)之方法; 及進-步包含至少部分基於確定該全異光源為漫射而拒絕 該光源之方法。 在再態、樣中,提供一種用於追蹤太陽之位置之系統。 該系統可包含:偵測構件,其用於至少部分基於一個或多 個光源之直性f來自該—個或多個光源㈣直 射日光,該所量测準直性質係根據經由一透鏡接收之光源 之-焦點之-大小確定;及確定構件,其用於至少部分基a means for transmitting the set of instructions to the collector shifting entity, the collector shifting entity implementing the set of instructions; determining means for determining that after the set of directions is implemented by the collector shifting entity Whether the set of directions results in a desired result; and modifying the component for modifying the operation of the generating component with respect to the determination of the set of directions made. In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a solar concentrator comprising: a plurality of parabolic reflector arrays, wherein each parabolic reflector comprises a through shape shaped by a set of support ribs attached to a backbone beam a reflective element; and one or more receivers that collect light from the parabolic reflectors, the receivers comprising at least one of a photovoltaic (pv) module for energy conversion or a thermal energy harvesting system And an adjustment system for optimizing a light intensity distribution in a pattern of the collected light in each of the one or more receivers in the plurality of parabolic reflector arrays. In a solar collector as provided, the PV module includes a cluster of PV cells configured to optimally utilize the collected light, the PV cells in the cluster comprising crystalline germanium solar cells, crystalline germanium solar cells, Solar cells based on III to V semiconductors, solar energy based on CuGaSe 141498.doc -23- 201017905 batteries, CuInSe-based solar cells, amorphous germanium cells, thin film tandem solar cells, triple junction solar cells or nanostructures At least one of the solar cells. In the solar collectors provided, each PV cell of the set of cells is oriented and oriented normal to a particular axis comprising one of the planes of the PV module. Each of the clusters of PV cells of the group includes one or more columns of PV cells electrically coupled in a series connection. At least one of the one or more columns of PV cells in the provided solar collector includes current-matched PV active components, wherein the pV active components are based at least in part on the simulated operating field conditions The test facility is one of the performance characterizations and is current matched. In the provided solar collector, one or more cells are disposed adjacent one or more of the clusters of the set of clusters and the one or more PV cells are electrically coupled to one of the one or more clusters Reduce the performance degradation of the PV module. In the solar collector provided, for a receiver comprising a thermal energy harvesting system, the thermal energy harvesting system resides in the back surface of one of the receivers. In the solar energy concentrator, the thermal energy harvesting system further includes a thermoelectric device that converts heat into electricity to supplement PV energy conversion. At least one of the one or more receivers in the solar concentrator © includes a housing to mitigate the interaction of the operator with the concentrated beam. In the solar collector, the housing includes a plurality of nozzles for discharging hot air from adjacent the PV module to improve energy conversion efficiency. In a further example, the method of the present invention for assembling a __solating stomach apparatus includes: bending a portion of the 4 flat reflective material into a portion by a set of support ribs attached to a backbone beam a through-shape group 141498.doc -24· 201017905 is equipped with a parabolic reflector; a plurality of assembled parabolic reflector arrays are mounted in a support frame; and one of each of the plurality of parabolic reflectors is adjusted to the most Optimizing the beam collected on a receiver, the adjustment action including automatically tracking the position of each parabolic reflector to minimize fluctuations in the collected beam pattern, and based on a pattern of light collected in the receiver A photovoltaic (PV) module is configured on the receiver. The method of supplying further includes installing a heat harvesting device on the receiver to collect the heat generated by the light collection. In the method of supply, automatically tracking the position of each parabolic reflector to minimize fluctuations in the collected beam pattern comprises at least one of the following: by measuring or accessing a local or remote database To collect data; actuate a motor to adjust the position of the component of the solar collector; or report the condition of the solar collector. In the method of supplying, a photovoltaic mode is configured on the receiver according to a pattern of light collected in the receiver, and the group further comprises a group of pv modules arranged in a cluster of disparate units. The pv battery is used to raise the exposure of the set of Pvs to the collected light. In the method of supply, the cluster of disparate units comprises a plurality of Pv batteries in a series or in multiple columns connected in series. In the method of supplying, at least one of the one or more columns in the cluster of disparate cells comprises current-matched PV active components, wherein the PU dynamic components are based at least in part on the simulated operating field conditions Performed in a test facility - performance characterization and current matching. In the method of supply, configuring the set of Pv cells in a PV module in a cluster of disparate cells to increase exposure to the collected light includes positioning a plurality of PV1 moving components that perform poorly, and In the column, the best performing batteries are located in the 141498.doc -25-201017905 pv mode, and the middle zone & and the next best performing components are located in the PV module - in the top column. In the method provided, adjusting each of the plurality of arrays - one position of the reflector to optimize collection on a receiver - the beam step comprises automatically configuring the position of each reflector to The collected light-pattern is shifted toward the middle and top columns within the pv module to maximize electrical output. In the method of the present invention, the heat harvesting device comprises a metal coil that circulates a fluid to collect and transport heat. In the method of supply, the heat harvesting device further comprises a thermoelectric device that converts heat to electricity to supplement PV energy conversion. In a related aspect, a system for solar energy gathering can be provided, comprising: a plurality of solar concentrators; a heat regulating assembly having a cooling medium for dissipating from the solar concentrators A plurality of conduits of heat, wherein the flow of the cooling medium is controlled by a plurality of valves; and a control component that instantaneously controls operation of the valves based on data collected from the system and temperatures of the solar collectors. Furthermore, an alternative system can be provided comprising an integrated solar concentrator module comprising: a solar concentrator; a pipe section having a valve; wherein the pipe section is connected to the solar concentrator for The solar concentrator is cooled by one of the cooling mediums of the valve modulating Ip and the pipe section is attachable to a conduit line carrying the cooling medium. In another aspect, a method of regulating heat flow can be provided, comprising: receiving radiation by one or several solar collectors; estimating dissipation of heat generated by the solar collector by a heat regulating device The amount of cooling medium required; and the operation of the valve based on the temperature I4I498.doc -26 - 201017905 measured from the solar collector to promote the flow of the cooling medium. Additionally, a method of optimizing energy output from a plurality of solar concentrators can be provided, comprising: generating energy from both solar thermal devices & PV cells; from the solar thermal devices and Pv cells via a cooling medium Absorbing heat 改变 altering the absorbing action based on a temperature measured from the solar thermal mechanisms or the PV cells or a combination thereof based on a regulating valve that controls the flow of the cooling medium; and optimizing the based on the determined criteria Generating an action ◎ According to still another aspect, a heat regulating assembly is provided, comprising: a cooling member for instantaneously cooling a solar concentrator via a flow of a medium through a valve; and an adjustment member for adjusting the valve Homework. According to one aspect, a system for tracking the position of the sun to determine the optimal positioning for direct sunlight is provided. The system includes: a daylight tracking component that distinguishes an I-Xuan source into direct sunlight based at least in part on determining a collimating property of at least one of the light sources, and a positioning component based at least in part on the source of the light that is classified as direct sunlight The location to modify one of the devices associated with the daylight tracking group spring piece. Additionally, a system is provided wherein the daylight tracking component includes a system that receives the light source and reflects the light source to one of the one or more quadrant units; wherein the collimating property of the light source is at least partially measured a system for determining a size of one of a focus of a light source reflected on the one or more quadrant units; wherein the positioning assembly modifies the position of the device based at least in part on a position of a focus on the one or more quadrant units The system wherein the daylight tracking component further differentiates the light source into a direct light system by at least partially measuring a wavelength of the light source and a polarization level; wherein the light tracking component comprises at least 141498.doc -27 · 201017905 A system of filters, wherein the at least one filter determines a intensity and/or a wavelength spectrum of the light source based at least in part on rejecting passage of light outside of a range of direct sunlight; wherein the daylight tracking The assembly includes a plurality of systems of polarizers at different angles, wherein the plurality of polarizers at different angles are at least Determining a polarization level of the light source based on measuring a radiation level of the light source after passing through each of the plurality of polarizers; wherein the measured radiation level of the light source is at the plurality of polarizers Each of the systems is similar to indicate a system for distinguishing the source from the polarization level of the direct pupil; wherein the daylight tracking component further differentiates the source into direct sunlight based at least in part on determining that the substantial modulation is lacking And a system further comprising a clock component, wherein the position of one of the devices associated with the daylight tracking component is initially set from the clock component based on a predicted position of one of the direct sunlight. In another aspect, a method for determining an optimal position of one of direct sunlight is provided. The method can include determining a collimating property of the light source at least in part by measuring a focus reflected by one of the light sources of a ball lens, and distinguishing the light source into a direct light based at least in part on a size of the focus Light; and based at least in part on the position of the focus on a quadrant unit to determine an optimum position for receiving direct sunlight. Further, a method is provided. Further comprising a method of aligning one or more solar cells or solar panel panels based at least in part on the determined optimal position for receiving direct sunlight; further comprising at least partially passing the measurement through the plurality a method of determining a polarization level of the light source of the light source at different angles to determine the polarization level of the light source to further distinguish the light source into direct sunlight; wherein the polarization 141498.doc •28·201017905 is low (from a method of the plurality of different levels of polarizers having a similar level of radiation; further comprising: rejecting, by means of the spectral filter, light from the source having a wavelength similar to one of the ranges utilized by daylight a method of passing light from a source having a wavelength outside the range; further comprising measuring a intensity and/or a spectrum of light from the source through the spectral filter to further distinguish the source from direct light a method of twilight; further comprising, at least in part, measuring - a disparate source of light passing through the ball lenses a method for determining the collimation property of the disparate source; further comprising determining that the disparate source is diffuse (where the size of the disparity is greater than a threshold size); and further comprising A method of rejecting the source by determining that the disparate source is diffuse based at least in part. In the restatement, a system for tracking the position of the sun is provided. The system can include a detection component for directing sunlight from the one or more light sources (four) based at least in part on the directness of the one or more light sources, the measured collimation properties being received via a lens a source-focus-size determination; and a determining member for at least a portion of the base
於5亥焦點在一個或多個象眼置分μ + . 冢限单兀上之—位置來確定用於接 收該所谓測直射日光之_最佳軸向位置。亦提供進一步包 含定位構件m該;^構件祕至少部分基於所確定 之用於接收該所偵測直射日#夕爭社&丄 先之最佳軸向位置來將一個或 多個太陽能電池或太陽能電池面柄 此电池面扳疋位於一個或多個最佳 轴上。 在另一態樣申 ,提供一種安裝及追蹤系統。 該系統可包 141498.doc •29- 201017905 參 括以實體方式與一能量收集面板耦合之一極座架;及以實 體方式與一基座耦合並相對於地球之轴之一傾斜對準該極 座架之S座座架,該面板座架經組態使得該能量收集面 板位於該基座之-轴之一平面中且繞該基座之一抽旋轉且 該能量收集面板之重心係繞該極座架。該極座架亦可包括 H位組件以促進相對於太陽跨越天空之運動而使面 板座架在赤經轴上旋轉。可採用一第二定位組件以促進將 該能量收集面板傾斜過-角度範圍以相對於太陽之一赤緯 角度來定位該能量收集面板。該第一定位組件及第二定位 組件可係DC無刷步進馬達且可結合控制極座架相對於太 陽之位置之一定位控制器使用。該定位控制器基於該極座 架之經度、該極座架之緯度、日期及時間資訊、太陽之計 算位置來確定該極座架之位置。可採用一人工智慧组件來 輔助確定該極座架之位置。該能量收集面板可由::反光表 面、光伏打元件、能量吸收材料或其一組合組成。 參 在-再-態樣中,提供用於安裝及追蹤之方法。該方法 包括:構造可保持至少兩個能量收集面板且以一間隙分離 該等面板之-模組;該至少兩個能量收集面板之間的間隙 :促進將該至》兩個能量收集面板定位為使得該至少兩 個此量收集面板位於該極座架之任一側上;及組態該模組 以以實體方式與-基座叙合。呈現用於以下各項之若干方 法相對於太陽之赤經或赤緯來定位該至少兩個能量收隼 面板及基於該等能量收集面板之經度、該等能量收集面板 之緯度、曰期及時間資訊、太陽之計算位置或其一組合來 141498.doc -30- 201017905 之需要 用於維 確定該等能量收集面板之一位置。可視系統之作業 來執行將該等能量收集面板定位於一安全位置處、 修、安裝及諸如此類之一位置處。The position at which the so-called direct sunlight is received is determined at one or more of the eye points on the one or more eye points. Providing further includes a positioning member m; the component is based at least in part on receiving the one or more solar cells or the optimal axial position for receiving the detected direct day Solar Cell Handle This battery face is located on one or more of the best axes. In another aspect, an installation and tracking system is provided. The system may include 141498.doc • 29-201017905 including physically coupling a pole mount to an energy harvesting panel; and physically coupling with a base and tilting the pole relative to one of the axes of the earth a S-seat mount of the mount, the panel mount being configured such that the energy harvesting panel is located in a plane of the shaft of the base and is rotated about one of the bases and the center of gravity of the energy harvesting panel is wrapped around the Polar mount. The pole mount may also include an H-position assembly to facilitate rotation of the panel mount on the right ascension axis relative to the movement of the sun across the sky. A second positioning assembly can be employed to facilitate tilting the energy harvesting panel over an angle range to position the energy harvesting panel relative to a declination angle of the sun. The first positioning component and the second positioning component can be a DC brushless stepper motor and can be used in conjunction with a positioning controller that controls the position of the pole mount relative to the sun. The positioning controller determines the position of the pole mount based on the longitude of the pole mount, the latitude, date and time information of the pole mount, and the calculated position of the sun. An artificial intelligence component can be employed to assist in determining the position of the pole mount. The energy harvesting panel can be comprised of: a reflective surface, a photovoltaic element, an energy absorbing material, or a combination thereof. In the -re-state, methods for installation and tracking are provided. The method includes: constructing a module that can hold at least two energy harvesting panels and separating the panels by a gap; a gap between the at least two energy harvesting panels: facilitating positioning of the two energy harvesting panels to Having the at least two of the collection panels on either side of the pole mount; and configuring the module to physically mate with the base. Presenting a method for positioning the at least two energy harvesting panels relative to the right ascension or declination of the sun and based on the longitude of the energy harvesting panels, the latitude, flood time and time of the energy harvesting panels The information, the calculated position of the sun, or a combination thereof, is required by 141498.doc -30- 201017905 to determine the location of one of the energy harvesting panels. The operation of the visual system is performed to position the energy harvesting panels at a safe location, repair, installation, and the like.
在又-態樣t ’㈣統亦包括:構造構件,其用於構造 可保持至少兩個能量收集面板且以-間隙分離該等面板之 模組’實體耦合構件’其用於以實體方式將該模組與一 基f耦合·,及定位構件’其用於將該至少兩個能量收集面 板定位為使得該至少兩個能量收集面板及該模組之重心與 該基座之轴對^此外,呈現以下構件:收集構件,其用 於收集用於控制該至少兩個能量收集面板之位置之外部輸 入;及控制構件’其用於相對於該至少兩個能量收集面板 之經度、該至少兩個能量收集面板之緯度、日期及時間資 s太陽之β十算位置或其一組合來控制該模組之位置。亦 呈現用於將該至少兩個能量收集面板定位於一安全位置處 且用於將該至少兩個能量收集面板^位為使得為進行安裝 及維修而可接近該至少兩個能量收集面板之構件。用於定 位該至少兩個能量收集面板之構件可包含旋轉、傾斜、降 低或升高該模組、該基座中之至少一者或其組合。進一步 呈現用於構造可保持至少 兩個能量收集面板且以一間隙分 離該等面板之-模組且用於以實體方式將該模組與一基座 麵合之構件。 首先參照圖式’圖i圖解說明採用一太陽能聚集器測試 系、先102之一系統100。在作業中測試系統能夠評估 或"平價該太陽⑯聚集器或其部分之效能,如所圖解說明。 141498.doc • 31 · 201017905 應理解,可採用該測試系統來評估一單個反射器(例如, 抛物面反射器)以及反射器之槽(例如,以拋物方式配置於 pv電池周圍)。 通常,在若干態樣中,測試系統1〇2於一反射器上發射 經調變之光且採用接收器來量測並評價被反射之光。可將 此所接收之經調變之光對照標準或其他臨限值(例如,基 準、程式)進行比較以斷定效能是否可接受或(或者)是否需 要調諧或其他修改。在審閱以下圖2之後將會更佳地理解 測試系統102之功能及益處。 現在參照圖2,其繪示一太陽能聚集器測試系統1〇2之一 替代方塊圖。通常,測試系統1〇2可包括一雷射發射器組 件202、接收器組件204、206及一處理器組件2〇8 ^此等子 組件(202至208)—同促進太陽能聚集器之評價。 雷射發射器組件202能夠在pV電池將位於之位置附近射 出經調變之雷射輻射。舉例而言,在一真正拋物面反射器 之隋形下,此位置將處於該抛物面之焦點處。在反射器之 一槽之情形下,該位置將處於該聚集器之中心線焦點處 (或其附近)。換言之,當多個反射器被配置於呈一拋物面 形狀之一槽上時,該位置將處於該收集性抛物面之中心線 焦點處或其附近。應理解,儘管提供一雷射發射器組件 202 ’但其他態樣可採用其他合適之光源(圖中未緣示)。欲 將此等替代態樣包括於本揭示内容及其隨附申請專利範圍 之範内。 如所圖解說明,舉例而言,可在距碟(或反射器)之不同 141498.doc •32- 201017905 距離處配置兩個接收器204、206。在若干實例中,該等接 收器可臨時附接至一太陽能碟陣列中兩個其他碟之底座。 接收器204、206兩者以及該碟本身可以通信方式耦合至— 處理器組件208。在一個實例中,處理器組件2〇8可係能夠 處理所接收之資料及訊號之一膝上型計算器件或肇記型計 算器件。在其他實例t,處理器組件208可係一智慧型電 話、口袋電腦、個人數位助理(PDA)或諸如此類。 處理器組件208可命令該碟進行掃描,從而收集與所發 射之經調變之輻射相關聯之資料。類似地,接收器(2叫、 206)可收集與所發射之經調變之轄射相關聯之資料。隨 後’處理H組件可在距該碟之兩個距離處建構兩個訊 號強度表面。可將此等訊號強度與藉以確定聚集器收集光 學器件m準(或另外所程式化之)規範進行比較。In addition, the t-(4) system also includes: a structural member for constructing a module 'solid coupling member' that can hold at least two energy harvesting panels and separate the panels by a gap, which is used to physically The module is coupled to a base f, and the positioning member is configured to position the at least two energy collecting panels such that the center of gravity of the at least two energy collecting panels and the module is aligned with the axis of the base Presenting a component: a collection member for collecting an external input for controlling the position of the at least two energy harvesting panels; and a control member 'for a longitude relative to the at least two energy harvesting panels, the at least two The latitude, date and time of the energy harvesting panel, or the combination of the sun's beta position or a combination thereof to control the position of the module. Means for positioning the at least two energy harvesting panels at a safe location and for positioning the at least two energy harvesting panels such that the at least two energy harvesting panels are accessible for installation and maintenance . The means for positioning the at least two energy harvesting panels can include rotating, tilting, lowering or raising the module, at least one of the pedestals, or a combination thereof. Further presented are components for constructing a module that retains at least two energy harvesting panels and separates the panels by a gap and for physically engaging the module with a pedestal. Referring first to the drawings, Figure 1 illustrates a system 100 using a solar collector tester system. The test system can evaluate or "off the performance of the solar 16 aggregator or portion thereof, as illustrated. 141498.doc • 31 · 201017905 It should be understood that the test system can be used to evaluate a single reflector (eg, a parabolic reflector) and a reflector slot (eg, parabolically disposed around the pv battery). Typically, in several aspects, test system 1 发射 2 emits modulated light on a reflector and uses a receiver to measure and evaluate the reflected light. The received modulated light can be compared to a standard or other threshold (e. g., baseline, program) to determine if the performance is acceptable or/or whether tuning or other modifications are required. The functionality and benefits of test system 102 will be better understood after reviewing Figure 2 below. Referring now to Figure 2, there is shown an alternative block diagram of a solar collector test system 1〇2. In general, test system 1 2 may include a laser emitter assembly 202, receiver components 204, 206, and a processor component 2 〇 8 ^ such sub-assemblies (202 to 208) - as well as facilitating the evaluation of solar collectors. The laser emitter assembly 202 is capable of emitting modulated laser radiation near where the pV battery will be located. For example, in the shape of a true parabolic reflector, this position will be at the focus of the paraboloid. In the case of a slot in the reflector, the position will be at or near the centerline focus of the collector. In other words, when a plurality of reflectors are disposed on one of the grooves in a parabolic shape, the position will be at or near the centerline focus of the collecting paraboloid. It should be understood that while a laser emitter assembly 202' is provided, other suitable sources may be utilized (not shown). Such alternatives are intended to be included within the scope of the disclosure and the scope of the accompanying claims. As illustrated, for example, two receivers 204, 206 can be configured at a distance of 141498.doc • 32-201017905 from the dish (or reflector). In several instances, the receivers may be temporarily attached to the base of two other discs in a solar array. Both receivers 204, 206 and the disc itself can be communicatively coupled to processor component 208. In one example, processor component 2〇8 can be one of a laptop computing device or a write-on computing device capable of processing received data and signals. In other instances t, processor component 208 can be a smart phone, a pocket computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), or the like. Processor component 208 can command the disc to scan to collect data associated with the modulated modulated radiation. Similarly, the receiver (2, 206) may collect data associated with the modulated modulated radiation emitted. The subsequent processing H component can construct two signal intensity surfaces at two distances from the disc. These signal strengths can be compared to specifications that are used to determine the collector's collection of optical components (or otherwise programmed).
圖3圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣測試太陽能聚集器之 -方法。儘管出於簡化解釋之目的,將本文中(例如)以一 流程圖之形式繪示之—個或多個方法顯示及闡述為-系列 動作,然而應理解及瞭解,本發明並不受限於動作次序, 此乃因根據本發明,某些動作可按不同於本文所示及所述 之次序發生及/或與其他動作同時發生。舉例而言 此項技術者將理解及昤妞,_^ 、 瞭解,一種方法亦可表示為-系列相 互關聯之狀態或事件(你丨如,— 干i例如,在一狀態圖中)。此外,實施 根據本發明之一方法可处 ^ 月b並不需要所有所圖解說明之 作。 如上所述, 本發明僅採用 可谷易地定位於已知位置處之 141498.doc •33- 201017905 簡單且緊凑之雷射發射器η 耵f耵器(例如,圖2之202)及偵測器(例 如,圖2之接收器204、2〇6)。 )運動可由該碟本身使用其赤 繹袖及赤經軸馬達來回掃描該 "田硪哚以允許於一電腦(例如, 圖2之處理H2G8)中建構-圖案來完成。使用經調變之雷 射光(例如,圖2之雷射發射器組件搬)可允許防止周圍光 源影響測試結果。此外’應理解,調變允許低光位準之敏 感性偵測。此外,該測試實質上係自動的且不需要接受高 級訓練之人員。 若在其不應出現之處偵測到光,則處於診斷模式之系統 (圖1及圖2之_可自動致使該碟移動幻貞測到此光之位置 處。藉由定位於該偵測器(例如,圖2之接收器2〇4、2〇6) 處,操作者在視覺上可看到該光來自何處,從而指示需要 調整之結構部分。或者,可執行自動化診斷以實行調整或 調諧。 現在參照圖3之方法,在302處,將經調變之雷射輻射發 射於一聚集器上。本發明提供在光伏打電池通常將位於之 位置附近安裝發射經調變之雷射輻射之一構件或器件。在 一個實例中,對於一真正抛物面反射器而言,此將處於該 抛物面之焦點處。在一替代聚集器配置(例如,其中該聚 集器實際上係以拋物方式配置於該等光伏打電池周圍之一 批槽反射器)中,可將該雷射器置於該聚集器之線焦點之 中心處或其附近。 在304、40 6處可在距一反射器表面之兩個全異位置或距 離處接收經調變之被反射之光。此處,可在距該碟之兩個 141498.doc -34· 201017905 距離處配置兩個經最佳化以用於接收經調變之光之接收 器1舉例而言,此等接收器可附接(例如,臨時附接)至一 太陽能碟陣列中兩個其他碟之底座。儘管本文中所闊述之 態樣採用兩個接收器(例如,圖2之2〇4、2〇6),但應理解, 戈〜樣可採用—個或多個接收器,而此並不背離本揭示 内容及其隨附申請專利範圍之範嗨。同樣,儘管所閣述之 態樣將該等價測器(圖2之2〇4、2〇6)定位於全異距離處,但 S理解,所有接收器或其—子組可^位於—相等距離處。 欲將此等替代態樣包括於本揭示内容及其隨附申請專利範 圍之範疇内。 應理解’言亥等接&器及該碟本身可與另-胃件進行通 信,舉例而言,一處理器,例如一膝上型電腦。此處理器 器件可命令該碟(或聚集器)在308處進行掃描,而在31〇 處,該等接收器報告其自雷射器接收之訊號之強度。此允 許該膝上型電腦在距該碟之兩個距離處建構兩個訊號強度 藝表面。在312處可將此等訊號強度表面與標準規範進行比 較且在314處可判斷或確定該聚集器收集光學器件之品 質。 如上所述,另外可視需要或適當地採用此資訊來診斷 及/或調整該聚集器。儘管未在圖3中圖解說明此等動作, 但應理解,此等特徵、功能及益處將包括於本發明及其隨 附申請專利範圍之範疇内。 現在參照圖4,其圖解說明可運作以執行所揭示之架構 之一電腦之一方塊圖。為提供本發明之各種態樣之額外上 141498.doc -35- 201017905 下文’圖4及以下論述意欲提供對其中可實施本發明之各 種態樣之-合適計算環境400之一簡要、一般說明。儘管 上文已在可在-個或多個電腦上運行之電腦可執行指令之 -般上下文中闡述本發明’但熟習此項技術者應認識到, 本發明亦可與其他程式模組組合實施及/或實施為硬體與 軟體之一組合。 通常,程式模組包括執行特定任務或實施特定抽象資料 類型之例程、程式、組件、資料結構等。此外,熟習此項 技術者應瞭解’本發明方法可使用其他電腦系統組態來實鲁 踐’其中包括單處理器或多處理器電腦系統、小型電腦、 主機電腦以及個人電腦、手持式計算器件、基於微處理器 或可程式化之消費電子器件及諸如此類,其每一者可以運 作方式耗合至一個或多個相關聯器件。 亦可在一分佈式計算環境中實踐本發明之所圖解說明之 態樣,其中某些任務係由經由一通信網路鏈接之遠端處理 器件來執行。在-分佈式計算環境中,程式模組可位於本 端及遠端記憶體儲存器件兩者中。 〇 一電腦通常包括各種電腦可讀媒體。電腦可讀媒體可係 可由電腦存取之任何可用媒體且包括揮發性媒體及非揮發 性媒體、可拆卸式媒體及不可拆卸式媒體兩者。以舉例而 非限疋之方式,電腦可讀媒體可包含電腦儲存媒體及通信 媒體電腦儲存媒體包括以任一方法或技術實施之用於儲 存諸如電腦可讀指令、資料結構、程式模組或其他資料等 資訊之揮發性媒體及非揮發性媒體、可拆卸式媒體及不可 141498.doc • 36 - 201017905 拆卸式媒體兩者。電腦儲存 —_、快閃記憶體=包:記;:^^ 麵、數位多功能光碟(DVD)或其 街CD- 磁帶、磁雄锉;70哚储存器、磁盒、 磁碟储存D其他雜料料,❹_ 於儲存所需資訊並可由電腦存取之媒體。 ” 通信媒體通常包含電腦可讀指令 ΓΗ波等經調變資料訊號或其他運送機構中= :,:包括任何資訊遞送媒體。術語「經調變之資料訊 號J意指其一個或多個特性以於訊號中編碼資訊之一方式 被"又疋或改變之一訊號。以舉例而非限定之方式,通信媒 匕括諸如有線網路或直接線路連接之有線媒體,及諸 如聲學、RF、紅外線等無線媒體及其他無線媒體。以上物 項中之任一者之組合亦應包括於電腦可讀媒體之範疇内。 再次參照圖4,用於實施本發明之各種態樣之例示性環 境400包括一電腦4〇2,電腦4〇2包括一處理單元4〇4、一系 統s己憶體406及一系統匯流排4〇8。系統匯流排408將系統 組件(包括但不限於系統記憶體406)耦合至處理單元404。 處理單元404可係各種商業上可購得之處理器中之任一 種。亦可採用雙微處理器及其他多處理器架構作為處理單 元 404。 系統匯流排408可係可使用各種商業上可購得之匯流排 架構中之任一種進一步互連至一記憶體匯流排(具有或不 具有一記憶體控制器)、一週邊匯流排及一本端匯流排之 若干匯流排結構類型中之任一種。系統記憶體406包括唯 141498.doc -37· 201017905 讀記憶體(R〇M)410及隨機存取記憶體(RAM)412。一基本 輸入/輸出系統(BIOS)儲存於一非揮發性記憶體410(例如’ ROM、EPROM、EEPROM)中,該BIOS包含幫助在電腦 402内之元件之間傳送資訊(例如,在啟動期間)之基本例 程。RAM 412亦可包括一高速RAM,例如用於快取資料之 靜態RAM。 電腦402進一步包括:内部硬磁碟驅動器(HDD)414(例 如,EIDE、SATA),該内部硬磁碟驅動器414亦可經組態 以在外部用於一合適底盤(圖中未繪示)中;一磁性軟磁碟 驅動器(FDD)416(例如,以自一可拆卸式磁碟418讀取或向 該可拆卸式磁碟418寫入);及一光碟驅動器420(例如,讀 取一 CD-ROM磁碟422,或自諸如DVD等其他大容量光學 媒體讀取或向該大容量光學媒體寫入)。硬磁碟驅動器 414、磁碟驅動器416及光碟驅動器420可分別藉由一硬磁 碟驅動器介面424、一磁碟驅動器介面426及一光學驅動器 介面428連接至系統匯流排408。用於外部驅動器實施方案 之介面424包括通用串列匯流排(USB)及IEEE 1394介面技 術中之至少一者或其兩者。其他外部驅動器連接技術涵蓋 於本發明内。 該等驅動器及其相關聯電腦可讀媒體提供資料、資料結 構、電腦可執行指令等之非揮發性儲存。對於電腦402, 該等驅動器及媒體適應一合適數位格式之任何資料之儲 存。儘管上文對電腦可讀媒體之說明係指一 HDD、一可拆 卸式磁碟及一可拆卸式光學媒體,例如一 CD或DVD,但 141498.doc -38 ** 201017905 熟悉此項技術者應瞭解,可由一電腦讀取之其他類型之媒 體(例如,zip驅動器、磁盒、快閃記憶體卡、卡匣及諸如 此類)亦可用於該例示性運作環境中,且此外任何此種媒 體可包含用於執行本發明之方法之電腦可執行指令。 可在該等驅動器及RAM 412中儲存多個程式模組,包括 一作業系統430、一個或多個應用程式432、其他程式模組 434及程式資料436。亦可在RAM 412中快取該作業系統、 應用私式、模組及/或資料之全部或部分。應瞭解,本發 明可藉由各種商業上可購得之作業系統或作業系統之組合 來實施。 一使用者可經由一個或多個有線/無線輸入器件(例如, 一鍵盤438)及一指向器件(例如,—滑鼠44〇)向電腦術中 鍵入命令及資訊。其他輸入器件(圖中未緣示)可包括一麥 克風、一IR遠端控制、-操縱桿、一遊戲手柄、一記錄 筆、觸摸螢幕或諸如此類。此等及其他輸入器件通常經由 • 耦合至系統匯流排408之一輸入器件介面料2連接至處理單 元404,但可由其他介面連接,例如一並列璋、一工腿 1394串列埠、一遊戲琿、一USB槔、一汛介面等。 -監測器444或其他類型之顯示器器件亦經由一介面(例 如’一視訊轉接諸6)連接至系統匯流排術。除監測器 444以外’ 一電腦通常包括其他週邊輸出器件(圖中未繪 不),例如揚聲器、列印機等。 電腦4〇2可使用經由至一個或多個遠端電腦(例如,一或 若干遠端電腦448)之有線及/或無線㈣之邏輯連接於一網 141498.doc -39- 201017905 路化環境中運作。遠端電腦448可係一工作臺、一伺服器 電腦、一路由器、一個人電腦、可攜式電腦、基於微處理 器之娛樂器具、一對等器件或其他常見網路節點,且通常 包括就電腦402所闡述之元件中之許多或全部,但出於簡 明之目的僅圖解說明一記憶體/儲存器件450。所描繪之邏 輯連接包括至一區域網路(LAN)452及/或較大網路(例如, 一廣域網路(WAN)454)之有線/無線連接性。此類LAN及 WAN網路化環境在辦公室及公司_係平凡事物,且促進整 個企業之電腦網路,例如内部網,所有該等網路可連接至 一總體通信網路,例如網際網路。 當用於一 LAN網路化環境中時,電腦402經由一有線及/ 或無線通信網路介面或轉接器456連接至區域網路452。轉 接器456可促進至LAN 452之有線或無線通信,LAN 452亦 可包括安置於其上用於與無線轉接器456進行通信之一無 線存取點。 當用於一 WAN網路化環境中時,電腦402可包括一數據 機458,或連接至WAN 454上之一通信伺服器,或具有用 於經由WAN 454(例如藉由網際網路)建立通信之其他方 式。可係内部器件或外部器件及一有線器件或無線器件之 數據機458經由串列埠介面442連接至系統匯流排408。在 一網路化環境中,就電腦402或其部分描繪之程式模組可 儲存於遠端記憶體/儲存器件450中。應瞭解,所繪示之網 路連接係例示性且亦可使用在該等電腦之間建立一通信鏈 路之其他方式。 141498.doc -40- 201017905 電腦402可運作以與以運作方式安置於無線通信中之任 何無線器件或實體進行通信,例如一列印機、掃描儀、桌 上型電腦及/或可攜式電腦、可攜式資料助理、通信衛 星、與一無線可偵測標籤相關聯之任一件裝備或位置(例 如 亭子、報攤、洗手間)及電話。此包括至少wi-Fi及 BluetoothTM無線技術。因此,該通信可係如同一習用網路 之一預足義結構或僅僅係至少兩個器件之間的一特定通 信。Figure 3 illustrates a method of testing a solar collector in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. Although one or more methods are shown and described as a series of acts, for example, in the form of a flowchart, for purposes of simplification of the explanation, it is to be understood and understood that the invention is not limited The order of actions is due to the fact that certain acts may occur in an order different from those illustrated and described herein and/or concurrently with other acts in accordance with the present invention. For example, the skilled person will understand and 昤^, _^, understand, a method can also be expressed as a - series of interrelated states or events (you, for example, - dry i, for example, in a state diagram). Moreover, the implementation of a method in accordance with the present invention may be performed on a monthly basis and does not require all of the illustrated operations. As described above, the present invention uses only a simple and compact laser emitter η 耵f耵 (for example, 202 of Fig. 2) and Detective 141498.doc •33- 201017905 which can be easily located at a known position. A detector (eg, receiver 204, 2〇6 of Figure 2). The motion can be performed by the disc itself using its squat sleeve and right ascension axis motor to scan the "Tian Hao to allow construction-patterning in a computer (eg, processing H2G8 in Figure 2). The use of modulated lightning (e.g., the laser emitter assembly of Figure 2) allows for the prevention of ambient light sources from affecting test results. In addition, it should be understood that modulation allows for sensitive detection of low light levels. In addition, the test is essentially automated and does not require advanced training. If light is detected where it should not occur, the system in diagnostic mode (Figure 1 and Figure 2 can automatically cause the disc to move to the position where the light is detected by the illusion. By positioning the detection At the receiver (eg, receivers 2〇4, 2〇6 of Figure 2), the operator can visually see where the light comes from, indicating the portion of the structure that needs to be adjusted. Alternatively, an automated diagnostic can be performed to effect the adjustment. Or tuning. Referring now to the method of Figure 3, the modulated laser radiation is emitted onto a concentrator at 302. The present invention provides for the installation of a modulated modulated laser near the location where the photovoltaic cell will typically be located. One member or device that radiates. In one example, for a true parabolic reflector, this will be at the focus of the paraboloid. In an alternative concentrator configuration (eg, where the concentrator is actually parabolically configured) In a batch of groove reflectors around the photovoltaic cells, the laser can be placed at or near the center of the focus of the collector. At 304, 40 6 can be at a reflector surface Two disparate locations Receiving the modulated reflected light at a distance. Here, two optimized for receiving the modulated light can be configured at a distance of 141498.doc -34· 201017905 from the disc. For example, such receivers may be attached (e.g., temporarily attached) to the base of two other discs in a solar array. Although the aspects described herein employ two receivers (e.g., 2, 4, 2, 6) of Fig. 2, but it should be understood that the one or more receivers may be used without departing from the scope of the disclosure and the scope of the accompanying claims. Although the aspect of the device is to position the equivalent detector (2〇4, 2〇6 of Fig. 2) at a disparate distance, S understands that all receivers or subgroups thereof can be located at an equal distance. It is to be understood that the alternatives are included in the scope of the disclosure and the scope of the accompanying claims. It should be understood that the "Yihai et al." and the disc itself can communicate with another stomach member, for example. a processor, such as a laptop. This processor device can command the disc (or aggregator) at 3. Scanning at 08, and at 31 ,, the receivers report the strength of the signal they receive from the laser. This allows the laptop to construct two signal strength art surfaces at two distances from the disc. The signal intensity surfaces can be compared to standard specifications at 312 and the quality of the collector collection optics can be determined or determined at 314. As noted above, this information can additionally be used as needed or appropriately to diagnose and/or Or adjusting the concentrator. Although such actions are not illustrated in Figure 3, it is to be understood that such features, functions, and advantages are intended to be included within the scope of the invention and the scope of the appended claims. It illustrates a block diagram of a computer that can operate to perform one of the disclosed architectures. To provide an additional aspect of the present invention, 141498.doc-35-201017905 hereinafter, FIG. 4 and the following discussion are intended to provide A brief, general description of one of the various aspects of the present invention-suitable computing environment 400. Although the invention has been described above in the context of computer-executable instructions that can be executed on one or more computers, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the present invention can be implemented in combination with other programming modules. And/or implemented as a combination of hardware and software. Typically, program modules include routines, programs, components, data structures, etc. that perform specific tasks or implement specific abstract data types. In addition, those skilled in the art should understand that 'the method of the present invention can be implemented using other computer system configurations, including single-processor or multi-processor computer systems, small computers, host computers, and personal computers, handheld computing devices. Each of the microprocessor-based or programmable consumer electronics devices and the like can be operatively coupled to one or more associated devices. The illustrated aspects of the invention may also be practiced in a distributed computing environment, some of which are performed by remote processing devices that are linked through a communications network. In a distributed computing environment, the program modules can be located in both the local and remote memory storage devices. 〇 A computer usually includes a variety of computer readable media. The computer readable medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer and includes both volatile and nonvolatile media, removable media, and non-removable media. By way of example and not limitation, computer readable media may comprise computer storage media and communication media. Computer storage media comprises any method or technology for storage, such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other Information such as volatile media and non-volatile media, removable media and 141498.doc • 36 - 201017905 Both removable media. Computer storage - _, flash memory = package: remember;: ^^ face, digital versatile CD (DVD) or its street CD- tape, magnetic 锉; 70 哚 storage, magnetic box, disk storage D other Miscellaneous materials, ❹ _ media for storing the information needed and accessible by computer. "Communication media usually contain computer-readable instructions such as chopping data signals or other shipping agencies. = :,: includes any information delivery media. The term "modulated data signal J means one or more of its characteristics." One of the ways to encode information in a signal is to change or change one of the signals. By way of example and not limitation, the communication medium includes wired media such as a wired network or direct line connection, and such as acoustic, RF, infrared. Such as wireless media and other wireless media. Combinations of any of the above should also be included in the scope of computer readable media. Referring again to Figure 4, an exemplary environment 400 for implementing various aspects of the present invention includes A computer 4 〇 2, the computer 4 〇 2 includes a processing unit 4 〇 4, a system s memory 406 and a system bus 〇 8. The system bus 408 will be system components (including but not limited to system memory 406 ) is coupled to processing unit 404. Processing unit 404 can be any of a variety of commercially available processors. Dual microprocessors and other multi-processor architectures can also be employed as processing unit 404. The system bus 408 can be further interconnected to a memory bus (with or without a memory controller), a peripheral bus, and a book using any of a variety of commercially available bus architectures. Any one of a plurality of bus structure types of the terminal bus. The system memory 406 includes only 141498.doc -37·201017905 read memory (R〇M) 410 and random access memory (RAM) 412. A basic input The output system (BIOS) is stored in a non-volatile memory 410 (e.g., 'ROM, EPROM, EEPROM) that contains a basic example of helping to transfer information between components within computer 402 (e.g., during startup). The RAM 412 may also include a high speed RAM, such as a static RAM for caching data. The computer 402 further includes an internal hard disk drive (HDD) 414 (eg, EIDE, SATA), the internal hard disk drive 414. It can also be configured to be externally used in a suitable chassis (not shown); a magnetic floppy disk drive (FDD) 416 (eg, read from or detachable from a detachable disk 418) Disk 418 write) And a disc drive 420 (eg, reading a CD-ROM disc 422, or reading from or writing to other high-capacity optical media such as a DVD). Hard disk drive 414, disk drive The 416 and optical disk drive 420 can be coupled to the system bus 408 via a hard disk drive interface 424, a disk drive interface 426, and an optical drive interface 428. The interface 424 for the external drive implementation includes a universal serial convergence. At least one of the (USB) and IEEE 1394 interface technologies or both. Other external drive connection techniques are contemplated within the present invention. The drives and their associated computer readable media provide non-volatile storage of data, data structures, computer executable instructions, and the like. For computer 402, the drives and media are adapted to the storage of any data in a suitable digital format. Although the above description of a computer readable medium refers to an HDD, a detachable disk, and a detachable optical medium, such as a CD or DVD, 141498.doc -38 ** 201017905 should be familiar with the technology. It is understood that other types of media that can be read by a computer (eg, zip drives, magnetic cartridges, flash memory cards, cassettes, and the like) can also be used in the exemplary operating environment, and any such media can include Computer executable instructions for performing the methods of the present invention. A plurality of program modules can be stored in the drives and RAM 412, including an operating system 430, one or more applications 432, other program modules 434, and program data 436. The operating system, application private, module, and/or data may also be cached in RAM 412 in whole or in part. It should be understood that the present invention can be implemented by a combination of various commercially available operating systems or operating systems. A user can type commands and information into the computer via one or more wired/wireless input devices (e.g., a keyboard 438) and a pointing device (e.g., - mouse 44). Other input devices (not shown) may include a microphone, an IR remote control, a joystick, a game pad, a stylus, a touch screen, or the like. These and other input devices are typically coupled to the processing unit 404 via an input device fabric 2 coupled to one of the system bus bars 408, but may be connected by other interfaces, such as a parallel port, a leg 1394 serial port, a game port. , a USB port, an interface, and so on. - Monitor 444 or other type of display device is also coupled to the system bus via an interface (e.g., 'video switch 6). In addition to the monitor 444, a computer typically includes other peripheral output devices (not shown), such as speakers, printers, and the like. The computer 4〇2 can be connected to a network 141498.doc-39-201017905 in a road environment using the wired and/or wireless (4) logic to one or more remote computers (eg, one or several remote computers 448). Operation. The remote computer 448 can be a workbench, a server computer, a router, a personal computer, a portable computer, a microprocessor based entertainment appliance, a pair of devices, or other common network nodes, and typically includes a computer Many or all of the elements set forth in 402, but only one memory/storage device 450 is illustrated for the sake of brevity. The depicted logical connections include wired/wireless connectivity to a local area network (LAN) 452 and/or a larger network (e.g., a wide area network (WAN) 454). Such LAN and WAN networking environments are commonplace in offices and companies, and promote the entire corporate computer network, such as the intranet, all of which can be connected to an overall communication network, such as the Internet. When used in a LAN networked environment, computer 402 is coupled to regional network 452 via a wired and/or wireless communication network interface or adapter 456. The adapter 456 can facilitate wired or wireless communication to the LAN 452, which can also include a wireless access point disposed thereon for communicating with the wireless adapter 456. When used in a WAN networked environment, computer 402 can include a modem 458, or be connected to one of the communication servers on WAN 454, or have communication for establishing communication via WAN 454 (e.g., via the Internet) Other ways. A data machine 458, which may be an internal device or an external device and a wired device or wireless device, is coupled to the system bus 408 via a serial port interface 442. In a networked environment, a program module depicted on computer 402 or a portion thereof can be stored in remote memory/storage device 450. It should be understood that the network connections depicted are illustrative and other ways of establishing a communication link between such computers may be used. 141498.doc -40- 201017905 The computer 402 is operable to communicate with any wireless device or entity that is operationally placed in wireless communication, such as a printer, scanner, desktop, and/or portable computer, Portable data assistant, communication satellite, any piece of equipment or location associated with a wirelessly detectable tag (eg, kiosk, newsstand, restroom) and telephone. This includes at least wi-Fi and BluetoothTM wireless technology. Thus, the communication can be a pre-sufficient structure of one of the same custom networks or just a specific communication between at least two devices.
Wi-Fi或無線保真允許在不需要線路之情形下自一家庭 睡椅、旅館房間中之一床或工作上之一會議室連接至網際 網路。Wi-Fi係類似於用於一蜂巢電話中之使得此類器件 (例如,電腦)能夠在戶内及在戶外、在一基地台之範圍内 之任何地方發送及接收資料之技術之一無線技術。Wi_Fi 網路使用稱為IEEE 802.1 1 (a、b、g等)之無線電技術來提 供女全、可靠、快速無線連接性。一 Wi-fi網路可用於將 電腦彼此連接、連接至網際網路,及連接至有線網路(其 使用IEEE 802.3或以太網路)。wi-Fi網路以一 η Mbps(802.1 la)或54 Mbps(802.1 lb)之資料速率在未經許可 之2.4及5 GHz無線電頻帶中運作,舉例而言,或與包含兩 個頻帶(雙頻帶)之產品一同運作,因此該等網路可提供類 似於許多辦公室中所使用之基本1〇BaseT有線以太網路之 真實世界效能。 為改良一太陽能陣列之效率及其捕獲太陽射線並將該等 射線中所包含之能篁自太陽能轉變為電能之能力,使該太 141498.doc -41- 201017905 陽能陣列與太陽最佳地對準係重要的。在其中該太陽能陣 光伏打元件組成之情形中,該等光伏打元件應最佳地 對準(例如,垂直)以以其峰值效率運作。類似地,當併入 ^太陽能聚集器系統中時’該陣列可由反射並聚焦太陽 能輻射供一太陽能收集器收集之反射鏡組成。 翻至圖式,圖5圖解說明一太陽能收集系統5〇〇,其由經 對準以將太陽射線反射至一中央收集裝置5〇4之一陣列 組成。為促進利用來自該等太陽射線之能量,可在各個平 面中旋轉陣列502以相對於太陽之方向正確地對準陣列❹ ,從而將太陽射線反射至收集器5〇4上。陣列可由 複數個反射鏡組成,該等反射鏡可用於將太陽能輻射聚集 及聚焦於收集器504上,其中該收集器可由光伏打電池組 成,從而促進太陽能轉換為電能。陣列5〇2及收集器可 支撐於極座架支撐臂506上。此外,該等反射鏡已被配置 為使得一間隙508將反射鏡陣列502分離為兩個群組。一機 動化齒輪總成510將陣列502及收集器504連接至一極座架 支撐臂506。極座架支撐臂506與地球之表面對準使得其❹ 平行於地球之旋轉軸之傾斜而對準,如前文所論述。機動 化齒輪總成510允許陣列502及收集器504繞水平軸512旋 轉,該水平轴亦稱作赤經軸。陣列5〇2及收集器5〇4藉由一 致動器514進一步連接至極支撐件5〇6。致動器514促進陣 列502及收集器504繞垂直軸516旋轉,該垂直軸亦稱作赤 緯轴。 可通過使得一太陽能陣列能夠與太陽對準以增加由該陣 141498.doc •42- 201017905 列收集之太陽射線量來改良該太陽能陣列之效率。在一年 之過程中,太陽相對於一太陽能陣列之位置之位置(其中 該太陽能陣列係位於地球上之固定位置處)在水平(赤經)軸 512及垂直(赤緯)轴516兩者上變化。在白天,太陽在東方 升起且在西方落下’太陽跨越天空之移動稱作赤經且太陽 能陣列502相對於太陽之位置之位置/角度需要使得太陽能 陣列502與太陽之位置對準。此外,在一整年中,太陽亦 相對於地球赤道改變其位置。如圖6申所繪示,地球轴6〇2 相對於繞太陽606之地球軌道路徑604之傾斜係大約23.45 度在地球6 〇 8元成繞太陽6 0 6之一個旋轉(此大約花費一 年來元成)期間’太6 0 6相對於地球赤道之位置變化約 ±23.45度。圖7係關於此一整年中太陽之路徑相對於地球 赤道之變化;其中在六月702中太陽相對於赤道位於其最 尚位置處’且在十二月704中相對於赤道位於其最低位置 處。為正確地將一陣列定位為使得其在垂直軸上與太陽對 準,應提供允許該太陽能陣列掃過約47度地平線以上 23.45度)+(地平線以下23.45度))之一角度(赤緯角度)之方 式。參照回圖5,收集面板中之間隙5〇8允許陣列5〇2傾斜 過致動器514所要求之赤緯,而陣列5〇2不會被極座架5〇6 之支撐臂遮蓋。該等面板中之間隙5〇8允許該陣列繞平行 於極座架506之支撐臂之方向延伸之赤經軸512旋轉,而包 含陣列502之面板不會被極座架5〇6之支撐臂遮蓋。 在其中太陽能輻射由一反光陣列聚焦於一中央收集器上 之情形中,可藉由確保被反射之太陽光跨越形成該中央收 141498.doc -43- 201017905 集器之組件均勻地落下來使該收集器之效率最大化。舉例 而言’該中央收集器可由一光伏打電池群組組成。在某些 組態中,該等光伏打電池可對於跨越該光伏打電池群組之 太陽光強度之變化敏感,確保每一光伏打電池接收相同量 之太陽能輻射係有益的;可利用一極座架及定位裝置之用 途(如所揭不標的物中所述)來確保情形就是如此。 在標的物之整篇論述中,儘管焦點係在來自太陽之射線 之收集上且將其反射至促進該等太陽射線中所包含之能量 向電能轉換之-中央收集器,但此用於解釋之目的且並非❹ 意欲限定申請專利範圍之範嘴。所主張之標的物可用於促 進自涉及能量輻射之多個能量源收集能量,此類能量源包 括X射線、雷射、α射線、P射線、γ射線、可在電磁頻譜中 找到之所有電磁輻射源等。 應瞭解,如圖5中所繪示,儘管實例性系統5〇〇由用於將 曰光聚焦於一中央收集器上之一反射鏡陣列組成,但標的 揭不内容並不如此受限制且可用於提供各種收集器件之定 位。舉例而言’如圖8所描績’系統800,在-個實施例❹ 中由極座架支擇臂及用以提供繞該支揮臂之赤經角度 及赤緯角度之對準之構件組成之一極座架8〇2可用於定位 一太陽能電池/光伏打器件陣列8〇4,其中該極座架用於維 持該陣列與太陽射線806對準。如圖9 _所涉及,系統 900 ’在另一實施例中極座架8〇2可支撐用於將日光9〇4反 射至一遠端收集器件9〇6之一反射鏡陣列902 » 翻至圖10 ’系統1000係關於用於將太陽能收集於所主張 141498.doc -44- 201017905 標的物可併入其中之一更詳細系統。一太陽能陣列1〇〇2藉 由使用一赤緯定位器件丨004及一赤經定位器件丨〇〇6相對於 太陽對準,定位器件1004及1006將該收集器對準之作業係 如前文所論述。定位器件1004及1006由一定位控制器1〇〇8 控制,定位控制器1008向定位器件1〇〇4及1〇〇6提供關於其 相應位置之指令且亦自該等定位器件接收回饋以允許定位 控制器1008確定預期指令及陣列1〇〇2之位置。亦可併入一 輸入組件1010以促進與定位控制器1008之交互作用,且隨 後由一使用者或機械/電子構件控制陣列丨〇〇2之位置。輸 入組件1010可代表可促進資料、指令、回饋及諸如此類在 位置控制器1008與一使用者、遠端電腦或諸如此類之間傳 送之多種器件。此類輸入組件器件1〇1〇可包括一全球定位 系統,該全球定位系統可提供緯度及經度量測以允許對陣 列1002進行定位並基於陣列1〇〇2之位置對其進行控制。此 外,輸入器件1010可係允許一使用者鍵入欲用於控制陣列 ❹ 1002之位置之指令及命令之一圖形使用者介面(GUI),例 如,一工程師在安裝過程期間鍵入測試定位器件1〇〇4及 1006之作業之命令。該GUI亦可用於自定位控制器1〇〇8中 繼描述陣列1002之當前位置及作業之位置量測、運作狀況 或諸如此類。舉例而言,在安裝期間,一工程師可審閱在 GUI上顯示之位置回饋且將其與預期值進行比較。亦可藉 由使用遠端網路(例如,一區域網路(LAN)、廣域網路 (WAN)、網際網路等)自陣列i〇〇2之方位以遠端方式運作 定位控制器1008 ’其中該等網路可硬接線至輸入組件1〇1〇 141498.doc •45· 201017905 或以無線方式連接。 資料庫及儲存组件1〇12亦可與系統1〇〇〇相關聯。該資 料庫可用於儲存欲用於藉由定位控制器1008來輔助陣列 1002之位置控制之資訊,此種資訊可包括經度資訊、緯度 資汛、曰期及時間資訊等。定位控制器1008可包括用於處 理貝料、演算法、命令等之構件,例如一處理器,舉例而 言,其中此種處理可回應於經由輸入組件1〇1〇自一使用者 接收之命令。定位控制器6〇8亦可具有在其中運行以促進 對陣列1GG2之自動位置控制之程式及演算法,其中該等程 式及演算法可使用自資料庫1〇12檢索之資料,其中此種資 料包括經度資訊、緯度資訊、日期及時間資訊等。Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi allows you to connect to the Internet from a family couch, a bed in a hotel room, or a working room, without the need for a line. Wi-Fi is similar to one of the technologies used in a cellular phone to enable such devices (eg, computers) to transmit and receive data indoors and outdoors, anywhere within a base station. . The Wi_Fi network uses a radio technology called IEEE 802.1 1 (a, b, g, etc.) to provide full, reliable, fast wireless connectivity. A Wi-fi network can be used to connect computers to each other, to the Internet, and to wired networks (which use IEEE 802.3 or Ethernet). The Wi-Fi network operates in the unlicensed 2.4 and 5 GHz radio bands at a data rate of η Mbps (802.1 la) or 54 Mbps (802.1 lb), for example, or with two bands (dual bands) The products work together, so these networks offer real-world performance similar to the basic 1〇BaseT wired Ethernet road used in many offices. In order to improve the efficiency of a solar array and its ability to capture solar rays and convert the energy contained in these rays from solar energy into electrical energy, the solar energy array is optimally paired with the sun. The standard is important. In the case where the solar array photovoltaic elements are composed, the photovoltaic elements should be optimally aligned (e.g., vertical) to operate at their peak efficiency. Similarly, when incorporated into a solar concentrator system, the array can be comprised of mirrors that reflect and focus solar energy radiation for collection by a solar collector. Turning to the drawings, Figure 5 illustrates a solar energy collection system 5A that is comprised of an array that is aligned to reflect solar radiation to a central collection device 5〇4. To facilitate the utilization of energy from the solar rays, the array 502 can be rotated in each plane to properly align the array 相对 with respect to the direction of the sun, thereby reflecting the solar rays onto the collector 5〇4. The array can be comprised of a plurality of mirrors that can be used to focus and focus solar radiation onto a collector 504, wherein the collector can be comprised of a photovoltaic cell to facilitate conversion of solar energy to electrical energy. The array 5〇2 and the collector can be supported on the pole mount support arm 506. Moreover, the mirrors have been configured such that a gap 508 separates the mirror array 502 into two groups. A motorized gear assembly 510 connects the array 502 and collector 504 to a pole mount support arm 506. The pole mount support arm 506 is aligned with the surface of the earth such that its ❹ is aligned parallel to the tilt of the earth's axis of rotation, as discussed above. The motorized gear assembly 510 allows the array 502 and collector 504 to rotate about a horizontal axis 512, also referred to as the right ascension axis. The array 5〇2 and the collector 5〇4 are further connected to the pole support 5〇6 by an actuator 514. Actuator 514 facilitates rotation of array 502 and collector 504 about a vertical axis 516, also referred to as a equator axis. The efficiency of the solar array can be improved by enabling a solar array to be aligned with the sun to increase the amount of solar radiation collected by the array 141498.doc • 42- 201017905. During the course of a year, the position of the sun relative to a position of a solar array (where the solar array is at a fixed location on the earth) is on both the horizontal (right ascension) axis 512 and the vertical (declination) axis 516. Variety. During the day, the sun rises in the east and falls in the west. The movement of the sun across the sky is called the right ascension and the position/angle of the solar array 502 relative to the sun needs to align the solar array 502 with the position of the sun. In addition, the sun changes its position relative to the Earth's equator throughout the year. As shown in FIG. 6 , the tilt of the earth axis 6〇2 relative to the earth orbital path 604 around the sun 606 is about 23.45 degrees, and the earth is rotated by 6 6 8 yuan around the sun 6 6 (this takes about a year). During the period of Yuancheng), the position of 'Ta 6 6 relative to the Earth's equator changes by about ± 23.45 degrees. Figure 7 is a graph showing the variation of the path of the sun relative to the Earth's equator over the entire year; where the sun is at its most approximate position relative to the equator in June 702 and at its lowest position relative to the equator in December 704. At the office. In order to properly position an array such that it aligns with the sun on the vertical axis, an angle should be provided that allows the solar array to sweep over approximately 47 degrees above the horizon (23.45 degrees) + (23.45 degrees below the horizon) (declination angle) ) The way. Referring back to Figure 5, the gaps 5〇8 in the collection panel allow the array 5〇2 to be tilted past the declination required by the actuator 514, while the array 5〇2 is not covered by the support arms of the pole mounts 5〇6. The gaps 5〇8 in the panels allow the array to rotate about the right ascension axis 512 extending parallel to the support arm of the pole mount 506, while the panel containing the array 502 is not supported by the support frame of the pole mount 5〇6. Cover. In the case where solar radiation is focused by a reflective array onto a central collector, it can be uniformly dropped by ensuring that the reflected sunlight crosses the component forming the central receiver 141498.doc -43- 201017905 Maximize the efficiency of the collector. For example, the central collector can be comprised of a photovoltaic cell group. In some configurations, the photovoltaic cells can be sensitive to changes in the intensity of sunlight across the photovoltaic cell group, ensuring that each photovoltaic cell receives the same amount of solar radiation is beneficial; a pole can be utilized The use of the rack and positioning device (as described in the uncovered objects) ensures that this is the case. In the entire discussion of the subject matter, although the focus is on the collection of rays from the sun and reflects it to a central collector that promotes the conversion of energy contained in the solar rays to electrical energy, this is used for explanation. The purpose is not intended to limit the scope of the patent application. The claimed subject matter can be used to facilitate the collection of energy from multiple sources of energy involving energy radiation, including X-rays, lasers, alpha rays, P-rays, gamma rays, all electromagnetic radiation that can be found in the electromagnetic spectrum. Source, etc. It should be appreciated that, as illustrated in FIG. 5, although the exemplary system 5 is comprised of a mirror array for focusing the neon light on a central collector, the subject matter is not so limited and available. To provide a variety of positioning devices. For example, as shown in FIG. 8, system 800, in an embodiment, is supported by a pole mount arm and a member for providing alignment of the right angle and declination angle of the swing arm. One of the pole mounts 8〇2 can be used to position a solar cell/photovoltaic device array 8〇4, wherein the pole mount is used to maintain alignment of the array with the solar ray 806. As with the system 900', in another embodiment, the pole mount 8〇2 can support a mirror array 902 for reflecting sunlight 9〇4 to a remote collection device 9〇6. Figure 10 'System 1000 is a more detailed system for incorporating solar energy from the claimed 141498.doc -44 - 201017905. A solar array 1〇〇2 is aligned with the sun by using a declination positioning device 丨004 and a right locating device 丨〇〇6, and the positioning devices 1004 and 1006 align the collector with the operation system as previously described. Discussion. The positioning devices 1004 and 1006 are controlled by a positioning controller 1008 that provides instructions to the positioning devices 1〇〇4 and 1〇〇6 regarding their respective positions and also receives feedback from the positioning devices to allow Positioning controller 1008 determines the expected command and the position of array 1〇〇2. An input component 1010 can also be incorporated to facilitate interaction with the positioning controller 1008, and then the position of the array 丨〇〇 2 is controlled by a user or mechanical/electronic component. Input component 1010 can represent a variety of devices that can facilitate the transfer of data, instructions, feedback, and the like between location controller 1008 and a user, remote computer, or the like. Such an input component device 1〇1〇 can include a global positioning system that provides latitude and metrology to allow positioning of array 1002 and control thereof based on the position of array 1〇〇2. In addition, the input device 1010 can allow a user to enter a graphical user interface (GUI) of instructions and commands to be used to control the position of the array ❹ 1002. For example, an engineer can type a test locating device during the installation process. Commands for 4 and 1006 operations. The GUI can also be used to describe the current location of the array 1002 and the location measurements, operational conditions, or the like of the self-positioning controller 1-8. For example, during installation, an engineer can review the location feedback displayed on the GUI and compare it to the expected value. The positioning controller 1008 can also be operated remotely from the orientation of the array i〇〇2 by using a remote network (eg, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), the Internet, etc.) These networks can be hardwired to the input components 1〇1〇141498.doc •45· 201017905 or connected wirelessly. The database and storage component 112 can also be associated with the system. The library can be used to store information to be used to assist position control of array 1002 by positioning controller 1008, which may include longitude information, latitude information, flood time and time information, and the like. Positioning controller 1008 can include components for processing bedding, algorithms, commands, etc., such as a processor, for example, where such processing can be responsive to commands received from a user via input component 1〇1 . Positioning controllers 6〇8 may also have programs and algorithms running therein to facilitate automatic position control of array 1GG2, wherein the programs and algorithms may use data retrieved from database 1〇12, where such data Includes longitude information, latitude information, date and time information, and more.
一人工智慧(AI)組件丨〇丨4亦可包括於系統6 〇 〇中以根據 本文中所揭示之至少一個態樣執行至少一個確定或至少一 個推斷人工智慧(AI)組件1014可用於輔助定位控制器 1008對陣列购進行定位。舉例而言,Am件⑻4可經由 網際網路10H)監測在位置控制器·處接故之天氣資訊。 =件UH4可確定局部天氣狀況可能達到關於陣列讀之 安全作業之-關注點且需要_陣列赚直至天氣系統已 過去。顧件HH4可根據實施本文中所闡述之各種自動化 態樣而私用眾多方法中之—種方法來自資料學習且隨後得 出推斷及7或作出與跨越多個儲存單元動態储存資訊相關 之確疋(例如’(例如)由使用一 Bayesian模型計分或近似 值、線性分類器(例如,支援向量機(SVM))、非線性分類 器(例如,稱作「神姆纟涵々 甲網路」方法之方法、模糊邏輯方法 141498.doc -46- 201017905 及執行資料融合之其他方法等)之結構搜索形成之隱藏式 Markov模型(HMM)及相關原型相依性模型、更—般概率性 圖形模型,例如Bayesian網路)。此外,AI組件ι〇ΐ4亦可包 括用於捕獲邏輯關係(例如,定理證明器或更多基於啟發 式規則之專家系統)之方法。在由—全異(第三)方設計之某 些案例_,A;[組件1014可表示為一外部可插拔組件。 系統1〇〇〇可進一步包括一能量輸出組件1〇16,其可用於 豸在陣列1 002處收集之太陽能轉換為電能。可將由輸出組 件1016產生之能量饋入至電網618中以及饋入至一電力迴 路1020中。然而,電力迴路1〇2〇促進由系統1〇〇〇產生之電 力之用途用於給系統1000供電。舉例而言,可將由輸出組 件1016產生之某些電力饋入回至系統1〇〇〇中以為組成系統 1000之各種組件提供電力,例如給定位器件1004及1006、 定位控制器1008、AI組件1〇14、輸入組件1010等供電。然 而,儘管可將此一自含式系統視為故障安全問題等之一有 • 彳貝值目標’但亦可提供用以允許系統丨〇〇〇及其組件自電網 1018汲取電力之構件。舉例而言,當在一閉環路模式中運 作時,該陣列可能不能夠產生滿足系統1〇〇〇之能量運作要 求之充足能量,且可自電網1〇18汲取能量以補償該能量不 足。 參照圖11 ’系統11 〇〇係關於一總成,其可用於將一太陽 能陣列(例如,諸如圖5之太陽能陣列502)連接至_極座架 支撐臂(例如,諸如圖5之極座架支撐臂5〇6)。系統11〇〇亦 可用於使該陣列繞該極座架支撐臂之中心軸旋轉,其提供 H1498.doc • 47· 201017905 該陣列之赤經定位。系統1 100由一連接器丨102組成,其可 用於將該極座架支撐臂連接至總成i丨00,該太陽能陣列藉 由附接至支撐托架1104連接至總成110{^與齒輪機構11〇8 組合之一馬達1 106促進陣列繞該極座架支撐臂之旋轉,其 中5亥總成在連接器1 1 〇2處保持固定且支撐托架丨丨〇4及所附 接之陣列繞該極座架支撐臂旋轉。 翻至圖12,系統12〇〇圖解說明用以使一太陽能陣列5〇2 透過一赤緯軸而相對於一極座架支撐臂5〇6傾斜之一裝 置。系統1200由一定位器件514(例如,一致動器)組成該 定位器件連接至一定位總成1100。如前文所論述,定位總 成11〇〇促進使太陽能陣列502繞極座架支撐臂5〇6之赤經軸 旋轉。定位器件514可相對於太陽在天空中之位置將陣列 502傾斜至所需之赤緯角度,當定位器件514相對於定位總 成11〇〇移動時,定位器件514所連接至之支撐件12〇2亦移 動,從而致使陣列502傾斜過一赤緯角度範圍。當旋轉定 位總成1100以追蹤太陽之赤經時,可使用定位器件514來 確保陣列102保持在用以捕獲太陽射線之赤緯角度。結合 極座架使用-定位器件514允許在太陽能收集之開始時將 該陣列調整為所需之赤緯角冑’而不是必須在整個太陽追 蹤過程中不斷地調整傾斜角度,從而降低系統之能量消 耗,此乃因每天僅必須調整致動器一次而不是不斷地調 整。儘管該致動器可每天調整該陣列之赤緯角度一次,但 所主張之標的物並不如此受限制,其中該致動器每天調整 該赤緯達提供對太陽之追蹤所需之次數。 I41498.doc -48· 201017905 參’系圖"及圖12 ’儘管繪示致動器514與馬達ι106為兩 個分離組件,但可存在以下替代實施例,其中致動器514 與馬達1106組合為提供_陣列5〇2至極座架支撑臂咖之連 接之-早個·總成,同時促進相對於太陽或欲自其捕獲能量 t類似能量源之位置變更陣列5G2之赤經及赤緯位置。在 標的物之其他實施例中,可利用馬達與致動器之各種組合 來提供用於利用輪射之捕獲等之收集陣列及器件之定位, ❿ @時促進相對於能量源調整該等陣列及器件之位置。 可將用以提供陣列之赤經/赤緯定位之各種構件實施於 該系統中。實例性構件可包括機械、t、電磁、磁性、氣 動構件及諸如此類。 本發明之一個實施例係使用DC無刷馬達,從而利用其 低成本及低維修費用。在一其他實施例中,可使用DC無 刷步進馬達,其中對一馬達之作業期間之步長數目進行計 數以提供該陣列之高度準確之定位。舉例而言,在一個組 • 態中,已知存在10個步長71度之旋轉,可以約0.1度之增量 來調整該陣列之位置以追蹤太陽劃過天空之經過。曰 翻至圖13,在習用極座架系統中(舉例而言如與光伏 打陣列-同使用)’陣列13〇2相對於支律臂刪離轴支 撐。依據如組成陣列1302及相關聯器件(圖中未繪示)之組 件之大小及重量等因素,重心相對於支撑臂13〇4移位,其 中重心位於沿維度X之任何地方。在此—系統中,在陣列 追蹤太陽時該陣列之移動期間浪費能量,此乃因必須補償 並克服因移位之重心而導致之失衡。 141498.doc -49- 201017905 參照圖5,在本發明之一個實施例中,陣列中之間隙ι 〇8 取消陣列502必須自極座架支撐臂5〇6偏移之需要,其中陣 列502在極座架支撐臂之平面中附接至極座架支撐臂5〇6。 此一配置允許陣列502繞極座架支撐臂512之轴平衡。與一 習用極座架系統(系統1300)相比,使陣列5〇2繞赤經軸512 旋轉所需要之能量降低,降低之能量要求可促進使用較小 功率之馬達來安裝及定位總成(如參照圖u所論述),從而 導致系統成本降低。An artificial intelligence (AI) component 4 can also be included in the system 6 to perform at least one determination or at least one inference artificial intelligence (AI) component 1014 can be used to assist in positioning according to at least one aspect disclosed herein. The controller 1008 locates the array purchase. For example, the Am unit (8) 4 can monitor the weather information at the location controller via the Internet 10H). = UH4 can determine that local weather conditions may reach the point of focus on the safe operation of the array read and need to be earned until the weather system has passed. The device HH4 can be used in a variety of ways depending on the implementation of the various automation aspects described herein - the method comes from data learning and then infers and 7 or makes confirmations related to dynamically storing information across multiple storage units. (eg 'for example, by using a Bayesian model to score or approximation, a linear classifier (eg, support vector machine (SVM)), a nonlinear classifier (eg, called the "Gom 纟 纟 々 网路 network" method) The method, the fuzzy logic method 141498.doc -46- 201017905 and other methods of performing data fusion, etc.) form a hidden Markov model (HMM) and related prototype dependency model, a more general probabilistic graphical model, for example Bayesian network). In addition, the AI component ι〇ΐ4 may also include methods for capturing logical relationships (e.g., theorem provers or more expert systems based on heuristic rules). In some cases designed by the disparate (third) side, A; [component 1014 can be represented as an external pluggable component. The system 1 can further include an energy output component 1 〇 16 that can be used to convert solar energy collected at the array 1 002 into electrical energy. The energy generated by output assembly 1016 can be fed into power grid 618 and fed into a power loop 1020. However, the use of power loops to promote the power generated by system 1 is used to power system 1000. For example, certain power generated by output component 1016 can be fed back into system 1 to provide power to various components that make up system 1000, such as to positioning devices 1004 and 1006, positioning controller 1008, AI component 1 〇 14, input component 1010 and other power supply. However, although this self-contained system can be considered as one of the fail-safe problems, etc., it can also provide components that allow the system and its components to draw power from the grid 1018. For example, when operating in a closed loop mode, the array may not be able to generate sufficient energy to meet the energy operating requirements of the system, and energy may be drawn from the grid 1 18 to compensate for this insufficient energy. Referring to Figure 11 'system 11' relates to an assembly that can be used to connect a solar array (e.g., solar array 502 such as Figure 5) to a _ pole mount support arm (e.g., such as the pole mount of Figure 5) Support arm 5〇6). System 11A can also be used to rotate the array about the central axis of the pole mount support arm, which provides H1498.doc • 47· 201017905. System 1 100 is comprised of a connector 丨 102 that can be used to connect the pole mount support arm to assembly i丨00, which is coupled to the assembly 110 by attaching to support bracket 1104 The mechanism 11 〇 8 combines one of the motors 1 106 to facilitate rotation of the array around the pole mount support arm, wherein the 5 hai assembly remains fixed at the connector 1 1 〇 2 and supports the bracket 丨丨〇 4 and the attached The array rotates about the pole mount support arm. Turning to Figure 12, system 12A illustrates one arrangement for tilting a solar array 5〇2 through a declination axis relative to a pole mount support arm 5〇6. System 1200 is comprised of a positioning device 514 (e.g., an actuator) that is coupled to a positioning assembly 1100. As discussed above, the positioning assembly 11 promotes rotation of the solar array 502 about the right ascension axis of the pole mount support arms 5〇6. The positioning device 514 can tilt the array 502 to the desired declination angle relative to the position of the sun in the sky, and the support member 12 to which the positioning device 514 is coupled when the positioning device 514 moves relative to the positioning assembly 11〇〇 2 also moves, causing array 502 to tilt over a declination angle range. When the positioning assembly 1100 is rotated to track the right ascension of the sun, the positioning device 514 can be used to ensure that the array 102 remains at the declination angle used to capture the sun rays. In conjunction with the pole mount use-positioning device 514 allows the array to be adjusted to the desired declination angle at the beginning of solar harvesting' rather than having to constantly adjust the tilt angle throughout the solar tracking process, thereby reducing the system's energy consumption This is because only the actuator has to be adjusted once a day instead of constantly adjusting. Although the actuator can adjust the declination angle of the array once a day, the claimed subject matter is not so limited, wherein the actuator adjusts the declination every day to provide the number of times required to track the sun. I41498.doc -48· 201017905 </ RTI> "" & Figure 12 'Although the actuator 514 and motor ι 106 are shown as two separate components, there may be alternative embodiments in which the actuator 514 is combined with the motor 1106 To provide the _ array 5〇2 to the pole mount support arm-week-and-a-branch, while promoting the position of the right ascension and declination of the array 5G2 relative to the sun or the position of the energy source from which the energy is to be captured. . In other embodiments of the subject matter, various combinations of motors and actuators may be utilized to provide positioning of the collection arrays and devices for capture by shots, etc., to facilitate adjustment of the arrays relative to the energy source and The location of the device. Various components for providing the right ascension/declination of the array can be implemented in the system. Exemplary components can include mechanical, t, electromagnetic, magnetic, pneumatic components, and the like. One embodiment of the present invention utilizes a DC brushless motor to take advantage of its low cost and low maintenance costs. In a further embodiment, a DC brushless stepper motor can be used in which the number of steps during operation of a motor is counted to provide a highly accurate positioning of the array. For example, in a group state, it is known that there are 10 steps of 71 degree rotation, and the position of the array can be adjusted in increments of about 0.1 degrees to track the passage of the sun across the sky.翻 Turning to Figure 13, in the conventional pole mount system (for example, as with photovoltaic arrays), the array 13〇2 is detached from the shaft support relative to the branch arm. The center of gravity is displaced relative to the support arm 13A4 according to factors such as the size and weight of the components that make up the array 1302 and associated devices (not shown), with the center of gravity being anywhere along the dimension X. In this system, energy is wasted during the movement of the array while the array is tracking the sun, as it is necessary to compensate and overcome the imbalance caused by the center of gravity of the shift. 141498.doc -49- 201017905 Referring to Figure 5, in one embodiment of the invention, the gap ι 8 in the array eliminates the need for the array 502 to be offset from the pole mount support arms 5〇6, where the array 502 is at the pole Attached to the pole mount support arm 5〇6 in the plane of the mount support arm. This configuration allows the array 502 to be balanced about the axis of the pole mount support arm 512. The energy required to rotate array 5〇2 around the right ascension axis 512 is reduced compared to a conventional polar mount system (system 1300), which reduces the energy requirements to facilitate the installation and positioning of the assembly using a lower power motor ( As discussed with reference to Figure u), resulting in a reduction in system cost.
若欲將該陣列置於用於儲存、安全或用於維修目的之一 位置處(如前文所論述),則該馬達可步進所需數目之步長 以將該陣列自其當前位置移動至其儲存或安全位置。進 步闡述此實例,可確定以一 位置移動至該儲存位置所需 向移動所需之步長數目,可 向來將該陣列置於該儲存位 順時針方向將該陣列自其當前 要之步長數目連同以逆時針方 比較該兩個計數且使用最短方 置處。If the array is to be placed at a location for storage, security, or for maintenance purposes (as discussed above), the motor can be stepped by the required number of steps to move the array from its current position to Its storage or safe location. Progress to illustrate this example, the number of steps required to move to a position required to move to a storage position can be determined, and the array can be placed in the storage position clockwise to the array from its current step size. Together with the counterclockwise comparison of the two counts and using the shortest square.
在另-實施例中,回應於可能造成破壞之天氣狀況^ 如,一經過之冰電),可將該陣列置於一安全位置處。. 在接收到移動至該安全位置處之命令之前確定將該陣列丨 該陣列之當前位置移動至該安全位置所需要之步長數目: -記錄。在該冰雹過去之後’可重新定位該陣列以咖 業,其中該重新定位係'基於料狀最後知道之位置加 補償太陽之當前位置所需要之步長數目,例如,在該冰笔 之前陣列之最後位置+將該陣列移動至太陽之當前位p 步長數目°可藉由使用與該陣列相關聯之緯度、經产、E 141498.doc -50- 201017905 期、時間資訊及該陣列之位置來確定太陽之當前位置。亦 可藉由使用太陽位置感測器來確定太陽之當前位置,該太 陽位置感測器可用於確定日光之能量在哪一角度上最強並 相應地對該陣列進行定位。 此外,收集面板中之間隙508允許將該等面板定位為使 形成該陣列之反射鏡對環境破壞(例如,強風及冰雹侵襲) 之敏感度最小化。如圖14中所描繪,可使陣列5〇2繞極支 撐臂506旋轉,以將該陣列置於一「安全位置」處。使陣 瘳 列502繞赤經軸5 16旋轉且繞赤緯軸5丨2傾斜之能力允許將 陣列5 02疋位為使得其與任一盛行風力之對準最小化太陽 食b陣列502在風中之一航行效應。此外,在冰雹侵襲、雪 等之情形下,可將陣列502定位為使得反射鏡朝下,其中 陣列結構之背側曝露給冰雹侵襲,從而減輕對反射鏡之破 壞。 此外,在所主張標的物之另一實施例中,陣列5 〇2繞赤 φ 經轴516及赤緯轴512之旋轉可使得陣列之所有區域能夠由 一操作者容易地夠到。該操作者可係一安裝工程師,其在 女裝過程期間需要接近各個反射鏡5〇2、收集器504等。舉 例而言,該安裝工程師可出於對準目的而接近中央收集器 504。該操作者亦可係一維修工程師,其需要接近陣列5〇2 來清潔反射鏡,替換一反射鏡等。圖14描繪位於一基座支 撐件1402上之極支撐臂506之一實例性實施例。基座支撐 件1402可視需要由各種底腳、支撐結構、基礎結構、安裝 托架、定位馬達及諸如此類組成,以促進極支撑臂5〇6及 141498.doc 51 201017905 其他陣列組件(例如,陣列502、收集器504等)之支樓、定 位及放置。如圖14中所描繪,為促進接近太陽能收集系統 500之各種組件(例如,陣列5〇2、收集器5〇4等),可選擇性 地使極支撐臂506與基座支撐件1402脫離(至少部分地),從 而使得能夠如需地傾斜及降低太陽能收集系統5〇〇。 如上所述,亦可選擇性地使極支撐臂5〇6與一支樓結構 (例如,基座支撐件1002)脫離(至少部分地)以促進如需地 定位太陽能收集系統500,例如,一「安全位置」、維 修、安裝、對準調諧、儲存等。圖15圖解說明處於一降低 之位置處之一太陽能收集系統5〇〇之一示意性表示丨5, 該降低之位置可係一安全位置、維修位置、安裝位置、對 準調諧位置、儲存位置及諸如此類。 圖16繪示用於構造一太陽能陣列並定位該陣列以追蹤太 陽之一方法1600。在1602處,構造一太陽能陣列,其中該 陣列由兩個相等大小之平面區段組成。該陣列可由反射鏡 構造以促進太陽能射線向一中央收集器之反射,或在一替 代實施例中,該陣列可包含一光伏打器件陣列以吸收太陽 能並提供太陽能向電能之轉換。該兩個陣列由一中央支撐 件連接’其中該等陣列被置於該支樓件上,使得該等陣= 之間留有一間隙,該間隙根據動作16〇4係一已知寬度。 在1604處,構造一極座架,其中該極座架以使得其平行 於地球之旋轉軸之傾斜而對準之方式定位於地球之表面 上。返回至動作1602,該兩個陣列之間留下之間隙寬度足 以允許該等陣列定位於該極座架之端處,使得該等陣列定 141498.doc -52- 201017905 位於該極座架之任一側處。 在1606處’提供允許該陣列沿赤經角度繞極座架旋 構件。此種構件可包括一馬達、致動器或類似器件且 件可形成將該等陣列連接至該極座架之連接器之部分。X在 刪處,提供允許該陣列沿赤緯角度相對於該極座架傾斜 過一角度範圍之構件,其中該角度範圍包括保持該陣列與 太陽對準所需要之角度及其赤緯之變化以及允許該陣列傾 斜以用於安裝、維修、儲存等之一較大角度範圍。此種構 件可包括-馬達、致動器或類似器件。該構件可形成將該 等陣列連接至該極座架之連接器之部分。 在1610處’向系統提供允許該陣列隨著太陽橫跨天空而 追蹤太陽之資訊。此種資訊可包括基於陣列之位置之經度 資料、緯度資料、曰期及時間資訊等。使用在i6i〇中所^ 供之資訊,在1612處使該陣列相對於太陽對準以促進自太 陽能產生能量。該陣列藉由變更該陣列相對於太陽之赤緯 參肖度及赤經角度來與太陽對準。在一個實施例中,可在一 整天中變更該赤經角度,而根據太陽在天空中之高度僅調 整該赤緯角度一次。在一替代實施例中,可視需要調整赤 、&角度及赤緯角度(例如,不斷地)以維持該陣列與太陽對 準。 在1614處,該太陽能陣列促進自太陽收集能量不管其 係藉由光伏打、反射還是類似方式。 圖17係關於用以促進-太陽能陣列於-安全位置處(例 如為防止因天氣狀況而對該陣列及相關聯組件造成之破 141498.doc •53- 201017905 壞)、維修位置處(例如,該陣列需要檢查、清潔、替換 等)、安裝位置處(例如,將該陣列移動過各種位置以確定 任何定位器件正確地起作用)或諸如此類之放置之一方法 1700。 在1702處,將該太陽能陣列定位於正常運作位置以收集 太陽射線,其中在一整天中調整該陣列相對於太陽之赤經 角度及赤緯角度以維持該陣列與太陽對準;該陣列促進自 該等太陽能射線收集能量(1704)。 在1706處,(例如)回應於所接收之一天氣系統正向該區 域移動之資訊而作出是否欲將該陣列置於一安全位置處之 一確定。若該天氣系統的確不會對該陣列之作業造成一烕 脅,則方法1700返回至1702且繼續收集太陽能。若確定需 要關閉該太陽能陣列且將其置於一安全位置處(例如,可 破壞反射鏡/光伏打器件之一冰雹風暴正在臨近),則可發 出將該陣列定位於該安全位置處之一命令(13〇8)。 當該陣列位於該安全位置處時,在171〇處,可作出是否 需要將該陣列維持於此位置處之一確定。若該確定為 疋」(例如,該天氣系統仍會對該陣列及收集組件造成 一威脅)’則該方法進行至其中將該陣列維持於該安全位 置處之1712。 在1714處,作出關於該陣列是否可返回至一位置以重新 開始太陽能之收集之一其他確定。若該回應係「否」(例 如,該天氣系統仍係對該等陣列組件之一威脅),則」該方 法返回至1712。在1714處,若確定「是」(繼續作業係安 141498.doc -54 201017905 王的),則該方法返回至1702,且陣列相對於太陽重新對 準以重新開始太陽能之收集。 「返回至動作1710,若是否維持當前安全位置之確定係 」(例如,該天氣系統不再對該陣列及收集組件造成 一威脅),則該方法返回至P02且該陣列對太陽能之收集 繼續。 八 提供藉由最佳地分析日光來追蹤太陽位置,其中可將直 射日光與其他光源(例如,反射離開某些物件之日光、雷 射及/或諸如此類)大致區分開。特定而言,可根據其非偏 光、準直性質、光頻率及/或諸如此類來識別直射日光。 在一個實例中,一旦偵測到直射日光,則可自動調整太陽 能電池以以一最佳對準接收日光,從而允許高效地利用最 大太陽能同時避免與其他較弱光源之對準^舉例而言,可 以以下方式調整太陽能電池:個別地、作為一電池面板之 部分及/或諸如此類。 ❿ 根據一實例,可給太陽能面板裝備用以區別及聚集日光 之組件。舉例而言,可提供並定位一個或多個偏光器,使 得可評價一光源以確定其偏光。由於直射日光係大致非偏 光,因此跨越該等偏光器所量測之類似輻射位準可指示__ 直射日光源。此外,可包括光譜濾光器以過濾掉僅僅具有 與太陽相比一大致不同之色彩光譜之光,例如綠色雷射、 紅色雷射及/或諸如此類。此外,可提供一球透鏡及象限 單元,其中該光源穿過該球透鏡且到達一象限單元上;可 利用該象限單元上之一焦點之大小來確定光之準直性質。 141498.doc -55- 201017905 若該光係準直超出-臨限值,料將其心為直射日光。 在此情形下,該球透鏡及象限單·元可至少部分基於該焦點 在該等象限單元上之一位置來推一半地—> 直采進步確定該電池接收一最 大日光量之最佳定位。因此,可自動 J目勃調整該4太陽能電池 以接收直射日光’而不混淆全異光源。 現在翻至圖式’圖18K解說明促進追蹤日光以基於日光 之位置最佳地對準一器件之—系統18〇〇。提供一曰光追蹤 組件職以確定所接收之光是錢日光還是來自另一源之 光且可基於該確定來追蹤直射日光。另外,提供可根據日 光位置對準一器件之一定位組件18〇4。在一個實例中該 器件可包含一個或多個太陽能電池(或太陽能電池面板), 其可相對於直射日光最佳地對準以接收一大致最大量之 光,以用於經由光伏打技術(舉例而言)轉換為電。根據一 實例,日光追蹤組件1802可追蹤日光且將定位資訊傳達至 定位組件1804,使得該器件可最佳地定位(例如,太陽能 電池可移動至一期望位置處以接收大致最佳直射日光)。 在一個實例中’日光追蹤組件1802可評價複數個光源以 確定哪一源係直射日光。此可包括藉由成角度之多個偏光 器接收光’使得偏光光在每一偏光器處可產生不同之結 果’而非偏光光(例如,直射日光)在該等偏光器處可產生 大致相同之結果。此外,根據一實例,日光追縱組件1 8〇2 可基於波長來區別光源,此可提供對在此方面可區分之雷 射或其他光源之排除。此外,濾光器可提供大致所有波長 之衰減,使得當組合有一放大器時,可至少部分基於光源 141498.doc -56· 201017905 之強度來债測日光。另外,日光追縱組件⑽2可確定光源 之一準直性質以確定光是否是直射日光。此外,在一個實 例中,日光追縱組件1802可評價一個或多個器件相對於其 上之光源之軸之對準,以確定將該器件與所確定之直射日 光最佳地對準所需要之移動。 隨後可將位置資訊傳達至定位組件1 8〇4 ,該定位組件 可控制- 4件(例如,一太陽能電池或一個或多個電池面 板)之-個或多個軸向位置。在此方面,在自日光追縱組 件1802接收到該位置資訊後,定位組件1川4可移動該器件 及/或其上女裝有該器件之一裝置以相對於該器件在一最 佳位置處對準直射日光之軸。曰光追蹤組件1802可在一計 時器上分析直射曰光,或其可在其藉由不斷確定相對於光 轴之最佳對準而移動時跟隨日光。此外,可將曰光追蹤組 件1802組態為一太陽能電池或電池面板之部分(例如,在 一個或多個電池後方或内部或附加/安裝至面板或一相關 φ 職裝置)。在此方面’日光追蹤組件1 802可在定位組件 1804移動電池及日光追蹤組件丨8〇2時與電池一同移動以評 4貝最佳位置。在另一實例中,日光追蹤組件i 8〇2可位於不 同於電池之一分離位置處且可將準確定位資訊傳達至定位 組件1804,該定位組件可適當地定位該等電池。 參照圖19 ’其顯示用於相對於自一個或多個相關太陽能 電池或大致任一裝置之一轴之偏離來追蹤太陽之位置之一 實例性系統1900。闡述可使用複數個光分析組件i9〇4來追 蹤直射日光之位置之一日光追蹤組件18〇2,該複數個光分 141 视 doc •57· 201017905 析組件可至少部分基於與一光源相關之一個或多個量測來 近似該光源。日光追蹤組件1802可包含多個光分析組件 1904以提供冗餘以及自全異角度分析一光源。在一個實例 中’如所闞述’日光追蹤組件1802可識別直射日光,乃因 其定位於各種光源上,且相應地遞送關於定位一個或多個 太陽能電池以以一最佳軸接收直射日光之資訊。儘管繪示 曰光追蹤組件1802具有3個光分析組件1904,但應瞭解在 一個實例中可利用更多或更少之光分析組件19〇4 ^另外, 在一個實例中,所利用之光分析組件1904可包含所繪示組❿ 件中之一者或多者且被闡述為光分析組件19〇4之一部分, 或可在光分析組件1904中分享此類組件。 每一光分析組件1904包括可偏光一所接收光源之一偏光 器1906,在此點上可量測來自偏光器19〇6之一所接收輻射 位準。對於每一光分析組件19〇4,可以全異角度組態偏光 器1906。在具有3個光分析組件19〇4且因此具有3個偏光器 1906之一實例中,可以大致12〇度之角度偏移來組態該等 偏光器。在此方面,可評價來自接收來自同一光源之光之® 每一偏光器1906之輻射量測。當一光源至少有些偏光時, 一旦由偏光器1906接收,則所得光束之輻射位準在每一偏 光器1906處可不同,從而指示一有些偏光之光源。相反, 虽一光源係大致非偏光時,該等所得輻射位準在穿過成不 同角度之偏光器1906之後可大致類似。以此方式,舉例而 言,由於直射日光係大致非偏光,因此可在偏光光源(例 如,反射離開包括雲之許多表面之日光或其他光源)上偵 141498.doc •58· 201017905 測到直射曰光。應瞭解,一旦光傳遞至光分析組件1904之 下部層’則可藉由一處理器(圖中未繪示)及/或諸如此類來 量測輻射位準以確定該等位準及其之間的差異。 此外’光分析組件1904可包括光譜濾光器1908以過濾掉 與直射日光相比具有大致全異或更聚焦之波長之光源。舉 例而言’光譜濾光器1908可通過具有在大約560奈米(nm) 至600 nm之間的波長之光。因此,可在光譜濾光器19〇8處 ❹ 大致拒絕大部分雷射輻射(例如,通常使用之525 nm綠色 雷射及635 nm紅色雷射),而一直射日光源之大部分仍可 通過。此可防止干擾一批太陽能電池以及鎖定至一弱及/ 或間歇性光源。穿過光譜濾光器19〇8b之光源可由可將光 聚集至象限單元1912上之一球透鏡191〇接收。一有些準直 之光源(例如,直射曰光)可在球透鏡191〇後方在象限單元 1912上以小於一臨限值之一點達到一焦點。因此,此可係 根據由所聚焦之點之大小量測之準直位準對直射日光之另 藝一指示,其中可拒絕(舉例而言)由一大於或多於一個所聚 焦之點指示之漫射光源。應瞭解,亦可在此方面利用其他 類型之曲面透鏡。 此外,象限單元丨9丨2可提供光分析組件19〇4(且因此太 陽能電池或與日光追蹤組件18〇2相關聯之大致任一器件或 裝置)相對於象限單元1912上來自穿過球透鏡i9i〇之光之 所聚焦之點之位置之軸向對準之一指示。舉例而言,當光 穿過球透鏡191〇且在象限單元1912上達到一點時,可^定 光照耀於光分析組件1904上之角度。象限單元1912上之該 141498.doc •59· 201017905 點可指示該角度且可用於確定以一最佳角度接收光所需要 之一方向及移動。另外’在每一光分析組件19〇4處提供一 放大器1914以接收包含來自光之相關資訊(如所闡述)之一 光訊號。 此外,可至少部分基於亮度來拒絕光源。舉例而言,此 可使用光譜濾光器1908提供大致所有波長之顯著衰減來完 成;此可與來自放大器1914之增益一同用於確定源之一亮 度。可拒絕一所規定臨限值以下之光源。此外,可量測光 強度之一時間變化(例如,光源之一調變)^應瞭解,直射 日光係大致未經調變’且亦可在此方面拒絕指示某調變之 源。 如上文所提及’可將所推斷之參數及資訊傳達至一處理 器(圖中未繪示)以用於處理及光之源之確定、根據象限單 元1912上之點確定相關聯之太陽能電池、器件或裝置是否 需要重新定位及/或諸如此類。在一個實例中,該資訊可 由放大器1914傳達至該處理器。在此方面,可基於由光分 析組件1904取得之以上參數將直射日光與全異光源區分 開’從而導致太陽能電池之最佳定位以接收大致最大太陽 能。 現在翻至圖20’其顯示用於確定太陽之一位置且追蹤該 位置以確保一個或多個太陽能電池之最佳對準之一實例性 系統2000。提供一曰光追蹤組件1802以確定直射曰光之一 位置而忽略其他光源(如所闡述),以及可定位一個或多個 太陽能電池或電池面板以最佳地接收直射日光之一太陽能 141498.doc -60- 201017905 電池定位組件2002,及可至少部分基於一天之時間及/或 一年之時間來提供一近似日光位置之一時鐘組件2〇〇4。應 瞭解’可將曰光追蹤組件1802組態於一個或多個太陽能電 池内,附加至該等太陽能電池或代表性面板或附加於其附 近、疋位於軸向控制電池/面板之位置之一器件上及/或諸 如此類(舉例而言)。 根據一實例,太陽能電池定位組件2〇〇2最初可至少部分 基於時鐘組件2004將一太陽能電池、電池組及/或包含一 ® 個或多個電池之一裝置定位至之一近似日光位置。在此方 面,時鐘組件2004可在一月、一個季節、一年、幾年及/ 或諸如此類中儲存關於太陽在一天不同時間之位置之資 訊。可自包括固定或人工程式化於時鐘組件2〇〇4内、在外 部或以遠端方式提供至時鐘組件2004、由時鐘組件2〇〇4自 曰光追蹤組件1802之先前讀數推斷及/或諸如此類在内之 各種源獲得此資訊。在此方面,時鐘組件2004可在一給定 時間點近似日光之一位置’且太陽能電池定位組件2002可 根據彼位置移動該(等)電池。 隨後’日光追蹤組件1802可用於如上所述微調該等電池 之位置。具體而言,一旦近似地定位,則日光追蹤組件 1802可在假定直射日光與自全異物件(包括雲、建築物、 其他障礙物及/或諸如此類)反射之日光之間進行區分。日 光追蹤組件1 802可利用上述組件及處理來完成此區分,包 括確定光源之一偏光、推斷光源之一準直性質、量測光源 之一亮度或強度、辨別源之一調變(或非調變)位準、過濾、 141498.doc -61 - 201017905 掉某些波長之色彩及/或諸如此類。此外,上述球透鏡及 象限單元組態可用於確定確保光至電池之一大致直接軸所 需要之一轴向移動。應瞭解’時鐘組件2004可用於最初組 態該等電池位置。在另一實例中,該等電池在夜間可係不 活動的且時鐘組件2004可用於在日出時定位該等電池。此 外’在顯著阻擋之情形(其中大致不存在直射日光供曰光 追蹤組件1 802偵測)下,時鐘組件2004可用於跟降太陽之 預測路徑,直至曰光追蹤組件1802可偵測到日光等。在此 實例(其中太陽之時鐘組件2004預測與曰光追縱組件1 go〗 實際確定及量測之間存在不一致性)中,在需要利用該不 一致性時可藉由時鐘組件2004計及該不一致性以確保更準 確之作業。 現在翻至圖21’其圖解說明用於追蹤日光並定位遠端器 件以接收最佳量之光之一實例性系統21〇〇。提供用於基於 將太陽光源與其他光源區分開而確定太陽之一位置之一日 光追蹤組件1802。另外,提供一曰光資訊傳輸組件21〇2以 傳輸來自日光追蹤組件1802之關於日光之精確位置之資訊 以及可至少部分基於自曰光資訊傳輸組件21〇2經由網路 2104發送之資訊來定位一個或多個太陽能電池之太陽能電 池定位組件2002。 在此實例中,日光追蹤組件18〇2可與太陽能電池全異地 定位;然而,至少部分基於日光追蹤組件丨8〇2及電池之已 知位置,可提供用以定位該等以遠端方式定位之電池之準 碟資訊。舉例而言’日光追蹤組件18()2可基於如上所述將 141498.doc -62- 201017905 直射日光與其他光源區分開而確定太陽之一大致準確之位 置。特定而言,可如所闡述至少部分基於偏光、準直性 質、強度、調變及/或波長來量測來自不同源之光以將該 等源縮小至可能之直射日光。此外,可使用球透鏡及象限 單兀來確定光之轴上之最佳對準以獲得最大光利用。一旦 確定精確位置,則日光追蹤組件1802可將該資訊傳達至曰 光資訊傳輸組件21 02。 在接收到該精確對準資訊後,日光資訊傳輸組件2102可 經由網路21 04將該資訊發送至以遠端方式定位之太陽能電 池疋位組件2002以軸向定位一組太陽能電池以接收大致最 大直射日光。特定而言,太陽能電池定位組件2〇〇2可接收 精確對準資訊、計及一個或多個太陽能電池/面板與曰光 追蹤組件1802之間的位置差異,且最佳地對準該等電池/ 面板以接收用於光伏打能量轉換之最佳日光。應瞭解,曰 光追蹤組件1 802與該等電池之間的位置差異可影響太陽在 參每一位置處之相對位置。因此,可根據該位置差異(例 如,使用全球定位系統(GPS)及/或諸如此類確定之位置)來 計算不一致性。在另一實例中,可在太陽能電池及/或曰 光追蹤組件1 〇2b之安裴後量測該不一致性且其係在接收到 精確太陽位置資訊後執行之一固定計算。 參照圖22 ’其繪示用於將一太陽能電池組態鎖定至直射 日光以促進最佳光伏打能量產生之一實例性系統22〇(^特 定而言’提供一轴向可旋轉裝置2202,其可包含一個或多 個太陽此電池或電池面板以及如本文中所述之一經附接曰 141498.doc -63 - 201017905 光追蹤組件1802。在一個實例中,轴向可旋轉裝置22〇2可 係期望接收直射日光之一類似裝置領域中之一者。在此實 例中,舉例而言,日光追蹤組件1802可附加至每一軸向可 旋轉裝置2202或可存在在現場運作複數個軸向可旋轉裝置 之一日光追蹤組件(且在此方面可係分離的或附接至該複 數個裝置中之一單個裝置)。 如所繪示,軸向可旋轉裝置22〇2可經定位以接收直射日 光2204之一最佳軸。日光追蹤組件22〇2為此可偵測直射曰 光2204(如前文所述),且一定位組件(圖中未繪示)可根據〇 直射日光之最佳軸之一所指示位置來旋轉軸向可旋轉裝置 2202。如所提及,日光追蹤組件18〇2可評價鄰近直射曰光 之各種光源,例如反射光2206及/或雷射22〇8以確定哪一 源係直射日光2204。如所闡述,軸向可旋轉裝置22〇2可在 該等光源中移動,因此類似地移動日光追蹤組件丨8〇2,從 而允許日光追蹤組件丨802分析該等光源從而確定哪一個係 直射日光2204。 舉例而言,日光追蹤組件1802可自所繪示反射光22〇6源❿ 中之一者接收光且確定是否對準電池來最佳地接收該反射 光2206。然而’日光追蹤組件22〇6可如所闡述藉由在由複 數個成不同角度之偏光器偏光後評價輻射位準來確定反射 光2206源的確係反射光。該等位準可在指示光係偏光的且 因此不是直射曰光之一位準處不同;曰光追蹤組件18〇2可 指令一定位組件將轴向可旋轉裝置22〇2移動至另一光源以 用於評價。在另一實例中,日光追蹤組件丨8〇2可自雷射 141498.doc -64 - 201017905 2208接收光,但可指示該雷射光不是直射曰光,乃因其如 所闡述由一光譜濾光器大致過濾掉。因此,日光追蹤組件 1802可指令將軸向可旋轉裝置2202移動至另一光源。 在另一實例中,日光追蹤組件1802可自直射日光2204源 接收光且將此光區分為直射日光。如所闡述,此可藉由在 由上述偏光器偏光後處理光之輕射位準而發生,該等偏光 器可指示類似之輻射位準。因此,日光追蹤組件1802可確 φ 定光源係大致非偏光,像直射日光;若曰光穿過光譜濾光 器’則日光追蹤組件1802可確定光22〇4係直射日光。隨 後,如所闡述,日光追蹤組件18〇2可利用一球透鏡及象限 單元組態來確定該光源之一準直性質以確保其係直射曰 光。日光追蹤組件1802另外可使用光譜濾光器提供大致所 有波長之顯著衰減(其可藉由來自接收光訊號之一放大器 之增益量測)來確定該光源之強度。可將所得訊號與一 臨限值進行比較以確定一所需日光強度。此外,可量測該 φ 光訊號之調變以確定時間變化;其中該光係大致非調變, 此可係直射日光之另一指示。此外,如所闡述,可使用球 透鏡及象限單元組態來使軸向可旋轉裝置2202最佳地成角 度以在直射日光2204之轴上對準。 已相對於若干組件之間的交互作用闞述了上述系統、架 構及諸如此類。應瞭解,此類系統及組件可包括本文中所 規定之彼等組件或子組件、某些所規定之組件或子組件 及/或額外組件。子組件亦可實施為以通信方式耦合至其 他組件而不是包括於父母組件内之組件。此外,一個或多 141498.doc •65- 201017905 個組件及/或子組件可組合至一單個組件 能性。系統、組件及/或子組件 &供聚合功 β ^ ^ 仵之間的通信可根據任一推 及/或拉模型完成。該等組件亦可與出於簡明之目的而: 在本文中具體聞述但為熟習此項技術者習知 其他組件交互作用。 飞夕個 此外,如應瞭解,該等所揭㈣統及方法之各個部分可 包括人工智慧、機器學習或基於知識或規則之組件、子組 件過程構件、方法或機制(例如,支援向量機、神經 網路、專家系統、Bayesianjt任網路、模糊邏輯、資料融❹ 合引擎、分類器…)或由其構成。此類組件(除其他以外)可 使某些所執行之機制或過程自動化,從而使該等系統及方 法之部分(舉例而言)藉由基於上下文資訊來推斷動作而變 得更加自適應以及高效且智慧。以舉例而非限^之方式, 可相對於材料化視圖及諸如此類之產生來採用此種機制。 鑒於前文所闡述之例示性系統,參照圖23至圖25之流程 圖將更佳地瞭解可根據所揭示標的物實施之方法。儘管出 於簡化解釋之目的’以一系列塊之形式來緣示及聞述該等© 方法然而應理解及瞭解,所主張之標的物並不受限於該 等塊之次序,此乃因某些塊可以不同於本文中所描繪及闡 述之次序發生及/或與其他塊同時發生。此外,實施下文 所述之方法可能並不需要所有所圖解說明之塊。 圖23繪不用於確定一光源之偏光以部分地推斷該光是否 疋直射日光之一方法23〇〇。應瞭解,如本文中所闡述,可 採取額外量測以決定該光之源。在23〇2處,自一源接收 141498.doc -66 - 201017905 光’該源可包括日光(例如’直射日光或自雲、結構等反 射之曰光)' 雷射及/或類似聚集之源。在23〇4處,使該光 穿過成不同角度之偏光器。如所闡述,改變偏光器之角度 可在原始光被偏光之偏光器上再現全異之所得光束。因 此’在2306處’可在每一偏光器之偏光之後量測一輻射位 準。可比較各種量測,且在2308處,可確定來自該源之原 始光之偏光。如所闡述,當經比較之量測之差異超出一臨 限值時’可確定該原始光係偏光的;然而,當該等量測之 間不存在一些差異時,該原始光可係非偏光的。由於直射 曰光係大致非偏光,因此此確定可指示該原始光是否是直 射曰光。 圖24圖解說明進一步促進確定自一源接收之光是否是直 射日光之一方法2400。在2402處,自該源接收光》如所聞 述’該源可包括直接或間接日光、雷射及/或諸如此類。 另外’在2404處,可如前文所述確定該光之偏光。隨後, 在2406處,可使該光穿過拒絕光源之不在一所規定波長内 之部分之一波長濾光器。舉例而言,該波長濾光器可使得 其拒絕不在由日光利用之一範圍内之光。因此,該濾光器 可拒絕某些雷射光(例如,在一個實例中,紅色及綠色雷 射)且僅通過在該範圍内之光。此外,該濾光器可提供大 致所有波長之顯著衰減。此可與所得光訊號之增益一同用 來指示該光源之一強度,該強度另外可用於確定該源是否 是直射日光。在2408處,可確定該光是否是直射日光;舉 例而言,此可至少部分基於該光是否穿過該濾光器以及所 141498.doc -67· 201017905 確定之偏光。如所闡述,當該光並不偏光時,存在其係直 射日光之一可能性,乃因許多被反射之日光源(例如,自 雲、結構及諸如此類偏轉)係偏光的。此外,該波長濾光 器可在該光係大致在正確波長内之情形下提供對直射曰光 之進一步保證。 圖25繪示用於對齊太陽能電池以接收光之最佳對準之轴 以用於產生太陽能之一方法2500。在2502處,自一源接收 光。如所闡述’此光可來自許多源,且在25〇4處,可確定 該光疋否是直射日光。在此方面,如本文中所闡述,可拒 絕其他光源,例如被反射之光、雷射等.舉例而言,可利 用各種偏光器、光譜遽光器及/或諸如此類來拒絕不需要 之光源。此可至少部分基於如所闡述之確定光之一偏光位 準、光之一準直性質(例如,經由量測穿過一球透鏡之光 在一象限單元上之一焦點之一大小)、光之一強度(例如, 由來自接收該光之一放大器之增益量測)、光之一光譜(例 如藉助一光譜濾光器量測)、光之一調變及/或諸如此 類。在2506處,確定一最佳軸向對準以接收該直射曰光。 如所闡述,此可使用一球透鏡及象限單元組態(舉例而言) 以將來自該光之一點聚焦於該象限單元上來確定。該光可 照耀於該球透鏡上,該球透鏡將該光作為一個或多個點反 射於該象限單元上。可基於該點在該象限單元上之位置來 調整對準。在2508處,可根據軸向對準來定位一個或多個 太陽能電池。因此’在一個實例中,可偵測直射日光,且 可將太陽能電池最佳地定位於日光之軸上以接收用於光伏 141498.doc -68· 201017905 打轉換之最大能量。 現在參照圖26,以兩個不同狀態2600及2602揭示一實例 性太陽能碟組態。一組態可呈現可與一能量源1 06(例如, 地球圍繞其公轉之太陽)對準之一太陽能碟2604。太陽能 碟2604可擱置於位於地面上之一基座2608上(例如,耦合 至該基座),其中基座2608通常由金屬、混凝土、木材及 諸如此類構造。為收集太陽能,太陽能碟104可包括可用 作一太陽能電池之一聚集器2610。第一狀態組態2600可代 ® 表緊在構造帶有基座2608之太陽能碟2604之後之一時間地 方。相反,第二狀態組態2602可代表在其中基座2608安 放、地面安放,組態2600以實體方式移動至將組態2600變 為組態2602之一位置等之構造之後之一時間地方。儘管將 聚集器2610繪示為一太陽能碟2604之部分,但應瞭解,可 在不使用一太陽能碟2604之情形下實踐各種組態,例如一 獨立單元。 各種環境可出現,使得該組態改變(例如,以自第一狀 態組態2600向第二狀態組態2602之一方式之改變)。舉例 而言,某些材料可隨時間而穩固(例如,混凝土)且因此太 陽能碟2604(例如,包括一太陽能聚集器之一碟)不再正確 地藉由能量源2606照亮。在一個實例中,太陽能碟2604可 包括耦合至碟2604之中間之一聚集器2610。如可在圖26中 看到,最初能量源2606與太陽能碟2604兩者在中央對準 (例如,組態狀態2600),其允許聚集器2610完全在能量源 2606之主要能量界限2612内(例如,在該等能量界限内實 141498.doc -69- 201017905 現最大能量搜集)。然、而’在移動之後太陽能碟26〇4與能 量源=()6僅部分對準(例如’組態狀態雇)且聚集器⑽ 不再70全在也量界限2612内—因此聚集器2副可位於用於 搜术忐量之X最佳位置。若使用一習用編碼器,則不瞭 解該組態之改變且因此該組態不會如需地運作(例如,能 量源2_不會在聚㈣上正確地產生太陽能)。 根據本文中所揭示態樣使用之—傾角計可係—固態感測 ϋ ’其通f基_。可藉由將_f量塊連接至—穩定點 (例如支撐結構)之小片發來懸掛該質量I該質量塊 亦可包括翼以改良功能性。靜電力可移動該質量塊,使得 該質量塊位於一區域之中心處。若相關聯單元以一角度向 上指向’則該質量塊可被向下拉。可供應對抗力以將該質 量塊放置回中心之電壓。可分析用於將該質量塊放置回該 區域之中心處之電壓之—量測以確定相對於重力之一角 度。 因此,藉助所揭示之發明,可基於對準改變來自動調整 太陽能碟2604且因此在組態狀態26〇2_可將聚集器26ι〇帶 至能量界限2612中。可進行對太陽能碟26〇4及/或聚集器 2610相對於重力之一角度之一量測以確定實際位置且可作 出對一期望位置之一計算。若該實際位置不約等於該期望 位置,則太陽能碟2604、基座2606以及其他實體可移動至 正確對準。根據一個實施例,組態26〇2可藉由搜索來自至 少一個光伏打電池之一最大電流來移除與聚集器261〇之對 準誤差。太陽能碟2604可在一圖案中移動以尋求一最大輸 141498.doc -70- 201017905 出。與聚集器2610之-輪出相比,此最大值之-相對位置 可允許校正-未對準。此校正亦可併人至用於甚至在能量 源2606被隱藏(例如,被雲隱藏)時準確地指向能量源咖6 之一開放環路黃道計算。 現在參照® 27 ’其揭示用於確^是^應根隸置改變調 整一接收器(例如,圖26之太陽能碟2604、圖26之—聚集 器2610等)之-實例性系統27G()。在習用作業中,當—倉巨 量源改變與該接收器之位置(例如,由於地球繞太陽旋= 而導致之地球之太陽與一太陽能碟之間的改變)時,該接 收器可隨之移動以跟隨該源。然而,可存在不能夠以實體 方式追蹤該源之時間,❹在一多#天或在夜間(例如, 預期太陽將在哪里升起卜在此等情形下,可使用預期來 確定應將該接收器置於何處,例如,定位該接收器以使其 位於預期太陽將升起之處。 為促進作業,可基於時間、日期、經度、緯度等來計算 該接收器之一期望位置。另外,可使用至少一個傾角計來 量測接收器相對於重力之一角度。一獲得組件2702可收 集一接收器相對於重力之一位置,其通常由該傾角計觀 測。獲得組件2702可用於搜集關於該接收器之一期望位置 以及一實際位置之元資料。 獲得組件2702可將所收集之資料(例如,期望位置及重 力資訊)傳送至一評價組件2704。此外,獲得組件27〇2及/ 或評價組件2704可處理該重力資訊以確定該接收器之一實 際位置。評價組件2702可將接收器位置(例如,實際位置) 141498.doc 71 201017905 對照該接收器相對於一能量源之一期望位置進行比較該 比較用來確定應移動該接收器之一方式(例如,如何移= 該接收器、何時移動該接收器、將該接收器移動至何處, 根本是否應移動該接收器及諸如此類)。根據―替代實施 例’原重力資料(例如,代表接收器位置)可由評價組件 2704對照-預想重力(例如,代表期望位置)進行比較。評 價組件27G4可將—結果傳送至能夠將該接收器自—實際位In another embodiment, the array can be placed in a safe location in response to a weather condition that could cause damage, such as a passing ice. . The number of steps required to move the array 当前 the current position of the array to the secure location is determined prior to receiving the command to move to the secure location: - Record. After the hail has passed, the array can be repositioned, wherein the repositioning system is based on the number of steps required to compensate for the current position of the sun based on the last known position of the material, for example, the array before the ice pen The last position + the number of steps to move the array to the sun's current position p steps can be obtained by using the latitude associated with the array, yield, E 141498. Doc -50- 201017905 Period, time information and the location of the array to determine the current position of the sun. The current position of the sun can also be determined by using a sun position sensor that can be used to determine at which angle the energy of daylight is strongest and to position the array accordingly. In addition, the gaps 508 in the collection panel allow the panels to be positioned to minimize the sensitivity of the mirrors forming the array to environmental damage (e.g., strong winds and hail attacks). As depicted in Figure 14, array 5〇2 can be rotated about pole support arm 506 to place the array in a "safe location." The ability to rotate the array 502 about the right ascension axis 5 16 and tilt about the declination axis 5丨2 allows the array 50 to be positioned such that its alignment with any prevailing wind minimizes the solar food b array 502 in the wind One of the sailing effects. In addition, in the case of hail attack, snow, etc., the array 502 can be positioned such that the mirrors face downward with the back side of the array structure exposed to the hail, thereby mitigating damage to the mirror. Moreover, in another embodiment of the claimed subject matter, rotation of the array 5 〇 2 about the red φ axis 516 and the declination axis 512 allows all regions of the array to be easily accessed by an operator. The operator can be an installation engineer who needs to access individual mirrors 5, 2, 504, etc. during the women's wear process. For example, the installation engineer can access the central collector 504 for alignment purposes. The operator can also be a maintenance engineer who needs to approach the array 5〇2 to clean the mirror, replace a mirror, and the like. FIG. 14 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a pole support arm 506 located on a base support 1402. The base support 1402 can be composed of various feet, support structures, infrastructure, mounting brackets, positioning motors, and the like as needed to facilitate the pole support arms 5〇6 and 141498. Doc 51 201017905 Branching, positioning and placement of other array components (eg array 502, collector 504, etc.). As depicted in FIG. 14, to facilitate access to various components of the solar energy collection system 500 (eg, array 5〇2, collectors 5〇4, etc.), the pole support arms 506 can be selectively detached from the base support 1402 ( At least in part, thereby enabling the solar energy collection system 5 to be tilted and lowered as needed. As noted above, the pole support arms 5〇6 can also be selectively detached (at least partially) from a floor structure (e.g., the base support 1002) to facilitate positioning the solar energy collection system 500 as desired, for example, "Safe location", repair, installation, alignment tuning, storage, etc. Figure 15 illustrates a schematic representation of one of the solar energy collection systems 5 at a lowered position, the lowered position being a safe position, a service position, a mounting position, an alignment tuning position, a storage position, and And so on. Figure 16 illustrates a method 1600 for constructing a solar array and locating the array to track the sun. At 1602, a solar array is constructed, wherein the array is comprised of two equally sized planar segments. The array can be constructed of mirrors to facilitate reflection of solar radiation toward a central collector, or in an alternate embodiment, the array can include an array of photovoltaic devices to absorb solar energy and provide conversion of solar energy to electrical energy. The two arrays are connected by a central support member wherein the arrays are placed on the support member such that a gap is left between the arrays, the gap being a known width according to act 16〇4. At 1604, a pole mount is constructed, wherein the pole mount is positioned on the surface of the earth in such a manner that it is aligned parallel to the tilt of the earth's axis of rotation. Returning to act 1602, the gap width between the two arrays is sufficient to allow the arrays to be positioned at the ends of the pole mount such that the arrays are 141498. Doc -52- 201017905 is located on either side of the pole mount. Provided at 1606' allows the array to rotate around the pole mount member at a right angle. Such a member can include a motor, actuator or the like and the member can form part of the connector that connects the array to the pole mount. X, at the point of deletion, provides means for allowing the array to be inclined at an angular extent relative to the pole mount at a declination angle, wherein the range of angles includes the angle required to maintain alignment of the array with the sun and its declination and The array is allowed to tilt for a larger angular range of installation, maintenance, storage, and the like. Such components may include - motors, actuators or the like. The member can form part of the connector that connects the array to the pole mount. At 1610', the system is provided with information that allows the array to track the sun as the sun crosses the sky. Such information may include longitude data, latitude data, flood time and time information based on the location of the array. Using the information provided in i6i, the array is aligned with respect to the sun at 1612 to promote energy generation from the solar energy. The array is aligned with the sun by changing the declination and right angle of the array relative to the sun. In one embodiment, the right ascension angle can be changed throughout the day, and only the declination angle is adjusted once according to the height of the sun in the sky. In an alternate embodiment, the red, & angle and declination angles (e.g., constantly) may be adjusted as needed to maintain alignment of the array with the sun. At 1614, the solar array facilitates the collection of energy from the sun, whether by photovoltaic, reflective or the like. Figure 17 is concerned with promoting the solar array at a safe location (e.g., to prevent damage to the array and associated components due to weather conditions 141498. Doc •53- 201017905 bad), at the repair location (eg, the array needs to be inspected, cleaned, replaced, etc.), at the installation location (eg, moving the array through various locations to determine if any positioning device is functioning properly) or the like One of the methods 1700 is placed. At 1702, the solar array is positioned in a normal operational position to collect solar radiation, wherein the array's right angle and declination angle relative to the sun are adjusted throughout the day to maintain alignment of the array with the sun; Energy is collected from the solar rays (1704). At 1706, a determination is made whether to place the array at a secure location, for example, in response to information received by one of the weather systems being moved toward the area. If the weather system does not pose a threat to the operation of the array, then method 1700 returns to 1702 and continues to collect solar energy. If it is determined that the solar array needs to be turned off and placed in a safe location (eg, one of the damaging mirror/photovoltaic devices is approaching the hail storm), then one of the commands to position the array at the safe location can be issued (13〇8). When the array is at the safe location, at 171 ,, a determination can be made as to whether the array needs to be maintained at this location. If the determination is 疋 (e.g., the weather system still poses a threat to the array and collection components), then the method proceeds to 1712 where the array is maintained at the safe location. At 1714, another determination is made as to whether the array can be returned to a location to resume the collection of solar energy. If the response is "No" (for example, the weather system is still threatened by one of the array components), then the method returns to 1712. At 1714, if it is determined to be "Yes" (continue the operation is 141498. Doc -54 201017905 Wang), the method returns to 1702, and the array is realigned with respect to the sun to restart the collection of solar energy. "Return to action 1710, if the determination of the current safe location is maintained" (e.g., the weather system no longer poses a threat to the array and collection components), then the method returns to P02 and the array continues to collect solar energy. Eight provides for tracking the position of the sun by optimally analyzing daylight, where direct sunlight can be substantially distinguished from other sources (e.g., daylight, lasers, and/or the like that are reflected off certain objects). In particular, direct sunlight can be identified based on its non-polarization, collimation properties, optical frequency, and/or the like. In one example, once direct sunlight is detected, the solar cell can be automatically adjusted to receive daylight in an optimal alignment, allowing for efficient use of maximum solar energy while avoiding alignment with other weaker sources (for example, The solar cells can be adjusted in the following manner: individually, as part of a battery panel, and/or the like. ❿ According to an example, solar panels can be equipped with components to distinguish and concentrate sunlight. For example, one or more polarizers can be provided and positioned such that a source can be evaluated to determine its polarization. Since the direct sunlight is substantially non-polarized, similar radiation levels measured across the polarizers may indicate a direct sunlight source. In addition, spectral filters may be included to filter out light having only a substantially different color spectrum than the sun, such as green lasers, red lasers, and/or the like. Additionally, a ball lens and quadrant unit can be provided, wherein the light source passes through the ball lens and onto a quadrant unit; the focus of one of the focus units can be utilized to determine the collimating nature of the light. 141498. Doc -55- 201017905 If the light system is collimated beyond the threshold, it is intended to be direct sunlight. In this case, the ball lens and the quadrant element can be pushed at least in part based on the position of the focus on the quadrant units - > direct progress determines the optimal positioning of the battery to receive a maximum amount of sunlight . Therefore, the 4 solar cells can be automatically adjusted to receive direct sunlight without confusing the disparate light source. Turning now to the Figure 'Fig. 18K illustrates a system 18 that facilitates tracking of daylight to best align a device based on the position of daylight. A light tracking component is provided to determine whether the received light is money daylight or light from another source and direct sunlight can be tracked based on the determination. Additionally, a positioning assembly 18〇4 is provided that can be aligned with a device based on the position of the daylight. In one example the device can include one or more solar cells (or solar panel) that are optimally aligned with respect to direct sunlight to receive a substantially maximum amount of light for use via photovoltaic technology (for example In terms of) conversion to electricity. According to an example, daylight tracking component 1802 can track daylight and communicate positioning information to positioning component 1804 such that the device can be optimally positioned (e.g., the solar cell can be moved to a desired location to receive substantially optimal direct sunlight). In one example, the daylight tracking component 1802 can evaluate a plurality of light sources to determine which source is direct sunlight. This may include receiving light 'by a plurality of angled polarizers such that the polarized light may produce different results at each polarizer' rather than polarized light (eg, direct sunlight) may produce substantially the same at the polarizers The result. Moreover, according to an example, the daylighting component 180 can distinguish light sources based on wavelengths, which can provide for the exclusion of lasers or other sources that are distinguishable in this regard. In addition, the filter provides attenuation of substantially all wavelengths such that when combined with an amplifier, it can be based, at least in part, on the source 141498. Doc -56· 201017905 The strength to measure the daylight. Additionally, the daylight tracking component (10) 2 can determine one of the source's collimating properties to determine if the light is direct sunlight. Moreover, in one example, daylight tracking component 1802 can evaluate the alignment of one or more devices relative to the axis of the light source thereon to determine the optimal alignment of the device with the determined direct sunlight. mobile. The positional information can then be communicated to the positioning assembly 180, which can control one or more axial positions of - 4 pieces (e.g., a solar cell or one or more battery panels). In this aspect, after receiving the location information from the daylight tracking component 1802, the positioning component 1 can move the device and/or the device on which the device is worn to be in an optimal position relative to the device. Align the shaft with direct sunlight. The twilight tracking component 1802 can analyze the direct fluorescent light on a timer, or it can follow the daylight as it moves by continuously determining the optimal alignment with respect to the optical axis. In addition, the Twilight Tracking component 1802 can be configured as part of a solar cell or battery panel (e.g., behind or inside one or more batteries or attached/mounted to a panel or an associated device). In this regard, the daylight tracking component 1 802 can be moved with the battery to position the best position as the positioning assembly 1804 moves the battery and daylight tracking component 丨8〇2. In another example, the daylight tracking component i 8〇2 can be located at a separate location from one of the batteries and can communicate accurate positioning information to the positioning component 1804, which can properly position the batteries. Referring to Figure 19', an exemplary system 1900 for tracking the position of the sun relative to an axis from one or more associated solar cells or substantially any of the devices is shown. Explain that a plurality of optical analysis components i9〇4 can be used to track the position of the direct sunlight, one of the daylight tracking components 18〇2, which can be based, at least in part, on a light source. Or multiple measurements to approximate the source. The daylight tracking component 1802 can include a plurality of light analysis components 1904 to provide redundancy and to analyze a light source from a disparate angle. In one example, as described, the daylight tracking component 1802 can identify direct sunlight as it is positioned on various light sources and correspondingly delivers for positioning one or more solar cells to receive direct sunlight at an optimal axis. News. Although the twilight tracking component 1802 is illustrated as having three optical analysis components 1904, it will be appreciated that more or fewer optical analysis components can be utilized in one example. 19 In addition, in one example, the utilized light analysis Component 1904 can include one or more of the illustrated group components and is illustrated as part of optical analysis component 19〇4, or such components can be shared in optical analysis component 1904. Each light analysis component 1904 includes a polarizer 1906 that polarizes a received light source at which point the received radiation level from one of the polarizers 19〇6 can be measured. For each optical analysis component 19〇4, the polarizer 1906 can be configured at a disparate angle. In an example with three light analysis components 19〇4 and thus three polarizers 1906, the polarizers can be configured with an angular offset of approximately 12 degrees. In this regard, radiation measurements from each of the polarizers 1906 that receive light from the same source can be evaluated. When a light source is at least partially polarized, once received by polarizer 1906, the radiation level of the resulting beam can be different at each polarizer 1906, indicating a somewhat polarized light source. Conversely, while a source of light is substantially non-polarized, the resulting radiation levels may be substantially similar after passing through polarizers 1906 at different angles. In this way, for example, since the direct sunlight is substantially non-polarized, it can be detected on a polarized light source (e.g., reflected off sunlight or other sources including many surfaces of the cloud). Doc •58· 201017905 Detected direct sunlight. It should be understood that once the light is transmitted to the lower layer of the optical analysis component 1904, the radiation level can be measured by a processor (not shown) and/or the like to determine the level and between difference. Further, the optical analysis component 1904 can include a spectral filter 1908 to filter out light sources having substantially disparate or more focused wavelengths than direct sunlight. For example, the spectral filter 1908 can pass light having a wavelength between about 560 nanometers (nm) and 600 nm. Therefore, most of the laser radiation can be rejected at the spectral filter 19〇8 (for example, the 525 nm green laser and the 635 nm red laser are usually used), and most of the direct sunlight source can still pass. . This prevents interference with a batch of solar cells and locks to a weak and/or intermittent source. The light source passing through the spectral filters 19〇8b can be received by a ball lens 191〇 that can concentrate the light onto the quadrant unit 1912. A somewhat collimated light source (e.g., direct sunlight) may reach a focus on the quadrant unit 1912 at a point less than a threshold after the ball lens 191. Thus, this may be an indication of the alternative to direct sunlight based on the collimation level measured by the size of the focused point, wherein the indication may be rejected, for example, by a point greater than or more than one focus. Diffuse light source. It should be understood that other types of curved lenses may also be utilized in this regard. In addition, the quadrant unit 丨9丨2 can provide a light analysing component 19〇4 (and thus a solar cell or substantially any device or device associated with the daylight tracking component 18〇2) from the through ball lens relative to the quadrant unit 1912. One of the axial alignments of the position of the point at which the light of i9i is focused. For example, when light passes through the ball lens 191 and reaches a point on the quadrant unit 1912, the angle of illumination on the light analysis assembly 1904 can be determined. The 141498 on the quadrant unit 1912. Doc •59· 201017905 points indicate this angle and can be used to determine the direction and movement required to receive light at an optimal angle. Additionally, an amplifier 1914 is provided at each of the optical analysis components 19〇4 to receive an optical signal containing information from the light (as illustrated). Additionally, the light source can be rejected based at least in part on the brightness. For example, this can be accomplished using spectral filter 1908 to provide significant attenuation of substantially all wavelengths; this can be used along with the gain from amplifier 1914 to determine one of the source luminances. A source of light below a specified threshold can be rejected. In addition, one of the measurable light intensities (e.g., one of the light sources) should be understood that the direct sunlight is substantially unmodulated' and may also refuse to indicate a source of modulation in this regard. As mentioned above, the inferred parameters and information can be communicated to a processor (not shown) for processing and determination of the source of light, determining the associated solar cell based on the point on quadrant unit 1912. Whether the device or device requires repositioning and/or the like. In one example, the information can be communicated to the processor by amplifier 1914. In this regard, the direct sunlight can be distinguished from the disparate light source based on the above parameters taken by the light analysis component 1904, resulting in optimal positioning of the solar cell to receive substantially maximum solar energy. Turning now to Figure 20', an exemplary system 2000 is shown for determining one of the positions of the sun and tracking the position to ensure optimal alignment of one or more solar cells. A light tracking component 1802 is provided to determine one of the direct pupils while ignoring the other sources (as illustrated), and one or more solar cells or battery panels can be positioned to optimally receive one of the direct sunlights 141498. Doc-60-201017905 Battery locating component 2002, and one of the approximate daylight position clock components 2〇〇4 can be provided based at least in part on the time of day and/or one year. It should be understood that the twilight tracking component 1802 can be configured in one or more solar cells, attached to or attached to one of the solar cells or representative panels, and located in the axially controlled battery/panel position. And/or the like (for example). According to an example, solar cell positioning assembly 2〇〇2 can initially position a solar cell, battery pack, and/or one device comprising one or more cells to one of the approximate daylight positions based at least in part on clock component 2004. In this regard, the clock component 2004 can store information about the location of the sun at different times of the day in January, season, year, year, and/or the like. It may be self-contained or previously programmed in the clock component 2〇〇4, externally or remotely provided to the clock component 2004, inferred from the previous readings of the light tracking component 1802 by the clock component 2〇〇4 and/or This information is obtained from various sources such as this. In this regard, the clock assembly 2004 can approximate one of the positions of daylight at a given point in time' and the solar cell positioning assembly 2002 can move the (etc.) battery according to the position. The 'daylight tracking component 1802 can then be used to fine tune the location of the batteries as described above. In particular, once approximated, the daylight tracking component 1802 can distinguish between direct sunlight and daylight reflected from a full foreign object (including clouds, buildings, other obstacles, and/or the like). The daylight tracking component 1 802 can utilize the components and processes described above to accomplish this distinction, including determining one of the light sources, determining one of the source's collimating properties, measuring one of the light sources' brightness or intensity, and discriminating one of the sources (or non-tuning) Change) level, filter, 141498. Doc -61 - 201017905 Colors of certain wavelengths and/or the like. In addition, the ball lens and quadrant unit configurations described above can be used to determine one of the axial movements required to ensure that light is substantially direct to one of the cells. It should be appreciated that the 'clock component 2004 can be used to initially configure the battery locations. In another example, the batteries can be inactive at night and the clock assembly 2004 can be used to locate the batteries at sunrise. In addition, under significant blocking conditions (where substantially no direct sunlight is detected by the twilight tracking component 1 802), the clock component 2004 can be used to follow the predicted path of the sun until the twilight tracking component 1802 can detect daylight, etc. . In this example (where the Sun's Clock Component 2004 predicts that there is an inconsistency between the actual identification and the measurement), the inconsistency may be accounted for by the clock component 2004 when the inconsistency is needed. Sex to ensure a more accurate job. Turning now to Figure 21', an exemplary system 21 for tracking daylight and locating a remote device to receive an optimal amount of light is illustrated. A daylight tracking component 1802 is provided for determining one of the positions of the sun based on distinguishing the sun source from other sources. Additionally, a light information transmission component 21〇2 is provided to transmit information about the precise location of daylight from the daylight tracking component 1802 and can be located based at least in part on information transmitted from the light information transmission component 21〇2 via the network 2104. Solar cell positioning assembly 2002 for one or more solar cells. In this example, the daylight tracking component 18〇2 can be positioned disparately from the solar cell; however, based at least in part on the daylight tracking component 丨8〇2 and the known location of the battery, it can be provided to locate the remotely located location The battery information of the battery. For example, the daylight tracking component 18() 2 can be based on 141498 as described above. Doc -62- 201017905 Direct sunlight is distinguished from other light sources to determine the location of one of the sun's approximate accuracy. In particular, light from different sources can be measured based at least in part on polarization, collimation properties, intensity, modulation, and/or wavelength as described to reduce the sources to possible direct sunlight. In addition, ball lenses and quadrants can be used to determine the best alignment on the axis of light for maximum light utilization. Once the precise location is determined, the daylight tracking component 1802 can communicate the information to the video information transmission component 210. Upon receiving the precise alignment information, the daylight information transmission component 2102 can transmit the information via the network 21 04 to the remotely located solar cell clamp assembly 2002 to axially position a group of solar cells to receive substantially the maximum Direct sunlight. In particular, the solar cell positioning assembly 2〇〇2 can receive precise alignment information, accounting for positional differences between one or more solar cells/panels and the twilight tracking component 1802, and optimally aligning the cells / Panel to receive the best daylight for photovoltaic energy conversion. It will be appreciated that the difference in position between the light tracking component 1 802 and the cells can affect the relative position of the sun at each location. Thus, inconsistencies can be calculated based on the location difference (e. g., using a Global Positioning System (GPS) and/or such determined location). In another example, the inconsistency can be measured after the solar cell and/or the backlighting component 1 〇 2b is installed and it performs a fixed calculation after receiving the accurate sun position information. Referring to Figure 22, an exemplary system 22 is provided for locking a solar cell configuration to direct sunlight to facilitate optimal photovoltaic energy generation (in particular, 'providing an axial rotatable device 2202, One or more of the sun may be included in this battery or battery panel and one of the ones described herein is attached 曰 141498. Doc -63 - 201017905 Light Tracking Component 1802. In one example, the axial rotatable device 22A can be one of the fields of similar devices that are expected to receive direct sunlight. In this example, for example, daylight tracking component 1802 can be attached to each axial rotatable device 2202 or there can be one of a plurality of axially rotatable devices operating in the field (and in this aspect can be separated) Or attached to one of the plurality of devices). As illustrated, the axial rotatable device 22A can be positioned to receive one of the direct axes of direct sunlight 2204. The daylight tracking component 22〇2 can detect the direct sunlight 2204 (as described above), and a positioning component (not shown) can rotate the axis according to the position indicated by one of the optimal axes of direct sunlight. To the rotatable device 2202. As mentioned, the daylight tracking component 18〇2 can evaluate various sources of light adjacent to the direct pupil, such as reflected light 2206 and/or laser 22〇8 to determine which source is direct sunlight 2204. As illustrated, the axial rotatable device 22A2 can move within the light sources, thereby similarly moving the daylight tracking component 丨8〇2, allowing the daylight tracking component 丨 802 to analyze the light sources to determine which direct sunlight 2204. For example, daylight tracking component 1802 can receive light from one of the reflected light sources 22〇6 and determine if the battery is aligned to optimally receive the reflected light 2206. However, the 'daylight tracking component 22〇6 can determine the reflected light from the source of the reflected light 2206 as determined by evaluating the radiation level after polarization of the plurality of polarizers at different angles. The levels may be different at a level indicative of the polarization of the light system and thus not the direct pupil; the twilight tracking assembly 18〇2 may instruct a positioning assembly to move the axial rotatable device 22〇2 to another source For evaluation. In another example, the daylight tracking component 丨8〇2 can be self-laser 141498. Doc -64 - 201017905 2208 receives light but may indicate that the laser light is not a direct light, as it is substantially filtered out by a spectral filter as explained. Thus, daylight tracking component 1802 can instruct to move axial rotatable device 2202 to another source. In another example, daylight tracking component 1802 can receive light from a direct sunlight 2204 source and distinguish this light as direct sunlight. As illustrated, this can occur by processing the light level of light after polarization by the polarizer described above, which can indicate similar levels of radiation. Thus, the daylight tracking component 1802 can determine that the source is substantially non-polarized, such as direct sunlight; if the pupil passes through the spectral filter, the daylight tracking component 1802 can determine that the light 22 is direct sunlight. Thereafter, as illustrated, the daylight tracking component 18〇2 can utilize a ball lens and quadrant unit configuration to determine one of the source's collimating properties to ensure that it is directly fluorescent. The daylight tracking component 1802 can additionally use a spectral filter to provide significant attenuation of substantially all wavelengths (which can be measured by gain from an amplifier that receives the optical signal) to determine the intensity of the source. The resulting signal can be compared to a threshold to determine a desired daylight intensity. In addition, the modulation of the φ optical signal can be measured to determine a time variation; wherein the light system is substantially non-modulating, which can be another indication of direct sunlight. Moreover, as illustrated, the ball lens and quadrant unit configuration can be used to optimally angle the axial rotatable device 2202 to align on the axis of the direct sunlight 2204. The above systems, architectures, and the like have been described with respect to interactions between several components. It is to be understood that such systems and components can include such components or sub-components as specified herein, certain specified components or sub-components, and/or additional components. Sub-components can also be implemented to be communicatively coupled to other components rather than to components within the parent component. In addition, one or more 141,498. Doc •65- 201017905 Components and/or subcomponents can be combined into a single component. The communication between the system, components, and/or subcomponents & aggregates can be accomplished according to any push and/or pull model. Such components may also be used for the sake of brevity: Other components interacted specifically herein, but are familiar to those skilled in the art. In addition, as should be appreciated, the various components of the methods and methods may include artificial intelligence, machine learning or knowledge or rule based components, subcomponent process components, methods or mechanisms (eg, support vector machines, Neural network, expert system, Bayesianjt network, fuzzy logic, data fusion engine, classifier...) or consist of it. Such components, among other things, may automate certain mechanisms or processes that are performed such that portions of such systems and methods, for example, become more adaptive and efficient by inferring actions based on contextual information And wisdom. This mechanism may be employed with respect to materialized views and the like by way of example and not limitation. In view of the exemplary systems set forth above, a method that can be implemented in accordance with the disclosed subject matter will be better appreciated with reference to the flowchart of Figures 23-25. Although the terms of the <RTI ID=0.0> </ RTI> </ RTI> are described and described in the form of a series of blocks for the purpose of simplification of explanation, it should be understood and understood that the claimed subject matter is not limited to the order of the blocks. The blocks may occur in different orders than those illustrated and described herein and/or concurrently with other blocks. Moreover, not all illustrated blocks may be required to implement the methods described below. Figure 23 depicts a method 23 that is not used to determine the polarization of a light source to partially infer whether the light is direct sunlight. It will be appreciated that additional measurements can be taken to determine the source of the light as set forth herein. At 23〇2, I received 141498 from a source. Doc -66 - 201017905 Light 'The source may include daylight (eg, 'direct sunlight or reflections from clouds, structures, etc.) 'laser and/or similar sources of convergence. At 23 〇 4, the light is passed through polarizers of different angles. As explained, changing the angle of the polarizer reproduces the disparate resulting beam on the polarizer where the original light is polarized. Therefore, at '2306', a radiation level can be measured after the polarization of each polarizer. Various measurements can be compared, and at 2308, the polarization of the original light from the source can be determined. As illustrated, the original light system may be polarized when the difference in the measured measurements exceeds a threshold; however, when there is no difference between the measurements, the original light may be non-polarized. of. Since the direct illumination system is substantially non-polarized, this determination can indicate whether the original light is a direct light. Figure 24 illustrates a method 2400 that further facilitates determining whether light received from a source is direct sunlight. At 2402, light is received from the source as described. The source may include direct or indirect sunlight, lasers, and/or the like. Further, at 2404, the polarization of the light can be determined as previously described. Subsequently, at 2406, the light can be passed through a wavelength filter that rejects one of the portions of the source that is not within a specified wavelength. For example, the wavelength filter can cause it to reject light that is not in a range that is utilized by daylight. Thus, the filter can reject certain laser light (e.g., in one example, red and green lasers) and only pass light within the range. In addition, the filter provides significant attenuation at approximately all wavelengths. This can be used along with the gain of the resulting optical signal to indicate the intensity of one of the sources, which intensity can additionally be used to determine if the source is direct sunlight. At 2408, it can be determined whether the light is direct sunlight; for example, this can be based, at least in part, on whether the light passes through the filter and the 141498. Doc -67· 201017905 Determine the polarized light. As illustrated, when the light is not polarized, there is a possibility that it is direct sunlight, as many of the reflected daylight sources (e.g., from clouds, structures, and the like) are polarized. In addition, the wavelength filter provides further assurance of direct illumination in situations where the light system is substantially within the correct wavelength. 25 illustrates a method 2500 for aligning a solar cell to receive an optimal alignment of light for use in generating solar energy. At 2502, light is received from a source. As illustrated, this light can come from a number of sources, and at 25 〇 4, it can be determined whether the pupil is direct sunlight. In this regard, as explained herein, other sources of light, such as reflected light, lasers, etc., may be rejected. For example, various polarizers, spectral cdrs, and/or the like can be utilized to reject unwanted sources. This can be based, at least in part, on determining a polarization level of light, a collimating property of light (eg, by measuring the size of one of the focal points on a quadrant unit of light passing through a ball lens), light One intensity (eg, measured by a gain from an amplifier that receives the light), a spectrum of light (eg, measured by a spectral filter), a modulation of light, and/or the like. At 2506, an optimal axial alignment is determined to receive the direct pupil. As illustrated, this can be determined using a ball lens and quadrant unit configuration, for example, to focus a point from the light onto the quadrant unit. The light can illuminate the ball lens, which reflects the light as one or more points on the quadrant unit. The alignment can be adjusted based on the position of the point on the quadrant unit. At 2508, one or more solar cells can be positioned according to axial alignment. Thus, in one example, direct sunlight can be detected and the solar cell can be optimally positioned on the axis of daylight for reception for photovoltaic 141498. Doc -68· 201017905 The maximum energy for conversion. Referring now to Figure 26, an exemplary solar panel configuration is disclosed in two different states 2600 and 2602. A configuration can present a solar dish 2604 that can be aligned with an energy source 106 (e.g., the sun around which the earth revolves). The solar disk 2604 can rest on (e.g., coupled to) the base 2608 on the ground, wherein the base 2608 is typically constructed of metal, concrete, wood, and the like. To collect solar energy, the solar dish 104 can include an aggregator 2610 that can be used as a solar cell. The first state configuration 2600 can be placed in close proximity to the solar panel 2604 with the pedestal 2608. Conversely, the second state configuration 2602 can represent one of the time positions after the pedestal 2608 is placed, placed on the ground, and the configuration 2600 is physically moved to a configuration that changes the configuration 2600 to one of the configurations 2602. Although the aggregator 2610 is depicted as part of a solar dish 2604, it will be appreciated that various configurations, such as a stand-alone unit, can be practiced without the use of a solar disk 2604. Various environments may occur such that the configuration changes (e.g., in a manner that is configured from the first state configuration 2600 to the second state configuration 2602). For example, certain materials may be stable over time (e.g., concrete) and thus the solar disk 2604 (e.g., including one of the solar collectors) is no longer properly illuminated by the energy source 2606. In one example, solar dish 2604 can include one of concentrators 2610 coupled to the middle of dish 2604. As can be seen in Figure 26, both the initial energy source 2606 and the solar dish 2604 are centrally aligned (eg, configuration state 2600), which allows the concentrator 2610 to be completely within the primary energy limit 2612 of the energy source 2606 (eg, Within the limits of these energies, 141498. Doc -69- 201017905 The largest energy collection). However, 'after the move, the solar disk 26〇4 is only partially aligned with the energy source=()6 (eg 'configured state hired') and the concentrator (10) is no longer 70 all within the limit 2612 - therefore the concentrator 2 The secondary can be located at the X optimal position for the search volume. If a conventional encoder is used, the configuration change is not known and therefore the configuration does not operate as desired (for example, energy source 2_ does not correctly generate solar energy on the poly (four)). The dipometer can be used in accordance with the aspects disclosed herein - solid state sensing ϋ '. The mass I can be suspended by attaching a _f gauge block to a small piece of a stable point (e.g., a support structure). The mass can also include wings to improve functionality. The electrostatic force moves the mass such that the mass is centered on a region. The mass can be pulled down if the associated unit points upwards at an angle. A counter force can be supplied to place the mass of the mass back to the center. The voltage used to place the mass back to the center of the region can be analyzed to determine an angle relative to gravity. Thus, with the disclosed invention, the solar disk 2604 can be automatically adjusted based on the alignment changes and thus the concentrator 26 can be brought into the energy limit 2612 in the configuration state 26〇2_. One of the angles of the solar disk 26〇4 and/or the concentrator 2610 with respect to gravity can be measured to determine the actual position and can be calculated for one of the desired positions. If the actual position is not approximately equal to the desired position, the solar dish 2604, base 2606, and other entities can be moved to the correct alignment. According to one embodiment, the configuration 26〇2 can remove the alignment error with the aggregator 261〇 by searching for a maximum current from at least one of the photovoltaic cells. The solar dish 2604 can be moved in a pattern to seek a maximum loss of 141,498. Doc -70- 201017905 Out. This maximum-relative position allows for correction-misalignment as compared to the rounding of the concentrator 2610. This correction can also be used to accurately point to one of the open loop ecliptic calculations of the energy source 6 even when the energy source 2606 is hidden (e.g., hidden by the cloud). Referring now to the '27'' disclosure, an exemplary system 27G() for adjusting a receiver (e.g., solar dish 2604 of Figure 26, concentrator 2610 of Figure 26, etc.) is used. In conventional operations, the receiver can follow when the huge source changes and the position of the receiver (for example, the change between the sun and the solar disk caused by the earth's rotation around the sun) Move to follow the source. However, there may be times when the source cannot be tracked in a physical manner, and in the case of more than one day or at night (for example, where the sun is expected to rise), the expected use may be used to determine that the reception should be Where the device is placed, for example, to position the receiver so that it is where the expected sun will rise. To facilitate the job, one of the desired positions of the receiver can be calculated based on time, date, longitude, latitude, and the like. At least one inclinometer can be used to measure the angle of the receiver relative to gravity. An acquisition component 2702 can collect a position of a receiver relative to gravity, which is typically viewed by the inclinometer. The acquisition component 2702 can be used to gather information about the The desired location of the receiver and the metadata of an actual location. The acquisition component 2702 can communicate the collected data (eg, desired location and gravity information) to an evaluation component 2704. Additionally, the component 27〇2 and/or evaluation is obtained. Component 2704 can process the gravity information to determine the actual location of one of the receivers. Evaluation component 2702 can position the receiver (eg, actual location) 141498. Doc 71 201017905 Compares the receiver with respect to a desired position of an energy source. The comparison is used to determine how one of the receivers should be moved (eg, how to move = the receiver, when to move the receiver, the reception) Where does the device move, whether the receiver should be moved at all, and so on). The raw gravity data (e.g., representing the receiver position) may be compared by the evaluation component 2704 against the expected gravity (e.g., representing the desired location) according to the "alternative embodiment'. The evaluation component 27G4 can transmit the result to the receiver capable of self-actual bit
置移動至-期望位置之一實體,例如一馬達(例如, 進馬達)。 另外,評價組件2704可更新該接收器及相關單元之作 業,以便自動嘗試該期望結果。舉例而言,可以實體方式 將具有聚集器之太陽能面板移動約一英里且因此用於定L 之預確疋s十算可係不準確的。藉由量測重力(例如,接收 器相對於重力之角度),可確定該接收器之實際位置應移 動。藉助此新知識’―重設可發生,以便根據該偏移來移 動接收器(例如,遵循移動之後與移動之前相反之一路Move to one of the desired positions, such as a motor (eg, into the motor). Additionally, the evaluation component 2704 can update the work of the receiver and associated units to automatically attempt the desired result. For example, it may be possible to physically move a solar panel with an aggregator by about one mile and thus the pre-determination for L may be inaccurate. By measuring gravity (e.g., the angle of the receiver relative to gravity), it can be determined that the actual position of the receiver should be moved. With this new knowledge, a reset can occur to move the receiver based on the offset (for example, following the move, one of the opposites of the move before moving)
因此T存在收集能夠自一天體能量源(例如,太陽)收 集能量之一聚集器(例如’能夠收集能量之-實體)相對於 重力之-位置之元資料之一獲得組件27〇2。根據一個實施 幻自傾角计收集該元資料。另外,可使用一評價組件 Μ一4來將該聚集器位置對照該聚集器相對於該天體能量源 之一期望位置進行比較,該比㈣來確定作出—變更以提 高該聚集器之有效性(例如,使有效性最大化)之一方式。 141498.doc •72- 201017905 舉例而s,該變更可係移動圖26之太陽能碟26〇4。 現在參照圖28 ’其揭示用以輔助相對於一能量源定位一 接收器之一實例性系統28〇〇。一獲得组件27〇2可收集一接 收器相對於重力之一位置(例如,收集位置資訊卜一計算 組件2802可汁算該能量源之期望位置(例如,該能量源之 允許朝向-太陽能聚集器之經改良或最大覆蓋範圍之一位 置)。根據一個實施例,藉由因子分解曰期、時間、該接 收器之經度及該接收器之緯度來計算該期望位置。一内部 時鐘可量測該時間及日冑,且使該時間及日期自一輔助實 體(例如,一衛星)傳送且可自一全球定位系統得到緯度及/ 或經度資訊。此外,一評估組件3〇4可藉助該接收器上之 重力之一角度之一量測來確定該接收器之一實際位置。計 算組件2802及/或評估組件28〇4之輸出可由獲得組件27〇2 收集且由一評價組件2704使用。評估組件28〇4可用作用於 藉由分析與施加於一收集器上之重力相關之元資料來計算 春該收集器之位置之構件。此外,計算組件28〇2可作為用於 計算該收集器之期望位置之構件運作,該計算係基於曰 期、時間、該接收器之經度及該收集器之緯度。另外,獲 得組件2702可貫施為用於自一量測構件獲得與施加於該收 集器上之重力相關之元資料之構件。 評價組件2704可將該接收器位置對照該接收器相對於一 能量源之一期望位置進行比較’該比較用來確定應移動該 接收器之一方式。然而,可使用更有效之方式及/或更準 確之方式來調整該接收器。舉例而言,若可以光學方式追 141498.doc •73· 201017905 縱該能量源,則不使用系統2800可係更有益的。評價組件 2704可用作用於將該收集器之計算位置對照該收集器之期 望位置進行比較之構件。因此’一定位組件3 〇6可得出是 否可確定(例如,以光學方式)一能量源之一位置之結論, 其中評價組件2〇4處理一否定結論。可使用人工智慧技術 來衡量確定該接收器應位於何處之不同方式之益處。 一結論組件2808可決定該接收器是否應依據該比較之一 結果移動。根據一個實施例,除評價組件27〇4之一結果以 外,結論組件2808亦可考量多個因素。“讣出”在一態樣 中,結論組件2808可至少部分基於…技術及所考量之多個 因素來產生一成本-效用分析以評估該接收器之移動活 力。作為一實例,一實際位置與一期望位置之間可存在一 極輕微差異,其中移動該接收器所消耗之電力(例如,成 本)將超過預期自一移動得到之物(效用)。作為另一實例, 當該聚集在不利運作條件(例如,天氣狀況,例如持續之 大風、多雲大氣)中運作時,移動該聚集器所消耗之電力 成本可超過在一期望位置處之作業之益處。因此,即使存 在一位置差異,結論組件28〇8亦可確定移動不應發生。另 外,即使實際位置與期望位置之間存在一差異,若估計不 會在一聚集器上丟失任何能量,則結論組件28〇8可確定一 移動係不當的。結論組件28〇8可作為用於得出該收集器基 於該比較之一結果是否應移動之結論之構件運作。 系統觸可使用-移動組件測(例如,一馬達驅動 -馬達之-實體等)來提供動力以移動該接收器。由於不 141498.doc 201017905 同移動組件2810可以不同方式運作,因此可產生關於應如 何移動該收集器之一特定方向集。一產生組件2812可產生 一方向集,該方向集指令應如何移動該接收器。產生組件 2812可將該方向集傳送至移動組件281〇。產生組件mu可 作為用於產生一方向集之構件運作,該方向集指令應如何 移動s亥收集器且由一收集器移位實體實施。Thus, T has the ability to acquire one of the meta-data of one of the concentrators (e.g., the entity capable of collecting energy) relative to the position of gravity from a body energy source (e.g., the sun) to obtain the component 27〇2. The meta data was collected according to an implementation of a magical inclinometer. Additionally, an evaluation component can be used to compare the concentrator position against a desired position of the concentrator relative to one of the celestial energy sources, the ratio (4) determining a make-change to increase the effectiveness of the concentrator ( For example, to maximize effectiveness). 141498.doc • 72- 201017905 By way of example, the change may be to move the solar disk 26〇4 of FIG. Referring now to Figure 28', an exemplary system 28 is disclosed for assisting in locating a receiver relative to an energy source. An acquisition component 27〇2 can collect a position of a receiver relative to gravity (eg, collect position information) a calculation component 2802 can calculate the desired position of the energy source (eg, the allowable orientation of the energy source - solar collector) One of the improved or maximum coverage locations. According to one embodiment, the desired position is calculated by factoring the period, time, longitude of the receiver, and the latitude of the receiver. An internal clock can measure the Time and day, and such time and date are transmitted from an auxiliary entity (eg, a satellite) and latitude and/or longitude information can be obtained from a global positioning system. Further, an evaluation component 3〇4 can be utilized by the receiver One of the angles of gravity is measured to determine the actual position of one of the receivers. The output of computing component 2802 and/or evaluation component 28〇4 can be collected by acquisition component 27〇2 and used by an evaluation component 2704. Evaluation component 28〇4 can be used as a means for calculating the position of the spring by analyzing the metadata associated with the gravity applied to a collector. Further, the calculation component 2 8〇2 can operate as a component for calculating the desired position of the collector based on the flood period, time, longitude of the receiver, and the latitude of the collector. Additionally, the acquisition component 2702 can be implemented for A component of the metadata associated with the gravity applied to the collector is obtained from a measuring component. The evaluation component 2704 can compare the receiver position against a desired position of the receiver relative to an energy source. To determine how one of the receivers should be moved. However, the receiver can be adjusted in a more efficient manner and/or more accurately. For example, if it can be optically traced 141498.doc • 73· 201017905 An energy source may be more beneficial without the use of system 2800. Evaluation component 2704 can be used as a means for comparing the calculated position of the collector to the desired position of the collector. Thus a 'positioning component 3 〇 6 can be derived Whether it is possible to determine (eg, optically) a position of one of the energy sources, wherein the evaluation component 2〇4 processes a negative conclusion. Artificial intelligence techniques can be used The benefit of measuring the different ways in which the receiver should be located. A conclusion component 2808 can determine whether the receiver should move according to one of the results of the comparison. According to one embodiment, in addition to one of the results of the evaluation component 27〇4, Conclusion Component 2808 can also take into account a number of factors. In an aspect, conclusion component 2808 can generate a cost-utility analysis based at least in part on the technology and the factors considered to evaluate the movement of the receiver. As an example, there may be a slight difference between an actual location and a desired location, wherein the power (eg, cost) consumed by moving the receiver will exceed what is expected from a mobile (utility). In another example, when the aggregation operates in adverse operating conditions (eg, weather conditions, such as persistent high winds, cloudy atmospheres), the cost of electricity consumed to move the aggregator may exceed the benefits of operations at a desired location. . Therefore, even if there is a position difference, the conclusion component 28〇8 can also determine that the movement should not occur. In addition, even if there is a difference between the actual position and the desired position, if it is estimated that no energy is lost on a concentrator, the conclusion component 28〇8 can determine that a mobile system is improper. Conclusion Component 28〇8 can function as a means for deriving conclusions as to whether the collector should move based on the result of one of the comparisons. System touch can be used - moving component measurements (eg, a motor drive - motor - entity, etc.) to provide power to move the receiver. Since the 141498.doc 201017905 can operate differently than the mobile component 2810, a particular set of directions can be generated as to how the collector should be moved. A generation component 2812 can generate a set of directions that command how the receiver should be moved. The generating component 2812 can transmit the set of directions to the moving component 281A. The generating component mu can operate as a component for generating a set of directions, how the set of instructions should be moved by the collector and implemented by a collector shifting entity.
該方向集可能不會如預期那樣實施。舉例而言,由於隨 著時間之磨損,一馬達之部件可變更功能性且不會如預期 那樣執行。一回饋組件2814可確定在該方向集由移動組件 2810實施後該方向集是否導致一期望之結果。在一態樣 中’回饋組件2814可利用且包括一個或多個傾角計來:定This set of directions may not be implemented as expected. For example, components of a motor can change functionality over time due to wear and tear and do not perform as expected. A feedback component 2814 can determine whether the set of directions results in a desired result after the set of directions is implemented by the mobile component 2810. In one aspect, the feedback component 2814 can utilize and include one or more inclinometers:
一收集器或接收器是否已如該方向集所規定的那樣移動。 舉例而言’若在實施該方向集之後,該收集器相對於重力 場之角度並非係一目標角度,則回饋組件2814可確定該 結果並非係意欲結果。相應地,#由利用—個或多個傾角 計,回饋組件28U可至少部分地診斷一移動作業之完整 性,該完整性可受移動組件281〇影響。作為移動作業之完 整性之-實例,回聽件2814可確㈣成-較佳位置,例 如-非生產維修位置。若該方向集導致期望之結果(例 如,該接收器移動至期望位置),則可增加與產生組件 ^12之作業相關之—置信等級。然而,若回饋組件2814读 疋未達到期望之結果,則一調適組件2816可就所作出之關 於方向集之確定來修改產生組件2812之作業(例如,修改 並測試用於產生該方向集之電腦程式碼)。應瞭解,回饋 141498.doc -75· 201017905 組件2814及/或調適組件2816可以一類似方式變更系統 2800或本說明書中所揭示之其他組件之作業以改良作業。 回饋組件2814可作為用於確定在該方向集由該收集器移位 實體實施後該方向集是否導致一期望之結果之構件運作。 調適組件2816可用作用於就所作出之關於方向集之確定來 修改該產生構件之作業之構件。 現在參照圖29,其揭示用於調整量測關於一接收器之重 力資訊之實體之一實例性系統29〇〇。一獲得組件27〇2可收 集一接收器相對於重力之一位置,其通常由一傾角器產❿ 生。一評價組件2704可將接收器位置對照該接收器相對於 月b量源之期望位置進行比較,該比較可用來確定在一 實際位置與期望位置不大致相等之情形下應移動該接收器 之一方式。 至少一個傾角器可能未對準,使得不會產生一準確結 果。一確定組件2902可識別量測該接收器相對於重力之位 置之一實體之-未對準或偏移。該識別可藉由處理使用者 輸入(例如,來自一技術員)、藉由人工智慧技術等發生。〇 確定組件2902可作為用於識別用於量測收集器相對於重力 之位置之構件之一未對準或一偏移之構件運作。一校正組 件29二可自動確定調整該未對《或該偏移之一方式且作出 一適當校正。The校正組件2904可實施為用於校正用於量 測該收集器相對於重力之位置之構件之—未對準或一偏移 之構件。 現在參照圖3〇’其揭示用於藉助一詳細獲得組件a繼定 141498.doc -76- 201017905 位一太陽能接收考夕 ^ °之一實例性系統3〇00。獲得組件2702可 收集-接收器相對於重力之—位置。為促進作業,獲得組 件7〇2可使用通信組件3002來與實體(例如,圖28之計 算組件2802)唾合以傳送資訊,例如發送對資訊之一請 求自冑助源接收資訊等。作業可以無線方式、以一硬 接線方式、㈣安全性技術⑼如,加密)等來發生。資訊 傳送可係主動的(例如,詢問/回應)或被動的(例如,公共 通L訊號之i测)。此外,通信组件遍2可制各種保護 特,例如對所收集之資料執行—病毒掃描且阻檔對於一 病毋為積極之資sfl。通信組件3〇〇2可作為用於將指令集傳 送至收集器移位實體之構件運作,該收集器移位實體實施 該指令集。 可使用一搜索組件3004來定位資訊源。舉例而言,系統 3 000可插入具有聚集器之預製作太陽能碟。搜索組件綱* 可識別-傾肖計之-位置且執行校準。另外,搜索組件 φ 3〇04可用於識別資訊之外來源。在一說明性實例中,若一 組態不包括一内部時鐘,則搜索組件3004可識別一時間源 且獲得組件2702可自該時間源收集資訊。 儘管獲得組件2702可收集各種各樣之資訊,但過多資訊 可具有一消極影響,例如消耗寶貴之系統資源。因此,一 濾光器組件3006可分析所獲得之資訊且確定何種資訊應傳 遞至可確定一接收器是否應移動之一評價組件2704。在一 個實例中,濾光器組件3006可確定一重力讀數之一新鮮 度。若自一先前讀數存在較小改變或無改變,則可刪除資 141498.doc -77- 201017905 汛且不傳送该資訊。根據—個實施例,濾光器組件%⑽可 檢驗資訊及/或聚合資訊。舉例而言,若—第—時間由三 個源產生且一第二時間由—個源產生,則可忽視該第二時 間且可傳送一個代表該三個源之時間之記錄。 不同條資訊(例如,所收集之元資料、組件運作指令(例 如,通信組件3002)、源位置、組件本身等)可保存於儲存 器3008上。儲存H3GG8可配置為多個不同組態,包括作為 隨機存取記憶體、電池供電記憶體、硬磁碟、磁帶等。可 在儲存器2708上實施各種特徵,例如壓縮及自動備份(例 如,使用獨立媒動器組態之一冗餘陣列Wb夕卜,儲存器 3_可作為可以運作方式叙合至—處理器(圖中未緣示)之 記憶體運作且可實施為與一運作記憶體形式不同之一記憶 體形式。 ~ 現在參照圖3 1,其揭示用於藉由一詳細評價組件27〇4定 位一太陽能接收器之一實例性系統31〇〇。一獲得組件27〇2 可收集一接收器相對於重力之一位置。一評價組件27〇4可 將該接收器位置對照該接收器相對於一能量源之—期望位 置進行比較,該比較用來確定應移動該接收器之一方式。 一人工智慧組件31〇2可用於根據本文中所揭示之至少一 個態樣來執行至少一個確定或至少一個推斷。舉例而言, 可使用人工智慧技術來估計可自一聚集器之一移動得^之 一電量。如上所述,人工智慧組件31〇2可根據實施本文中 所闡述之各種自動化態樣而採用眾多方法中之一種方法來 自資料學習且隨後得出推斷及/或作出與跨越多個镩存單 141498.doc -78- 201017905 元動態儲存資訊相關之自治確定(例如,(例如)由使用一 Baye_模型計分或近似值、線性分類器(例如,支援向量 機(隨))、非線性分類器(例如,稱作「神經網路」方法 之方法、模糊邏輯方法及執行資料融合之其他方法等)之 結構搜索形成之隱藏式Mark〇v模型(hmm)及相關原型相依 性模型、更一般概率性圖形模型,例如以㈣姐網路)。此 外,人工智慧組件3H)2亦可包括用於捕獲邏輯關係(例 如’定理證明器或更多基於啟發式規則之專家系統)之方 法。在由-全異(第三)方設計之某些案例中,人工智慧組 件3 1 02可表示為一外部可插拔組件。 一管理組件3104可調節評價組件27〇4以及本文中所揭示 之其他組件之作業。舉例而言,可能存在不能夠㈣到太 陽之相對長之時間週期。然而,由於環境可改變且多個移 動可發生(例如,儘管浪費能量),因此系統31〇〇可預先成 熟以便一不能夠偵測到太陽便運作❶因此,管理組件31〇4 籲可辞定獲得組件2702收集資訊、作出比較、產生用於移動 之一方向集等之一適當時間。一旦確定運作將合理地發 生’則可產生並強制執行適當指令。 一補償組件3106可計及一結果之額外原因且作出適當補 償。舉例而言,在夜間,可對具有一收集器之一組態進行 修理,該修理預期在日出之前完成。當一期望值與實際值 之間存在差異,由於將可能進行一外部校正,因此系統 3100運作可係浪費的。因此,補償組件31〇6可確定作業不 應發生。 141498.doc -79- 201017905 一檢查組件3 108可確定資訊適當地轉換以確保準確作 業。由於可自不同位置收集關於實際值或期望值之資訊, 因此資訊可能係不同格式。舉例而言,期望位置重力資气 可用英尺/秒表示,而實際位置重力資訊可用米/秒表示。 檢查組件3108可確定一適當格式且確保正確轉換自動發 生。Whether a collector or receiver has moved as specified by the direction set. For example, if the angle of the collector relative to the gravitational field is not a target angle after the set of directions is implemented, the feedback component 2814 can determine that the result is not an intended result. Accordingly, by utilizing one or more inclinometers, the feedback component 28U can at least partially diagnose the integrity of a mobile job that can be affected by the mobile component 281. As an example of the integrity of the mobile work, the answering member 2814 can be (four) into a preferred location, such as a non-production repair location. If the set of directions results in a desired result (e.g., the receiver moves to a desired position), the confidence level associated with the job that generated component ^12 can be increased. However, if the feedback component 2814 does not achieve the desired result, an adaptation component 2816 can modify the operation of the generation component 2812 with respect to the determination of the set of directions made (eg, modify and test the computer used to generate the direction set) Code). It should be appreciated that feedback 141498.doc -75· 201017905 component 2814 and/or adaptation component 2816 can alter the operation of system 2800 or other components disclosed in this specification in a similar manner to improve the operation. The feedback component 2814 can function as a means for determining whether the set of directions results in a desired result after the set of directions is implemented by the collector shifting entity. The adaptation component 2816 can be used as a component for modifying the operation of the generation component with respect to the determination of the set of directions made. Referring now to Figure 29, an exemplary system 29 for adjusting an entity for measuring gravity information about a receiver is disclosed. An acquisition component 27〇2 collects a position of the receiver relative to gravity, which is typically produced by an inclinometer. An evaluation component 2704 can compare the receiver position against a desired position of the receiver relative to the month b source, the comparison being used to determine that one of the receivers should be moved if the actual position is not substantially equal to the desired position the way. At least one of the inclinometers may be misaligned so that an accurate result is not produced. A determining component 2902 can identify a misalignment or offset of one of the locations of the receiver relative to gravity. This identification can occur by processing user input (e.g., from a technician), by artificial intelligence techniques, and the like. The 〇 determining component 2902 can function as a member for identifying misalignment or an offset of one of the components used to measure the position of the collector relative to gravity. A calibration component 29 can automatically determine to adjust the one of the "or offsets" and make an appropriate correction. The correction component 2904 can be implemented as a member for correcting a misalignment or an offset of a member for measuring the position of the collector relative to gravity. Referring now to Figure 3A, there is disclosed an exemplary system 3〇00 for receiving a 141498.doc-76-201017905 bit by a detailed acquisition component a. The acquisition component 2702 can collect the position of the receiver relative to gravity. To facilitate the job, the acquisition component 702 can use the communication component 3002 to reconcile with the entity (e.g., the computing component 2802 of Figure 28) to transmit information, such as sending a request for information from the source to receive information, and the like. The job can occur wirelessly, in a hardwired manner, (d) in a security technique (9), such as encryption, etc. Information transmission can be active (for example, inquiry/response) or passive (for example, public communication). In addition, the communication component can perform various protection features, such as performing a virus scan on the collected data and blocking the file as a positive resource for a disease. The communication component 3.1 can function as a component for transmitting the set of instructions to the collector shifting entity, which implements the set of instructions. A search component 3004 can be used to locate the information source. For example, system 3 000 can be inserted into a pre-made solar dish with an aggregator. The search component class* recognizes the position and performs calibration. In addition, the search component φ 3〇04 can be used to identify sources other than information. In an illustrative example, if a configuration does not include an internal clock, search component 3004 can identify a time source and obtain component 2702 can collect information from the time source. Although the acquisition component 2702 can collect a wide variety of information, too much information can have a negative impact, such as consuming valuable system resources. Accordingly, a filter assembly 3006 can analyze the obtained information and determine what information should be passed to an evaluation component 2704 that can determine if a receiver should move. In one example, filter assembly 3006 can determine a freshness of a gravity reading. If there is a small change or no change from a previous reading, you can delete the capital 141498.doc -77- 201017905 and do not transmit the information. According to one embodiment, the filter assembly % (10) can verify information and/or aggregate information. For example, if the first time is generated by three sources and the second time is generated by one source, the second time can be ignored and a record representing the time of the three sources can be transmitted. Different pieces of information (e.g., collected meta-data, component operational instructions (e.g., communication component 3002), source location, component itself, etc.) may be stored on memory 3008. Storage The H3GG8 can be configured in a number of different configurations, including as random access memory, battery-backed memory, hard disk, tape, and more. Various features may be implemented on the storage 2708, such as compression and automatic backup (eg, using a redundant array of independent actuator configurations, the storage 3_ may be operatively reconfigurable to the processor ( The memory of the figure (not shown) operates and can be implemented as a memory form different from a working memory form. ~ Referring now to Figure 3 1, it is disclosed for positioning a solar energy by a detailed evaluation component 27〇4 One of the receivers is an exemplary system 31. An acquisition component 27〇2 can collect a position of a receiver relative to gravity. An evaluation component 27〇4 can compare the receiver position to the receiver relative to an energy source. The desired position is compared for determining how one of the receivers should be moved. An artificial intelligence component 31〇2 can be used to perform at least one determination or at least one inference in accordance with at least one aspect disclosed herein. For example, artificial intelligence techniques can be used to estimate the amount of power that can be moved from one of the aggregators. As described above, the artificial intelligence component 31〇2 can be as illustrated in the implementation of this document. The various automated aspects described are derived from data learning using one of a number of methods and then inferred and/or made autonomous determinations related to dynamic storage information across multiple deposit sheets (eg, 141498.doc -78-201017905) (eg, (for example) by using a Baye_ model score or approximation, a linear classifier (eg, support vector machine (s)), a nonlinear classifier (eg, a method called a "neural network" method, a fuzzy logic method, and The structure of the data fusion method, etc.), the hidden Mark〇v model (hmm) and the related prototype dependency model, and the more general probabilistic graphical model, for example, (4) sister network. In addition, the artificial intelligence component 3H 2 can also include methods for capturing logical relationships (such as 'theorem prover or more expert systems based on heuristic rules). In some cases designed by the disparate (third) side, the artificial intelligence component 3 1 02 can be represented as an external pluggable component. A management component 3104 can adjust the operation of the evaluation component 27〇4 and other components disclosed herein. For example, there may be a relatively long period of time that cannot (4) to the sun. However, since the environment can change and multiple movements can occur (eg, despite wasting energy), the system 31 can be pre-mature so that it can operate without detecting the sun, thus the management component 31〇4 can be resigned. The acquisition component 2702 collects information, makes a comparison, generates an appropriate time for moving one of the direction sets, and the like. Appropriate instructions can be generated and enforced once it is determined that the operation will occur reasonably. A compensation component 3106 can account for additional causes of a result and make appropriate compensation. For example, at night, a configuration with one of the collectors can be repaired, which is expected to be completed before sunrise. When there is a difference between an expected value and an actual value, the operation of the system 3100 can be wasted since an external correction will be possible. Therefore, the compensation component 31〇6 can determine that the job should not occur. 141498.doc -79- 201017905 An inspection component 3 108 can determine that the information is properly converted to ensure accurate operation. Since information about actual or expected values can be collected from different locations, the information may be in different formats. For example, the desired position gravity can be expressed in feet per second, while the actual position gravity information can be expressed in meters per second. Inspection component 3108 can determine an appropriate format and ensure that the correct conversion occurs automatically.
現在參照圖32,其揭示用於管理一能量收集器之一實例 性方法3200。在事件3202處通常可基於施加於一能量收集 器上之重力來計算該收集器之一當前位置。可在動作32〇4 處獲得關於該收集器之各種元資料。動作32〇4可代表收集 曰期資訊、時間資訊、該收集器之經度資訊及該收集器之 緯度資訊。基於所獲得元資料之至少一部分,可存在可包 括計算該收集器之一預想位置之動作32〇6,該計算係基於 日期、時間、該收集器之經度及該收集器之緯度。Referring now to Figure 32, an exemplary method 3200 for managing an energy harvester is disclosed. At event 3202, the current position of one of the collectors can typically be calculated based on the gravitational force applied to an energy harvester. Various metadata about the collector can be obtained at action 32〇4. Action 32〇4 may represent the collection of flood time information, time information, longitude information of the collector, and latitude information of the collector. Based on at least a portion of the obtained metadata, there may be an action 32〇6 that may include calculating an expected location of the collector based on the date, time, longitude of the collector, and the latitude of the collector.
在動作3208處可存在作出該收集器之計算位置對照該收 集器之一預想位置之間的一比較。通常,該計算位置係基 於施加於該收集器上之重力。一檢查321〇可基於該比較之 -結果而得出該收集器是否應移動之結論。根據__個實施 例,該計算位置與預想位置之間的任—差異可導致建議之 移動。然而,可實踐其他組態,例如允許輕微公差。 若檢查32H)得出移動係不適當之結論,則方法伽可 回至計算-期望位置。可形成-環路以保持檢查直至一 動係適當^然而’可存在用於得“結論後結束方 3200之程序。若該結論係肯定的,即移動係適當的,則 141498.doc •80. 201017905 事件3212處可存在產生關於如何將該收集器移動至大約該 期望位置之一指令集。關於該指令集之檢驗可發生且在動 作3214處’可存在將該指令集傳送至一移動實體,與該收 集器相關聯之移動實體實施該指令集。 現在參照圖33,其揭示用於確定關於一能量收集器之移 動之一實例性方法3300。可在事件3302處進行對一收集器 上之重力之一量測。舉例而言,一傾角計可量測沿兩個軸 之淨重力。可以可罝測一太陽能碟相對於重力所指向之 一角度之一方式來將一對傾角計牢固地附接至該太陽能 碟。此資料用作至在動作3304處將實際值對照—期望值進 行比較之一微處理器之回饋。可根據一安裝之緯度及經度 及/或時間及日期來計算該期望值’其建立聚集器應指向 之方向。可將此期望值表達為相對於重力向量之一方向。 當確定一移動是否應發生時,該聚集器之對準可能不應 =唯-因素。舉例而言,在事件3遍處,可存在估計將該 聚集器自一實際位置移動至—期望位置所適當之一電量。 在動作3308處可彼此對照衡量不同因素(例如,藉由一估 計識別之來自不在期望位置處之聚集器之能量才員失、所估 計:電肖耗等)且在事件331〇處可作出該碟是否應移動 之一確定;衡量不同因素可包括實施移動聚集器之益處對 與其相關聯之費用之成本_效用分析,其中該(等)費用可包 含電力消耗、實施維修組態(例如,聚集器之—安全位置) ,成本或諸如此類。在一實例性情景中’當聚集在不利天 孔狀况(例如’持續之大風、多雲大氣)中運作時,移動該 141498.doc •81 · 201017905 聚集器所消耗之電力成本可超過在—期望位置處之作業之 益處。若該碟不應移動,則方法33〇〇可返回至量測重力。 ’、、、而右確定該碟應移動,則可在動作3312處評價一馬達 乂數且可在事件33 14處產生一方向集以使該馬達相應地 移動該碟。 出於簡化解釋之目的,將可根據所揭示之標的物實施之 方法緣示並闡述為一系列塊。然而,應理解及瞭解所主 張之標的物不受該等塊之次序限制’此乃因某些塊可以不 同於本文中所繪示及闡述之次序發生及/或與其他塊同時® 發生此外’實施下文所述之方法可並不需要所有所圖解 說明之塊。另外’應進一步瞭解,本說明書通篇中所揭示 之方法能夠儲存於一製品上,以促進將此類方法運送或傳 送至電腦。本文所用術語製品意欲囊括可自任一電腦可讀 器件、載體或媒體存取之一電腦程式。 可大規棋生產之太醑能收集器 根據一態樣的係包含附接至一骨幹支撐件之至少四個陣 列之一太陽能收集器。每-陣列可包含至少—個反射表© 面。太陽能收集器亦包括該骨幹支撐件及該至少四個陣列 可在其上傾斜、旋轉或降低之一極座架。該極座架可定位 於一重心處或其附近。此外,太陽能收集器可包括以運作 方式連接至一可移動座架及一固定座架之一極座架支撐 ’。可自用力降低該太陽能收集器之可移動座架移除該極 座架支撲臂。該骨幹支樓件可包含一收集裝置,該收集裝 置包含用於促進太陽能向電能之一轉變之複數個光伏打電 141498.doc -82- 201017905 池°亥至少四個陣列中之每一者包含形成為抛物面形狀之 複數個太陽能翼,每一太陽能翼包含複數個支撐肋。此 外’太陽此收集器可包括使該至少四個陣列繞一垂直軸旋 轉之一定位器件。 根據另一態樣的係一太陽能翼總成,該太陽能翼總成包 含以運作方式附接至一成形樑之複數個反射鏡支撐肋及置 於該複數個反射鏡支撐肋上且固定至該成形樑之一反射 鏡。該複數個反射鏡支撐肋中之反射鏡支撐肋對可係相同 大小以形成一抛物面形狀。此外,太陽能翼總成可包含將 該反射鏡固定至該成形樑之複數個反射鏡夾。 首先參照圖34 ’其圖解說明根據一態樣與習用太陽能收 集器總成相比經簡化之一太陽能翼總成3400。太陽能翼總 成3400利用一成形樑34〇2,該成形樑可係矩形,如所圖解 說明。根據某些態樣,該成形樑可係其他幾何形狀(例 如’正方形、橢圓形、圓形、三角形等多個所形成之 反射鏡支撐肋 3404、3406、3408、3410、3412及 3414以運 作方式附接至成形樑3402。反射鏡支撐肋3404至3414可係 任一合適材料,例如塑膠(例如,塑膠注入模製)、形成之 金屬等。 反射鏡支撐肋3404至3414可以各種方式運作地附接至成 形樑3402。舉例而言,每一反射鏡支撐肋3404、3406、 3408、3410、3412及3414可包括一夾總成,該夾總成可允 許每一反射鏡支撐肋3404、3406、3408、3410、3412及 3414夾至成形樑3402上。然而,可利用用於將該等反射鏡 141498.doc • 83 - 201017905 支撐肋附接至成形樑3402之其他技術,例如在該等反射鏡 支撐肋下方滑動該反射鏡及藉助鉤或其他固定組件將該反 射鏡固定到位。根據某些態樣’可將成形樑3402及反射鏡 支撐肋 3404、3406、3408、3410、3412及 3414構造為一單 個總成。 反射鏡支撐肋3404至3414中之反射鏡支撐肋對可係一相 同大小以便將一反射鏡3416形成(且固持)為一抛物面形 狀°術語「大小」係指每一反射鏡支撐肋3404、3 406、 3408、3410、3412及3414自成形樑3402至反射鏡接觸表面 之總高度。此外,每一對反射鏡支撐肋之大小或高度係與 其他對不同之高度(例如,一中間支撐肋之高度比成形樑 之任一端處之一支撐肋之高度短)。 依據每一反射鏡支樓肋3404、3406、3408、3410、3412 及3414之總高度,自反射鏡3416至成形樑3402之距離在各 個位置處可不同。每一對反射鏡支撐肋沿該樑間隔開且附 加於不同位置處以達成一期望抛物面形狀。舉例而言,一 第一對包含反射鏡支撐肋3408及反射鏡支撐肋3410。一第 二對包含反射鏡支撐肋3406及反射鏡支撐肋3412且一第三 對包含反射鏡支撐肋3404及反射鏡支撐肋3414。該第一對 支撐肋3408及3410具有一第一高度,該第二對反射鏡支撐 肋3406及3412具有一第二高度,且該第三對反射鏡支撐肋 3404及3414具有一第三高度。在此實例中,該第三高度高 於該第二高度’且該第二高度高於該第一高度。因此,一 第一對(例如,反射鏡支撐肋3408及3410)將反射鏡3416固 141498.doc -84- 201017905 持於比第二對(例如,反射鏡支撐肋3406及3412)固持該反 射鏡之位置(其更遠離成形樑3402)更靠近成形樑3402之一 位置處,且以此類推。 根據某些態樣,反射鏡支撐肋3404至3414可在一第一端 處置於成形樑3402上且可沿成形樑3402滑動或移動且放置 到位。根據其他態樣,可以其他方式(例如,搭扣到位、 鎖定到位等)將反射鏡支撐肋3404至3414附接至成形樑 3402 ° 圖35圖解說明根據一態樣圖34之太陽能翼總成之另一視 圖。如所圖解說明,太陽能翼總成3400包括一成形樑3402 及附接至成形樑3402之多個支撐肋。所圖解說明的係六個 反射鏡支撐肋 3404、3406、3408、3410、3412及3414。然 而,應理解,更多或更少之支撐肋可與所揭示之態樣一同 使用。以運作方式連接至每一支撐肋3404至3414的係一反 射鏡3416,將在下文中加以詳細論述。 圖36圖解說明根據一態樣其中一反射鏡3416位於一部分 不安全位置處之一太陽能翼總成3400之一部分之一實例性 示意性表示3600。圖37圖解說明根據一態樣其中一反射鏡 34 16位於一安全位置處之一太陽能翼總成3400之一實例性 示意性表示3700。為便於解釋及理解,將一同論述圖36及 圖37。 如所圖解說明,太陽能翼總成3400之部分包括一成形樑 3 402。反射鏡支撐肋3404及反射鏡支撐肋3406(以及其他 反射鏡支撐肋)以運作方式連接至成形樑3402。此外,一 141498.doc -85 - 201017905 反射鏡3416以運作方式連接至反射鏡支撐肋3404及反射鏡 支撐肋3406。 可以一扁平條件供應包含反光鏡材料之反射鏡3416。為 將反射鏡3416成形為一拋物面形狀,可將反射鏡3416置於 每一反射鏡支撐肋3404及3406(等等)之頂部上。一反射鏡 夾3 602可抵靠反射鏡支撐肋3404固持反射鏡3416且反射鏡 夾3604可抵靠反射鏡支撐肋3406固持反射鏡3416。在圖36 及圖37中圖解說明每一反射鏡支撐肋3404、3406之僅一個 反射鏡夾3602、3604。然而,應瞭解,每一反射鏡支撐肋 _ 可包括兩個(或多於兩個)反射鏡夹。 反射鏡夾3702可在一第一位置3706處定位於反射鏡3416 上方(如圖37中所圖解說明)。為抵靠反射鏡支撐肋3404鎖 定反射鏡3416,將反射鏡夾3602移動至一第二位置 3 702(如圖37中所圖解說明)且以運作方式與反射鏡支撐肋 3404嚙合。反射鏡3416以一類似方式沿成形樑3402之長度 以運作方式與每一反射鏡支撐肋3404至3414嚙合(例如, 如由反射鏡夾3604所圖解說明)。 該等反射鏡夾(例如,反射鏡夾3602)被圖解說明為在中 間具有一開口之一圓環形狀(例如,母連接器),從而允許 反射鏡夾3602與位於反射鏡支撐肋34〇4之一第一侧3610處 之一公連接器3608嚙合。一第二反射鏡夾(圖中未繪示)可 與位於反射鏡支撐肋3404之一第二側3614上之一公連接器 3612嚙合。應理解,儘管一母連接器與反射鏡夾36〇2相關 聯且參照反射鏡支撐肋3404闡述一公連接器3608、3612, 141498.doc -86· 201017905 但所揭示之態樣並不如此受限制。舉例而言,反射鏡夾 3602可係一公連接器。根據某些態樣,反射鏡夾36〇2可係 一公連接器或一母連接器’只要反射鏡夾3602可以運作方 式嚙合至反射鏡支撐肋3404(例如,反射鏡支撐肋3404提 供匹配之連接器)。 應理解,反射鏡夾3602並不限於所圖解說明及闡述之設 計,乃因可利用其他夾,只要反射鏡3416與每一反射鏡支 樓肋34〇4至3414牢固地嚙合。抵靠每一反射鏡支撐肋34〇4 ® 至3414固定反射鏡3416可幫助實現反射鏡3416在運輸、組 裝或利用一個或多個太陽能翼總成之一連接器總成之使用 期間不會自反射鏡支撐肋3404至3414脫離。應理解,可利 用任一扣件來將反射鏡3416固定至反射鏡支撐肋3404且所 繪示及闡述之扣件用於實例性目的。 根據某些態樣,反射鏡夾3602、3604經組態使得反射鏡 夾3 602、3 604不會旋轉。舉例而言,可利用一螺母與螺絲 籲 組合,其中螺絲於一反射鏡接觸表面3 616上方突出,舉例 而言’該反射鏡接觸表面自連接器3 60 8至連接器3612延伸 反射鏡支撐肋3404之長度。根據某些態樣,反射鏡夾 3602、3604可包括抗旋轉特徵,使得一旦放置到位,則反 射鏡夾3602、3604不會移動(除自第一位置36〇6至第二位 置3702,且反之亦然)。 根據某些態樣’每一反射鏡夹3602、3604之大小取決於 反射鏡3416之厚度。由於反射鏡3416係鎖定於反射鏡支撐 肋3404與反射鏡夾3602、3604之間,因此一較厚反射鏡 141498.doc -87· 201017905 3416將使使用較小反射鏡夾3602、3604成為必要。類似 地,一較薄反射鏡3416可使使用較大反射鏡夾3602、3604 成為必要以減輕該反射鏡沿支撐肋3404至3414滑動之機 會。根據某些態樣,反射鏡夾3602、3604之大小取決於是 否利用具有抗破損襯背之一反射鏡或是否利用一不同類型 之反射鏡(例如,鋁反射鐃)。 使反射鏡夾3602、3604與反射鏡厚度匹配可進一步幫助 實現反射鏡3416不會在支撐肋3404至3414與反射鏡夾 3602、3604之間變動其位置。若反射鏡3416變動(例如,® 移動),則其可導致反射鏡3416在運輸、現場組裝期間或 當採用一個或多個太陽能翼總成3400之一太陽能收集器總 成投入使用(例如,降低該太陽能收集器總成之翼,旋轉 該總成、傾斜該總成等)時斷裂,如將在下文中更加詳細 地闡述。 再次參照圖34,可利用一批太陽能翼總成3400來形成一 反射鏡翼陣列。舉例而言’可並肩放置七個太陽能翼總成 〇 來形成一反射鏡翼陣列。四個類似反射鏡翼陣列(舉例而 言,每一者包含七個太陽能翼總成3400)可形成一太陽能 收集器總成。然而’應理解’可利用更多或更少之太陽能 翼總成3400來形成一反射鏡翼陣列且可利用任—數目之反 射鏡翼陣列來形成一太陽能收集總成且所繪示及闡述之實 例用於簡明之目的。將參照以下圖式更全面地闡述關於一 元整太陽能收集總成之構造之其他資訊。 圖38圖解說明根據一態樣一太陽能翼總成34〇〇之一部分 141498.doc -88· 201017905 之另一實例性示意性表示3800。在此實例中,利用兩個鉤 3802及3804來將反射鏡3416抵靠反射鏡支撐肋(例如,圖 34及35之反射鏡支撐肋3404及反射鏡支撐肋3414)牢固地 嚙合。為附接反射鏡3416,該反射鏡可自一第一端(例 如’在反射鏡支撐肋3404處)滑動至一第二端(例如,在反 射鏡支撐肋3414處’圖解說明於圖34及35中)。反射鏡 341 6可在與沿太陽能翼總成34〇〇之長度之反射鏡支撐肋相 關聯之反射鏡央或止播爽下方滑動。以一端裝載方式滑動 反射鏡3416可類似於將一擋風玻璃雨刷片替換物安裝於一 汽車上。 根據某些態樣,可預安裝反射鏡夾。類似於鉤3 8〇2及 3S04之鉤可定位於太陽能翼總成34〇〇之第二端處(例如, 在反射鏡支撐肋3414處)且可用於在期望位置處止擒該反 射鏡。當反射鏡3416沿太陽能翼總成3400之長度嗔合時, 鉤3802及3804可用於將該反射鏡固定到位。 圖3 9圖解說明根據所揭示之態樣一太陽能收集器總成之 一骨幹結構3900。如所圖解說明,可利用矩形樑39〇2及 3904、兩個支樓件3 906及3908及一中央收集裝置3910來形 成骨幹結構3900。然而,應理解,該等樑可利用其他形狀 且所揭示之態樣並不限於矩形樑。該等樑與板附接在一起 且經軟銲以形成骨幹結構3900。根據某些態樣,使用常見 大小之板來簡化總成。中央收集裝置391〇可包含用於促進 太陽能向電能之轉變之光伏打電池。 可將多個太陽能翼總成3400附接至骨幹結構39〇〇。圖4〇 141498.doc -89- 201017905 圖解說明根據一態樣一太陽能翼總成3400及可用於將陽能 翼總成3400附接至(圖39之)骨幹結構3900之一托架4002之 一示意性表示4000。托架4002之一第一端4004可以運作方 式連接至(圖39之)矩形樑3902。舉例而言,托架4004之第 一端可具有導洞,其中一者標記於4006處,其藉助螺栓或 其他扣件器件允許將托架4002連接至矩形樑3902。根據某 些態樣,托架4002係軟銲至矩形樑3902。 太陽能翼總成3400以運作方式連接至托架4002之一第二 端4008,托架4002被圖解說明為一矩形樑。可以以下方式 將其他太陽能翼總成3400固定至矩形樑3902 :當運作太陽 能總成(例如,降低太陽能收集器總成之翼、旋轉該總 成、傾斜該總成等)時,太陽能翼總成3400不會與骨幹結 構3900脫離。根據某些態樣,常見翼面板之經簡化角牽安 裝允許容易之現場組裝。主樑可在工廠預先鑽有角牽安裝 洞,使得不需要現場對準。形成於該等角牽部件中之角度 可幫助將有翼面板保持在相對於主樑之恰當角度。 圖41圖解說明根據一態樣代表太陽能翼總成3400至骨幹 結構3900之一配置之一實例性焦距4100之一示意性表示。 應注意,該圖解說明代表用於抛物面有翼面板之角牽板之 一常見焦距安裝圖案之一實例且所揭示之態樣並不限於此 安裝圖案。 太陽能翼總成3400可配置為使得每一太陽能翼總成具有 至接收器之大致相同之焦距。根據某些態樣,可包括一個 或多個接收器。該一個或多個接收器可包括促進能量轉換 141498.doc -90- 201017905 (光轉換為電)及/或收穫熱能量(例如,藉由具有吸收在該 一個或多個接收器處形成之熱量之一循環流體之一蛇管) 之一光伏打(pv)模組。根據某些態樣,該(等)接收器收穫 熱、PV或熱及PV兩者。應注意,所圖解說明之度數及其 他量測值僅用於實例性目的且所揭示之態樣並不限於此等 實例。 在4 102處所圖解說明的係其中太陽能反射器4104以一直 線組態或一槽設計以運作方式連接至一主支撐樑之一態 樣。在此態樣中,該等接收器未必處於距一接收器4106之 一類似焦距處。如所圖解說明,線4108指示一支撐框架上 之一附接線。 現在參照圖42,所圖解說明的係根據一態樣利用包含多 個太陽能翼總成3400之四個陣列4202、4204、4206及4208 之一太陽能收集總成4200之一示意性圖解說明。每一陣列 4202、4204、4206、4208可包括(舉例而言)彼此橫向配置 之七個太陽能翼總成3400。舉例而言,陣列4208中有七個 太陽能翼總成3400,如所標記。每一陣列4202、4204、 4206、4208可附接至骨幹結構3900,且更具體而言,附接 至矩形樑3902。根據某些態樣,可利用更多或更少之太陽 能翼總成3400來形成一陣列4202、4204、4206或4208且可 利用更多或更少之陣列4202至4208來形成一太陽能收集總 成4200且所揭示之態樣並不限於四個此類總成。 太陽能收集總成4200可具有位於一接收器桅桿(未圖解 說明)上之一平衡重心,太陽能收集總成4200可繞該平衡 141498.doc -91 - 201017905 重心傾斜或旋轉。圖43圖解說明可與所揭示之態樣一同使 用之一經簡化極座架4300。一重心可用作(圖42之)太陽能 收集總成4200在該經簡化極座架4300上之一安裝點。極座 架4300在此重心處之定位允許移動收集器以便於使用、維 護、健存或諸如此類。 舉例而言,可使太陽能收集總成4200透過一赤緯軸而相 對於一極座架支撐臂4302傾斜。極座架支撐臂4302可與地 球之表面對準,使得極座架支撐臂4302平行於地球之旋轉 轴之傾斜而對準,將在下文中對此進一步詳細論述。一定 位器件4304(例如,一致動器)以運作方式連接至一定位總 成4306及骨幹結構3900至矩形樑3904。定位器件4304促進 太陽能收集總成4200繞一垂直軸(其亦稱作赤緯軸)旋轉。 定位器件4304可係(舉例而言)一致動汽缸(例如,水力、氣 動等)。 定位總成4306促進使太陽能收集總成4200繞極座架支撐 臂4302之赤經軸旋轉。定位器件4304可使太陽能收集總成 4200相對於太陽在天空中之位置傾斜至一期望赤緯角度, 當定位器件4304相對於定位總成4306移動時,支撐件3906 及3908亦移動,從而致使太陽能收集總成4200傾斜一赤緯 角度範圍。 當旋轉定位總成4306以追蹤太陽之赤經時,可利用定位 器件43 04來使得太陽能收集總成4200保持於一最佳赤緯角 度以捕獲太陽之射線。結合極座架4200使用一定位器件 4204允許在太陽能收集之開始時將太陽能收集總成4200調 141498.doc -92- 201017905 整至一期望赤緯角度,而不是必須在整個太陽追蹤過程期 間不斷地調整該傾斜角度。此可減輕與運作一太陽能收集 總成相關聯之能量消耗,乃因僅需要每天調整一次定位器 件4304(或如需地每天調整多次,以便提供對太陽之一最 佳追蹤),而不是不斷調整定位器件43 04之習用技術。 現在參照圖44,所圖解說明的係根據一態樣可用於控制 一太陽能收集器總成之旋轉之一實例性馬達齒輪配置 4400。馬達齒輪配置4400可至少部分地用於將(圖42之)一 ® 太陽能收集總成4200連接至(圖43之)一極座架支撐臂 4302。馬達齒輪配置4400可使太陽能收集總成4200繞極座 架支撐臂4302之一中央軸旋轉,此提供該陣列之赤經定 位。馬達齒輪配置4400包含可用於以運作方式將極座架支 撐臂43 02連接至馬達齒輪配置4300之一連接器4402。太陽 能收集總成4200可以運作方式連接至支撐托架4404及 4406。與一馬達驅動器4410及一驅動單元4412組合之一馬 達4408促進太陽能收集總成4200繞極座架支撐臂4302旋 轉。根據一態樣,太陽能收集總成4200可於連接器4402及 支撐托架4304及43 06處固定且太陽能收集總成4200可繞極 座架支撐臂4302旋轉。 應注意,儘管將(圖43之)定位器件4304及馬達齒輪配置 4400圖解說明及闡述為分開之組件,但應瞭解,所揭示之 態樣並不如此受限制。舉例而言,根據某些態樣,定位器 件4304與馬達齒輪配置4400(或馬達4408)組合於一單個總 成中。此單個總成可提供一太陽能收集總成4200至極座架 141498.doc -93- 201017905 支撐臂4302之連接,從而促進太陽能收集總成4200相對於 赤經及赤緯之位置相對於太陽或欲自其捕獲能量之另一能 量源之位置之變更。根據其他態樣,馬達與定位器件之各 種組合可用於提供用於利用輻射及諸如此類之捕獲之太陽 能收集總成及器件之定位,從而促進陣列及器件相對於該 能量源之位置之調整。 圖45圖解說明根據一態樣之可用於旋轉控制之另一實例 性馬達齒輪配置4500。如所圖解說明,馬達齒輪配置4500 包括一極座架支撐臂4502。亦包括托架4504及4506。齒輪 配置4500亦包括一馬達4508及一馬達驅動器4510。此外, 齒輪配置4500包括一驅動單元4512。 圖46圖解說明可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之一實例性極 安裝桿4600。極安裝桿4600包括可以運作方式連接至(圖 44之)馬達齒輪配置4400或(圖45之)馬達齒輪配置4500之一 第一端4602。極安裝桿4600之一第二端4604可以運作方式 連接至一安裝單元(圖中未繪示)。根據一態樣,極安裝桿 4600可促進一太陽能收集器之移動。 圖47圖解說明可與各種態樣一同使用之一極安裝桿4700 之另一實例。極安裝桿4700包括可以運作方式連接至馬達 齒輪配置4400及/或4500之一第一端4702。極安裝桿4700 之一第二端4704可以運作方式連接至一安裝單元(圖中未 繪示)。圖48圖解說明極安裝桿4700之一第一端4702之一 視圖。如所圖解說明,馬達齒輪配置4400及/或4500可藉 助各種連接構件(例如,所圖解說明之連接構件4800)附接 141498.doc -94- 201017905 至一極安裝桿4700。 圖49圖解說明根據一態樣之在一運作條件中之一完全經 組裝太陽能收集器總成4900。經組裝太陽能收集器總成 4900包含對準以將太陽之射線反射至一中央收集裝置3910 上之太陽能收集總成4200。太陽能收集總成4200包含多個 反射鏡,可使用該等反射鏡來將太陽能輻射聚集及聚焦於 中央收集裝置3910上。可將該等反射鏡作為經組合以形成 太陽能陣列之太陽能翼總成之部分包括,如由陣列4202、 ® 陣列4204、陣列4206及陣列4208所圖解說明。 中央收集裝置39 10可包含用於促進太陽能向電能之轉變 之光伏打電池。太陽能收集總成4200及中央收集裝置3910 係支撐於極座架支撐臂4302上。此外,陣列4202、4204、 4206及4208可經配置,使得一間隙4902將陣列4202、 4204、4206及4208分為兩個群組,例如一第一群組 4604(包含陣列.4202及4206)及一第二群組4906(包含陣列 4204及4208) ° 為促進利用來自太陽之射線(或其他光源)之能量,太陽 能收集總成4200可在各種平面中旋轉以相對於太陽之方向 正確地對準每一陣列4202、4204、4206及4208之反射鏡, 從而將太陽之射線(或其他光源)反射至中央收集裝置3910 上。圖50圖解說明根據一態樣位於一傾斜位置之一太陽能 收集總成4200之一示意性表示5000。 現在參照圖49及圖50兩者,根據某些態樣,一機動化齒 輪總成可將太陽能收集總成4200及中央收集裝置3910連接 141498.doc •95- 201017905 至一極座架支撐臂4302。極座架支撐臂4302與地球之表面 對準’使得其平行於地球之旋轉轴之傾斜而對準。馬達齒 輪配置4400可允許太陽能收集總成4200及中央收集裝置 3910繞一水平軸旋轉’該水平轴亦稱作赤經軸。太陽能收 集總成4200及中央收集裝置391〇藉由定位器件43〇4進一步 連接至極座架支撐臂4302。定位器件4304允許太陽能收集 總成4200及中央收集裝置391〇繞一垂直轴(亦稱作赤緯軸) 旋轉。旋轉太陽能收集總成4200改變陣列之一定向(例 如’運作位置、安全位置或其之間的任一位置)。 當欲在現場(例如’在一運作位置)組裝太陽能收集器總 成4900時,極座架支撐臂4302以運作方式連接至一底腳 4908 °附接至底腳49〇8的可係允許極座架支撐臂43〇2選擇 性地(至少部分地)與底腳49〇8脫離(例如,用於太陽能收集 器總成4900之傾斜及降低)之安裝托架491〇。另一底腳 4912可在其上具有一安裝單元4914,太陽能收集器總成 4900附接至該安裝單元。應理解底腳49〇8及4912以一恰 當深度在一表面4916(例如,地面、地球)下方延伸以錨定 太陽能收集器總成4900。 現在參照圖5 1,所圖解說明的係根據一態樣以大致不同 於一運作條件之一定向旋轉之一太陽能收集總成42〇〇之一 不意性表示5100。以此一方式旋轉太陽能收集總成4200允 許對接收器執行維護及維修。 若將太陽能收集總成4200置於用於儲存、安全之一位置 處或出於維修目的之一位置處,例如圖5丨中所圖解說明之 141498.doc 201017905 ^置,則該馬達可步進多個步㈣將料列自—運作位置 (例如’圖㈣所_說明之位置)移動至圖51中所圖解說 月之位置(有時稱作—儲存或安全位置卜進一步闡述此實 '可確疋馬達用來以—順時針方向將太陽能收集總成 侧自一運作位置移動至-儲存位置之步長數目連同以逆 時針方向移動之所需步長數目。可比較該兩個計數(例At act 3208 there may be a comparison between the calculated position of the collector and the expected position of one of the collectors. Typically, the calculated position is based on the gravitational force applied to the collector. A check 321 〇 can conclude based on the result of the comparison whether the collector should move. According to the __ embodiment, any difference between the calculated position and the expected position may result in the proposed movement. However, other configurations can be practiced, such as allowing for slight tolerances. If check 32H) concludes that the mobile system is not appropriate, the method gamma can be returned to the calculation-desired position. A loop can be formed to maintain the inspection until a kinetic system is appropriate. However, there may be a procedure for ending the conclusion 3200. If the conclusion is affirmative, that is, the mobile system is appropriate, then 141498.doc • 80. 201017905 There may be an instruction set at event 3212 that relates to how to move the collector to about the desired location. A check on the set of instructions may occur and at act 3214 'there may be the transfer of the set of instructions to a mobile entity, with The collector associated with the collector implements the set of instructions. Referring now to Figure 33, an exemplary method 3300 for determining movement with respect to an energy harvester is disclosed. Gravity on a collector can be performed at event 3302 For example, an inclinometer can measure the net gravitation along two axes. It can be measured by one of the angles of a solar disc relative to gravity to securely attach a pair of inclinometers. Connected to the solar disc. This data is used as a feedback to the microprocessor that compares the actual value to the expected value at action 3304. It can be based on a latitude and longitude of installation and / Time and date to calculate the expected value 'which establishes the direction in which the aggregator should point. This expected value can be expressed as one of the directions relative to the gravity vector. When determining if a move should occur, the concentrator alignment should not be = For example, at event 3, there may be an estimated amount of power that moves the aggregator from an actual position to a desired position. At act 3308, different factors may be measured against each other (eg, borrowing Determining, by an estimate, the energy from the aggregator not at the desired location, estimated: electrical consumption, etc.) and determining whether the disc should be moved at event 331〇; measuring different factors may include implementing The benefit of the mobile aggregator is the cost-utility analysis associated with the cost, which may include power consumption, implementation of a maintenance configuration (eg, aggregator-safe location), cost or the like. In the sexual scenario, when moving in an unfavorable celestial condition (such as 'continuous wind, cloudy atmosphere), move the 141498.doc •81 · 2010179 05 The cost of electricity consumed by the aggregator may exceed the benefit of the operation at the desired location. If the disc should not be moved, then method 33 may return to measuring gravity. ', , and right to determine that the disc should move A motor parameter can be evaluated at act 3312 and a set of directions can be generated at event 33 14 to cause the motor to move the disk accordingly. For purposes of simplifying the explanation, it can be implemented in accordance with the disclosed subject matter. The method is described and described as a series of blocks. However, it should be understood and understood that the claimed subject matter is not limited by the order of the blocks. / or with other blocks at the same time - in addition to the implementation of the method described below may not require all of the illustrated blocks. In addition, it should be further understood that the methods disclosed throughout the specification can be stored on an article to Promote the delivery or delivery of such methods to a computer. The term article as used herein is intended to encompass a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media. A solar energy collector that can be produced by a large-scale chess. According to one aspect, the solar collector is attached to one of at least four arrays of a backbone support. Each-array can contain at least one reflection table © face. The solar collector also includes the backbone support and the at least four arrays on which one of the pole mounts can be tilted, rotated or lowered. The pole mount can be positioned at or near a center of gravity. Additionally, the solar collector can include a pole mount support ‘operably coupled to a movable mount and a fixed mount. The movable mount of the solar collector can be lowered by itself to remove the pole mount arm. The backbone support member can include a collection device including a plurality of photovoltaic power generations for facilitating the conversion of solar energy to one of the electrical energy 141498.doc -82 - 201017905 Each of the at least four arrays of the pool A plurality of solar wings in the shape of a paraboloid, each solar wing comprising a plurality of support ribs. Further, the collector of the sun may include one of the positioning means for rotating the at least four arrays about a vertical axis. According to another aspect, a solar wing assembly includes a plurality of mirror support ribs operatively attached to a forming beam and disposed on the plurality of mirror support ribs and secured thereto One of the shaped beams is a mirror. The pair of mirror support ribs of the plurality of mirror support ribs may be the same size to form a parabolic shape. Additionally, the solar wing assembly can include a plurality of mirror clips that secure the mirror to the shaped beam. Referring first to Figure 34', a simplified solar wing assembly 3400 is illustrated in accordance with an aspect of a conventional solar collector assembly. The solar wing assembly 3400 utilizes a shaped beam 34〇2 that can be rectangular as illustrated. According to some aspects, the shaped beam can be attached to other geometric shapes (eg, a plurality of mirror support ribs 3404, 3406, 3408, 3410, 3412, and 3414 formed by 'square, elliptical, circular, triangular, etc.) Connected to the forming beam 3402. The mirror supporting ribs 3404 to 3414 can be of any suitable material, such as plastic (eg, plastic injection molding), formed metal, etc. The mirror support ribs 3404 through 3414 can be operatively attached in various ways. To the shaped beam 3402. For example, each of the mirror support ribs 3404, 3406, 3408, 3410, 3412, and 3414 can include a clip assembly that allows each mirror support rib 3404, 3406, 3408 , 3410, 3412, and 3414 are clamped onto the forming beam 3402. However, other techniques for attaching the mirrors 141498.doc • 83 - 201017905 support ribs to the forming beam 3402 may be utilized, such as in such mirror support Slide the mirror under the rib and secure the mirror in place by means of hooks or other fixing components. According to some aspects, the formed beam 3402 and the mirror support ribs 3404, 3406, 3408, 3410, 3412 and The 3414 is configured as a single assembly. The pair of mirror support ribs in the mirror support ribs 3404 to 3414 can be of the same size to form (and hold) a mirror 3416 into a parabolic shape. The term "size" means each The total height of a mirror support rib 3404, 3 406, 3408, 3410, 3412 and 3414 from the forming beam 3402 to the mirror contact surface. In addition, the size or height of each pair of mirror support ribs is different from the other pairs. (For example, the height of an intermediate support rib is shorter than the height of one of the support ribs at either end of the shaped beam.) Self-reflection according to the total height of each mirror rib 3404, 3406, 3408, 3410, 3412 and 3414 The distance from mirror 3416 to shaped beam 3402 can vary at various locations. Each pair of mirror support ribs are spaced apart along the beam and attached to different locations to achieve a desired parabolic shape. For example, a first pair of mirrors is included Supporting ribs 3408 and mirror support ribs 3410. A second pair includes mirror support ribs 3406 and mirror support ribs 3412 and a third pair includes mirror support ribs 3404 and mirror support ribs 3414 The first pair of support ribs 3408 and 3410 have a first height, the second pair of mirror support ribs 3406 and 3412 have a second height, and the third pair of mirror support ribs 3404 and 3414 have a third height. In this example, the third height is higher than the second height 'and the second height is higher than the first height. Thus, a first pair (eg, mirror support ribs 3408 and 3410) will stabilize mirror 3416 141498.doc -84- 201017905 held at a position closer to the shaped beam 3402 than the second pair (eg, mirror support ribs 3406 and 3412) holding the mirror (which is further away from the forming beam 3402), and This type of push. According to some aspects, the mirror support ribs 3404 through 3414 can be disposed on the forming beam 3402 at a first end and can be slid or moved along the forming beam 3402 and placed in place. According to other aspects, the mirror support ribs 3404 to 3414 can be attached to the shaped beam 3402 in other manners (eg, snapped in place, locked in place, etc.). FIG. 35 illustrates a solar wing assembly according to an aspect of FIG. Another view. As illustrated, the solar wing assembly 3400 includes a shaped beam 3402 and a plurality of support ribs attached to the shaped beam 3402. Six mirror support ribs 3404, 3406, 3408, 3410, 3412, and 3414 are illustrated. However, it should be understood that more or fewer support ribs can be used with the disclosed aspects. A mirror-like mirror 3416 that is operatively coupled to each of the support ribs 3404 through 3414 will be discussed in detail below. Figure 36 illustrates an exemplary schematic representation 3600 of one of the solar wing assemblies 3400 in which one of the mirrors 3416 is located at a portion of the unsafe position, according to an aspect. Figure 37 illustrates an exemplary schematic representation 3700 of one of the solar wing assemblies 3400 in which one of the mirrors 34 16 is in a safe position in accordance with an aspect. For ease of explanation and understanding, Figures 36 and 37 will be discussed together. As illustrated, the portion of the solar wing assembly 3400 includes a shaped beam 3 402. Mirror support ribs 3404 and mirror support ribs 3406 (and other mirror support ribs) are operatively coupled to forming beam 3402. In addition, a mirror 31416 is operatively coupled to the mirror support rib 3404 and the mirror support rib 3406. The mirror 3416 containing the mirror material can be supplied in a flat condition. To shape the mirror 3416 into a parabolic shape, a mirror 3416 can be placed on top of each of the mirror support ribs 3404 and 3406 (and the like). A mirror clip 3 602 can hold the mirror 3416 against the mirror support rib 3404 and the mirror clip 3604 can hold the mirror 3416 against the mirror support rib 3406. Only one mirror clip 3602, 3604 of each mirror support rib 3404, 3406 is illustrated in Figures 36 and 37. However, it should be understood that each mirror support rib _ may include two (or more than two) mirror clips. The mirror clip 3702 can be positioned above the mirror 3416 at a first location 3706 (as illustrated in Figure 37). To lock the mirror 3416 against the mirror support rib 3404, the mirror clamp 3602 is moved to a second position 3 702 (as illustrated in Figure 37) and operatively engaged with the mirror support rib 3404. Mirror 3416 is operatively engaged with each of mirror support ribs 3404 through 3414 along the length of shaped beam 3402 in a similar manner (e.g., as illustrated by mirror clip 3604). The mirror clips (eg, mirror clips 3602) are illustrated as having an annular shape (eg, a female connector) in the middle to allow the mirror clip 3602 and the mirror support ribs 34〇4 One of the male connectors 3608 at one of the first sides 3610 is engaged. A second mirror clip (not shown) can be engaged with one of the male connectors 3612 on one of the second sides 3614 of the mirror support rib 3404. It should be understood that although a female connector is associated with the mirror clip 36〇2 and a mirror connector support rib 3404 illustrates a male connector 3608, 3612, 141498.doc -86· 201017905, the disclosed aspect is not so limit. For example, mirror clip 3602 can be a male connector. According to some aspects, the mirror clip 36〇2 can be a male connector or a female connector 'as long as the mirror clip 3602 can be operatively engaged to the mirror support rib 3404 (eg, the mirror support rib 3404 provides a match) Connector). It should be understood that the mirror clip 3602 is not limited to the illustrated and illustrated design, as other clips may be utilized as long as the mirror 3416 is securely engaged with each of the mirror land ribs 34A4 through 3414. Retaining the mirror 3416 against each of the mirror support ribs 34〇4 ® to 3414 can help achieve that the mirror 3416 does not self-contain during transport, assembly, or use of one of the one or more solar wing assembly connector assemblies. The mirror support ribs 3404 to 3414 are disengaged. It should be understood that any fastener may be utilized to secure the mirror 3416 to the mirror support rib 3404 and the fasteners illustrated and described are for exemplary purposes. According to some aspects, the mirror clips 3602, 3604 are configured such that the mirror clips 3 602, 3 604 do not rotate. For example, a nut and a combination of screws can be utilized, wherein the screw protrudes above a mirror contact surface 3 616, for example, 'the mirror contact surface extends from the connector 3 60 8 to the connector 3612 to extend the mirror support rib The length of 3404. According to some aspects, the mirror clips 3602, 3604 can include anti-rotation features such that once placed in position, the mirror clips 3602, 3604 do not move (except from the first position 36〇6 to the second position 3702, and vice versa Also). The size of each mirror clip 3602, 3604 depends on the thickness of the mirror 3416, depending on certain aspects. Since the mirror 3416 is locked between the mirror support rib 3404 and the mirror clips 3602, 3604, a thicker mirror 141498.doc -87· 201017905 3416 will necessitate the use of smaller mirror clips 3602, 3604. Similarly, a thinner mirror 3416 may necessitate the use of larger mirror clips 3602, 3604 to mitigate the opportunity for the mirror to slide along the support ribs 3404 through 3414. Depending on the aspect, the size of the mirror clips 3602, 3604 depends on whether a mirror having a break-resistant backing is utilized or whether a different type of mirror (e.g., aluminum reflector) is utilized. Matching the mirror clips 3602, 3604 to the mirror thickness further assists in achieving that the mirror 3416 does not change its position between the support ribs 3404 through 3414 and the mirror clips 3602, 3604. If the mirror 3416 is varied (eg, ® moving), it can cause the mirror 3416 to be in use during transportation, field assembly, or when one of the solar collector assemblies 3400 is employed (eg, lowered) The solar collector assembly wings, when rotating the assembly, tilting the assembly, etc., break, as will be explained in more detail below. Referring again to Figure 34, a plurality of solar wing assemblies 3400 can be utilized to form an array of mirror wings. For example, seven solar wing assemblies can be placed side by side to form an array of mirror wings. Four similar mirror wing arrays (for example, each containing seven solar wing assemblies 3400) can form a solar collector assembly. However, it is understood that more or fewer solar wing assemblies 3400 may be utilized to form a mirror wing array and that any number of mirror wing arrays may be utilized to form a solar energy collection assembly and illustrated and described. The examples are for the sake of brevity. Additional information regarding the construction of the monolithic solar energy collection assembly will be more fully explained with reference to the following figures. Figure 38 illustrates another exemplary schematic representation 3800 of a portion 141498.doc-88.201017905 of a solar wing assembly 34〇〇 according to an aspect. In this example, the two mirrors 3802 and 3804 are used to securely engage the mirror 3416 against the mirror support ribs (e.g., the mirror support ribs 3404 and mirror support ribs 3414 of Figures 34 and 35). To attach the mirror 3416, the mirror is slidable from a first end (eg, 'at the mirror support rib 3404') to a second end (eg, at the mirror support rib 3414) illustrated in FIG. 35)). The mirror 341 6 is slidable under a mirror or stop-slow associated with the mirror support ribs along the length of the solar wing assembly 34〇〇. Sliding the mirror 3416 in one end loading can be similar to mounting a windshield wiper blade replacement to a car. Depending on the aspect, the mirror clip can be pre-installed. Hooks similar to hooks 3 8〇2 and 3S04 can be positioned at the second end of the solar wing assembly 34〇〇 (e.g., at mirror support ribs 3414) and can be used to stop the mirror at a desired location. When the mirrors 3416 are twisted along the length of the solar wing assembly 3400, the hooks 3802 and 3804 can be used to secure the mirror in place. Figure 39 illustrates a backbone structure 3900 of a solar collector assembly in accordance with the disclosed aspects. As illustrated, the backbone structures 3900 can be formed using rectangular beams 39〇2 and 3904, two branch members 3 906 and 3908, and a central collection device 3910. However, it should be understood that the beams may utilize other shapes and the disclosed aspects are not limited to rectangular beams. The beams are attached to the plate and soldered to form the backbone structure 3900. Depending on the situation, use a common sized board to simplify the assembly. The central collection device 391A can include a photovoltaic cell for facilitating the conversion of solar energy to electrical energy. A plurality of solar wing assemblies 3400 can be attached to the backbone structure 39〇〇. Figure 4〇141498.doc -89- 201017905 illustrates a solar wing assembly 3400 and one of the brackets 4002 that can be used to attach the male wing assembly 3400 to one of the backbone structures 3900 (Fig. 39). Illustratively represents 4000. One of the first ends 4004 of the bracket 4002 can be operatively coupled to the rectangular beam 3902 (Fig. 39). For example, the first end of the bracket 4004 can have a pilot hole, one of which is labeled 4006, which allows the bracket 4002 to be coupled to the rectangular beam 3902 by means of bolts or other fastener means. According to some aspects, the bracket 4002 is soldered to the rectangular beam 3902. The solar wing assembly 3400 is operatively coupled to one of the second ends 4008 of the bracket 4002, which is illustrated as a rectangular beam. The other solar wing assembly 3400 can be secured to the rectangular beam 3902 in a manner that: when operating the solar assembly (eg, lowering the wings of the solar collector assembly, rotating the assembly, tilting the assembly, etc.), the solar wing assembly The 3400 does not detach from the backbone structure 3900. According to some aspects, the simplified angular mounting of common wing panels allows for easy on-site assembly. The main beam can be pre-drilled with holes in the factory so that no on-site alignment is required. The angle formed in the isometric traction member can help maintain the winged panel at an appropriate angle relative to the main beam. Figure 41 illustrates a schematic representation of one exemplary focal length 4100 representing one of the configurations of solar wing assembly 3400 to backbone structure 3900, according to an aspect. It should be noted that this illustration illustrates one example of a common focal length mounting pattern for a corner plate for a parabolic winged panel and the disclosed aspects are not limited to this mounting pattern. The solar wing assembly 3400 can be configured such that each solar wing assembly has substantially the same focal length to the receiver. Depending on the aspect, one or more receivers may be included. The one or more receivers can include facilitating energy conversion 141498.doc-90-201017905 (light converted to electricity) and/or harvesting thermal energy (eg, by having absorption of heat formed at the one or more receivers) One of the circulating fluids is a coiled tube) one of the photovoltaic (pv) modules. According to some aspects, the (etc.) receiver harvests heat, PV or both heat and PV. It should be noted that the illustrated degrees and other measurements are for illustrative purposes only and the disclosed aspects are not limited to such examples. Illustrated at 4 102 is a state in which the solar reflector 4104 is operatively coupled to a main support beam in a straight configuration or a slot design. In this aspect, the receivers are not necessarily at a similar focal length from a receiver 4106. As illustrated, line 4108 indicates one of the attachment frames. Referring now to Figure 42, illustrated is a schematic illustration of one of solar arrays 4200 including one of four arrays 4202, 4204, 4206, and 4208 comprising a plurality of solar wing assemblies 3400, according to an aspect. Each array 4202, 4204, 4206, 4208 can include, for example, seven solar wing assemblies 3400 that are laterally disposed from one another. For example, there are seven solar wing assemblies 3400 in array 4208, as indicated. Each array 4202, 4204, 4206, 4208 can be attached to the backbone structure 3900 and, more specifically, to the rectangular beam 3902. Depending on certain aspects, more or fewer solar wing assemblies 3400 may be utilized to form an array 4202, 4204, 4206, or 4208 and more or fewer arrays 4202 through 4208 may be utilized to form a solar collection assembly. 4200 and the disclosed aspects are not limited to four such assemblies. The solar energy collection assembly 4200 can have a counterweight center located on a receiver mast (not illustrated), and the solar energy collection assembly 4200 can be tilted or rotated about the center of gravity 141498.doc -91 - 201017905. Figure 43 illustrates a simplified pole mount 4300 that can be used with the disclosed aspects. A center of gravity can be used as a mounting point for the solar collector assembly 4200 (Fig. 42) on the simplified pole mount 4300. The positioning of the pole mount 4300 at this center of gravity allows the mover to be moved for ease of use, maintenance, storage or the like. For example, the solar energy collection assembly 4200 can be tilted relative to the pole mount support arm 4302 through a declination axis. The pole mount support arm 4302 can be aligned with the surface of the earth such that the pole mount support arm 4302 is aligned parallel to the tilt of the earth's axis of rotation, as will be discussed in further detail below. A bit device 4304 (e.g., an actuator) is operatively coupled to a positioning assembly 4306 and a backbone structure 3900 to a rectangular beam 3904. Positioning device 4304 facilitates rotation of solar energy collection assembly 4200 about a vertical axis (also referred to as the declination axis). Positioning device 4304 can be, for example, an actuating cylinder (e.g., hydraulic, pneumatic, etc.). Positioning assembly 4306 facilitates rotation of solar energy collection assembly 4200 about the right ascension axis of pole mount support arm 4302. The positioning device 4304 can tilt the solar collector assembly 4200 relative to the position of the sun in the sky to a desired declination angle. As the positioning device 4304 moves relative to the positioning assembly 4306, the supports 3906 and 3908 also move, thereby causing solar energy. The collection assembly 4200 is tilted to a declination angle range. When the positioning assembly 4306 is rotated to track the right ascension of the sun, the positioning device 43 04 can be utilized to maintain the solar energy collection assembly 4200 at an optimum declination angle to capture the rays of the sun. The use of a positioning device 4204 in conjunction with the pole mount 4200 allows the solar collector assembly 4200 to be adjusted to a desired declination angle at the beginning of solar energy collection, rather than having to continually throughout the solar tracking process. Adjust the tilt angle. This can alleviate the energy consumption associated with operating a solar collection assembly, as it is only necessary to adjust the positioning device 4304 once a day (or adjust it as many times as needed to provide one of the best tracking of the sun) instead of constantly The conventional technique of adjusting the positioning device 43 04. Referring now to Figure 44, illustrated is an example motor gear arrangement 4400 that can be used to control the rotation of a solar collector assembly in accordance with an aspect. Motor gear arrangement 4400 can be used, at least in part, to connect (as shown in FIG. 42) a solar collector assembly 4200 to a one-pole mount support arm 4302 (FIG. 43). The motor gear arrangement 4400 can rotate the solar energy collection assembly 4200 about a central axis of the pole support arm 4302, which provides for the right ascension of the array. Motor gear arrangement 4400 includes a connector 4402 that can be used to operatively connect pole mount support arm 43 02 to motor gear arrangement 4300. The solar energy collection assembly 4200 can be operatively coupled to the support brackets 4404 and 4406. One of the motors 4408 in combination with a motor driver 4410 and a drive unit 4412 facilitates rotation of the solar collector assembly 4200 about the pole mount support arm 4302. According to one aspect, the solar energy collection assembly 4200 can be secured at the connector 4402 and the support brackets 4304 and 4306 and the solar energy collection assembly 4200 can be rotated about the pole mount support arm 4302. It should be noted that although the positioning device 4304 and the motor gear arrangement 4400 (Fig. 43) are illustrated and described as separate components, it should be understood that the disclosed aspects are not so limited. For example, depending on certain aspects, positioning device 4304 is combined with motor gear configuration 4400 (or motor 4408) in a single assembly. The single assembly can provide a solar collector assembly 4200 to the pole mount 141498.doc -93- 201017905 support arm 4302 connection, thereby facilitating the position of the solar collector assembly 4200 relative to the right ascension and declination relative to the sun or A change in the location of another energy source that captures energy. According to other aspects, various combinations of motors and positioning devices can be used to provide positioning of solar energy collection assemblies and devices for utilizing radiation and the like to facilitate adjustment of the position of the array and device relative to the energy source. Figure 45 illustrates another example motor gear configuration 4500 that may be used for rotational control in accordance with one aspect. As illustrated, the motor gear arrangement 4500 includes a pole mount support arm 4502. Brackets 4504 and 4506 are also included. Gear arrangement 4500 also includes a motor 4508 and a motor driver 4510. Additionally, gear configuration 4500 includes a drive unit 4512. Figure 46 illustrates an exemplary pole mounting bar 4600 that can be used with the disclosed aspects. The pole mounting bar 4600 includes a first end 4602 that is operatively coupled to a motor gear arrangement 4400 (Fig. 44) or a motor gear arrangement 4500 (Fig. 45). The second end 4604 of one of the pole mounting bars 4600 can be operatively coupled to a mounting unit (not shown). According to one aspect, pole mounting bar 4600 can facilitate movement of a solar collector. Figure 47 illustrates another example of an one-pole mounting rod 4700 that can be used with various aspects. The pole mounting bar 4700 includes a first end 4702 that is operatively coupled to one of the motor gear configurations 4400 and/or 4500. One of the second ends 4704 of the pole mounting bar 4700 can be operatively coupled to a mounting unit (not shown). Figure 48 illustrates a view of one of the first ends 4702 of the pole mounting bar 4700. As illustrated, motor gear arrangements 4400 and/or 4500 can be attached to 141498.doc-94-201017905 to one pole mounting bar 4700 by various connecting members (e.g., illustrated connecting member 4800). Figure 49 illustrates a fully assembled solar collector assembly 4900 in an operating condition in accordance with an aspect. The assembled solar collector assembly 4900 includes a solar energy collection assembly 4200 that is aligned to reflect the rays of the sun onto a central collection device 3910. Solar energy collection assembly 4200 includes a plurality of mirrors that can be used to focus and focus solar radiation onto central collection device 3910. The mirrors can be included as part of a solar wing assembly that is combined to form a solar array, as illustrated by array 4202, array 4204, array 4206, and array 4208. The central collection device 39 10 can include a photovoltaic cell for facilitating the conversion of solar energy to electrical energy. The solar collector assembly 4200 and the central collection device 3910 are supported on the pole mount support arm 4302. In addition, arrays 4202, 4204, 4206, and 4208 can be configured such that a gap 4902 divides arrays 4202, 4204, 4206, and 4208 into two groups, such as a first group 4604 (including arrays .4202 and 4206) and A second group 4906 (including arrays 4204 and 4208) ° To facilitate the use of energy from the sun's rays (or other sources), the solar collection assembly 4200 can be rotated in various planes to properly align with respect to the direction of the sun. The mirrors of each array 4202, 4204, 4206, and 4208 reflect the sun's rays (or other source) onto the central collection device 3910. Figure 50 illustrates a schematic representation 5000 of one of the solar energy collection assemblies 4200 in an inclined position according to an aspect. Referring now to both FIG. 49 and FIG. 50, in accordance with certain aspects, a motorized gear assembly can connect the solar energy collection assembly 4200 and the central collection device 3910 to 141498.doc • 95-201017905 to a pole mount support arm 4302 . The pole mount support arm 4302 is aligned with the surface of the earth such that it is aligned parallel to the tilt of the earth's axis of rotation. The motor gear arrangement 4400 can allow the solar energy collection assembly 4200 and the central collection device 3910 to rotate about a horizontal axis. The horizontal axis is also referred to as the right ascension axis. The solar collector assembly 4200 and the central collection device 391 are further coupled to the pole mount support arm 4302 by positioning means 43A4. Positioning device 4304 allows solar collection assembly 4200 and central collection device 391 to rotate about a vertical axis (also referred to as a declination axis). The rotating solar energy collection assembly 4200 changes one of the orientations of the array (e.g., 'operating location, safe location, or any location therebetween). When the solar collector assembly 4900 is to be assembled on site (eg, 'in a working position), the pole mount support arm 4302 is operatively coupled to a foot 4908° attached to the foot 49〇8. The mount support arm 43A2 selectively (at least partially) disengages from the foot 49〇8 (eg, for tilting and lowering of the solar collector assembly 4900). The other foot 4912 can have a mounting unit 4914 thereon to which the solar collector assembly 4900 is attached. It should be understood that the feet 49A8 and 4912 extend under a surface 4916 (e.g., ground, earth) at an appropriate depth to anchor the solar collector assembly 4900. Referring now to Figure 5, one of the solar energy collection assemblies 42 is arbitrarily orientated according to one aspect, in a direction substantially different from one of the operating conditions. Rotating the solar energy collection assembly 4200 in this manner allows maintenance and repair of the receiver. If the solar energy collection assembly 4200 is placed at a location for storage, safety, or for maintenance purposes, such as 141498.doc 201017905 illustrated in Figure 5, the motor can be stepped A plurality of steps (4) move the material column from the operating position (for example, the position indicated in Fig. 4) to the position of the moon illustrated in Fig. 51 (sometimes referred to as "storage or safe location" to further elaborate this reality. The number of steps used by the motor to move the solar collector assembly side from a working position to the storage position in a clockwise direction together with the number of steps required to move in a counterclockwise direction. The two counts can be compared (eg
如’順時針方向及逆時針方向)且可利用最短方向來將該 陣列置於該儲存位置處。 在另-態樣中’回應於—冰雹天氣’可將太陽能收集總 成4200置於該女全位置處。可確定自該降列之運作位置 (例如,在接收到移動至該安全位置之命令之前的其位置) 將該陣列定位於該安全位置處所需要之步長數目之一記 錄在該冰雹(或其他危險)過去之後,可重新定位該陣列 以繼續作業《可基於該陣列之最後已知位置加上補償太陽 之虽刖位置所需要之步長數目來確定該重新定位(例如, 陣列在冰雹之前的最後位置加上將該陣列移動至太陽之當 前位置之步長數目)。可藉由使用與該陣列相關聯之緯 度、經度、曰期及/或時間資訊及該陣列之位置來確定太 陽之當前位置。亦可藉由使用太陽位置感測器來確定太陽 之當前位置’該太陽位置感測器可用於確定日光之能量在 哪一角度上最強並相應地對該陣列進行定位。 此外,陣列群組4904、4906中之間隙4902允許將該等陣 列定位為最小化形成該陣列之反射鏡對環境破壞(例如, 強風及冰雹)之敏感度。如圖50中所繪示,太陽能收集總 141498.doc •97· 201017905 成4200可繞極座架支撐臂43〇2旋轉,以將該陣列置於一 「安全位置」。使太陽能收集總成42〇〇繞一赤經軸旋轉且 繞赤緯軸傾斜之能力允許將太陽能收集總成4200定位為使 得其與任一盛行風力之對準最小化太陽能收集總成4200在 風中之一航行效應。此外’在冰雹侵襲、雪等情形中,可 將太陽能收集總成4200定位為使得反射鏡朝下,其中該陣 列結構之背側曝露給冰雹侵襲,從而減輕對該等反射鏡之 破壞。 根據某些態樣,太陽能收集總成4200可利用一電子器 _ 件’例如可運作以執行太陽能收集總成42〇〇之定位(例 如’傾斜、旋轉等)之一電腦。舉例而言,定位於太陽能 收集總成4200上或其附近之感測器可感測天氣狀況且自動 將太%自b收集總成4200置於一安全位置處。位於一地理區 域中之多個太陽能收集總成可利用經組態以控制該多個太 陽能收集總成之移動之一共同電子器件。此外,該一個或 多個電子器件可智慧地運作該等太陽能收集總成以便減輕 對該等器件之破壞。 〇 舉例而言’各種態樣(例如,關於感測不利運作條件、 偵測太陽之移動等)可採用各種機器學習方案(例如,人工 智慧、基於規則之邏輯等)以用於實施其各種態樣。舉例 而言’可藉助一自動分類器系統及過程來促進用於確定是 否應將太陽能收集總成置於一安全位置處之一過程。該等 機器學習方案可量測各種天氣狀況,例如自一中央收集器 件。根據某些態樣,該機器學習組件可與各種天氣命令中 141498.doc -98- 201017905 心(例如,經由網際網路)(例如’無線地)進行通信以獲得 天氣狀況。 可將基於人X智慧之系統(例如,經顯式及/或隱式訓練 之分類器)用於執行推斷及/或概率性確定及/或基於統計之 確定,如根據如本文中所闡述之一個或多個態樣。本文中 所用。術語「推斷(inference)」—般係指根據藉由事件、感 測β及/或資料所捕獲之一組觀測值來推出或推斷系統、 環境及/或使用者之狀態之過程。舉例而言,推斷可被用 來識別-特定上下文或動作,或可產生狀態之—概率分 佈該推斷可係概率性的-亦即,基於對資料及事件之— 考量來。十算所關心狀態之一概率分佈。推斷亦可係指用於 自組事件及/或資料構成更高階事件之技術。此種推斷 導致自一組所觀測事件及/或所儲存事件資料構造出新事 件或動作,無論該等事件是否以時間上緊鄰之形式相干, 且無論該等事件及資料是來自一個還是來自數個事件及資 β 料源。可將各種分類方案及/或系統(例如,支援向量機、 神經網路、專家系統、Bayesian信任網路、模糊邏輯、資 料融σ引擎…)用於執行關於所揭示態樣之自動及/或推斷 之動作。將在下文提供關於可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之 電子器件之其他資訊。 圖52圖解說明根據本文中所呈現之各種態樣旋轉及降低 之太陽此收集器總成5200。降低該太陽能收集器總成允 許容易之維護、維修及修理。此外,降低太陽能收集器總 成5200可提供用於惡劣天氣之一安全位置。陣列太陽能收 141498.doc •99· 201017905 集總成4200繞赤經軸及赤緯軸之旋轉可使得太陽能收集總 成4200之所有區域能夠由一操作者容易地夠到。該操作者 可係在安裝過程期間需要接近該等陣列中所包含之各種反 射鏡、中央收集裝置3910等之一安裝工程師。舉例而言, 該安裝工程師可出於對準目的而需要接近中央收集裝置 3910。該操作者亦可係需要接近太陽能收集總成4200以清 潔該等反射鏡、替換一反射鏡及其他功能之一維修工程 師。 極座架支撐臂4302(且亦可能該等安裝托架)可與底腳 4908脫離。此允許極座架支撐臂4302在安裝單元4914上轉 動,且因此太陽能收集總成4200可被帶至與地面4916之更 緊密接觸。 圖53圖解說明根據一態樣位於一降低之位置處之一太陽 能收集總成4200之一示意性表示5300且圖54圖解說明根據 一態樣位於一最低位置處(其可係一儲存位置)之一太陽能 收集總成4200之一示意性表示5400。 圖55圖解說明可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之另一太陽能 收集總成5500。根據此態樣,太陽能收集總成5500包括利 用一單個反射鏡5504之太陽能翼總成5502。如參照以上態 樣所論述,每一翼陣列4204、4206具有包含用於每一翼總 成之一分離反射鏡之若干翼總成。在此替代態樣中,利用 一單個反射鏡5504來取代兩個分離之反射鏡。單個反射鏡 55 04在該碟或太陽能收集總成5500之相對側上跨越兩個翼 5502及5506延伸。利用一單個反射鏡5504可增大該反射鏡 141498.doc •100· 201017905 陣列之反射區域。可藉由各種技術(例如,沿翼5502及 5506之長度滑動該反射鏡,以人工方式在每一反射鏡支撐 肋處附接該反射鏡或藉由其他技術)將單個反射鏡5504附 接至翼5502及5506。 圖56圖解說明可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之一實例性接 收器5600。如所圖解說明,實例性接收器56〇〇可配置有光 伏打電池模組,其中幾個標記於5602、5604及5606處。亦 可提供可用於熱量收集之冷卻線路56〇8及561〇。根據某些 態樣,此熱量可用於多個用途。圖57圖解說明根據一態樣 圖56中所圖解說明之實例性接收器56〇〇之一替代視圖。圖 57中之視圖圖解說明冷卻線路56〇8及561〇可如何延伸接收 器5600之長度。冷卻線路56〇8及561〇其中可具有冷卻劑以 冷郃該等光伏打電池(例如,作為一換熱器運作^應理 解,本文中所揭示之各種例示性器件(例如,接收器 « 5_、馬it齒輪配置4400等)僅用於實例性目的且所揭示 之態樣並不限於此等實例。 根據一態樣的係安裝一太陽能收集器總成之一方法。方 法=括將複數個陣列附接至一骨幹結構。該複數個陣列中 之者附接至該骨幹結構以與其他複數個 距離。此外,該複數個陣列包含至二 得”數:據某些態樣,方法包括附接該複數個陣列,使 传該複數個陣列依據該空間距離經由吏 :可包括將該骨幹結構連接至位於一=方法 極座架及將該極座架附接至實現該太陽能收集:::二 I41498.doc 201017905 低之一固定座架及一可移動座架。根據某些態樣,方法包 括使該極座架與該可移動座架脫離以降低該太陽能收集總 成。根據某些態樣,方法包括使該複數個陣列及該骨幹结 構繞沿該垂直軸之重心旋轉以改變該複數個陣列之一定 向。或者或另外,方法可包括使該複數個陣列及該骨幹結 構繞沿該垂直軸之重心旋轉以改變一運作位置、一安全位 置或該複數個陣列之在其之間的任一位置中之一者。可以 一相同焦距將該複數個陣列附接至該骨幹結構。根據一態 樣,以一部分組裝之狀態運送該太陽能收集器總成。根據 另一態樣,將該太陽能收集器總成作為模組化單元運送。 根據某些態樣,提供用於大規模生產太陽能收集器之一 方法。方法包括將一太陽能翼形成為一抛物面形狀,該太 陽能翼包含複數個支撐肋,從而將一反射表面附接至該太 陽能翼以形成一總成,且形成具有複數個太陽能翼總成之 一陣列。此外,方法可包括將該陣列附接至一骨幹結構。 可給該骨幹結構裝備用於促進太陽能向電能之一轉變之複 數個光伏打電池。根據某些態樣,將該太陽能翼形成為該 抛物面形狀包含將該複數個支撐肋附接至一支撐樑,選擇 每一支樓肋之一南度以形成該抛物面形狀。根據某些態 樣,將該反射表面附接至該太陽能翼包含將該反射表面置 於該複數個支稽肋上及將該反射表面固定至該複數個支撲 肋。在一態樣中,方法包括以一部分組裝之狀態運送所生 產之太陽能收集器。在另一態樣中,方法包括將該所生產 之太陽能收集器作為模組單元運送。 141498.doc -102- 201017905 圖58圖解說明根據一個或多個態樣用於大規模生產太陽 能收集器之一方法5800。方法5800可以一不昂責之方式汽 化太陽能收集器之生產。與大規模生產太陽能收集器相關 之態樣亦可促進用於運輸大量太陽能收集器(例如,碟)之 較便宜之成本。舉例而言,該等太陽能收集器可由模組化 組件構成,從而允許運輸此等模組化組件。根據某些熊 樣,可以一部分組裝之狀態運送該等太陽能收集器。 在5802處,將一太%也翼形成為一拋物面形狀。該太陽 ❿ 能翼可包含複數個支撐肋,該等支撐肋可以運作方式連接 至支撐樑。該等支撐肋可係各種高度,其中該等支撐肋中 之支撐肋對具有大致相同之高度。該等支撐肋之高度係自 該支撐樑至一反射鏡接觸表面(例如,支撐肋與支撐樑相 對之端)量測之南度。該支樓樑之中間處之支撲肋之高度 可比該支撐樑之端處之支撐肋之高度短,從而將該反射鏡 形成為一抛物面形狀。選擇每一支撐肋之一高度以形成該 _ 抛物面形狀。 在5804處,將一反射表面(例如,反射鏡)附接於該太陽 能翼上以形成一總成。此可包括將該反射表面置於該複數 個支撐肋上(或置於與每一支撐肋相關聯之一接觸表面上) 及將該反射表面固定至該複數個支撐肋。該等支撐肋之一 增加之高度(自中央向外)促進將該反射表面形成為該拋物 面形狀。在5806處,利用一扣件構件將該反射表面附接至 該太陽能翼。舉例而言,可將該扣件構件置於該反射表面 之頂部上且將其固定至一相關聯支撐肋。針對每一支撐肋 141498.doc -103- 201017905 可利用兩個扣件構件。該扣件構件抵靠該等支撐肋固持該 反射表面以減輕該反射表面之移動量。 根據某些態樣’該扣件構件可係位於一太陽能翼總成之 每一端處之鉤*該等鉤可用作止擋以防止一反射鏡(其係 滑動到位)與該太陽能翼總成脫離。根據此態樣,將該反 射表面附接至該太陽能翼包括在該複數個支撐肋上方且在 該等反射鏡支撐夾下方滑動該反射表面且將該反射表面固 疋於該太陽能翼之兩端處。在一實例中,可類似於一播風 玻璃雨刷片替換物端裝載該等反射鏡。該翼在最靠近該樑 之端上具有一止擋夾且該反射鏡在該等夾之間滑動以形成 該形狀。可附接一第二組止擋夾以固定該等反射鏡。 在5808處,組合多個太陽能翼以形成一太陽能翼陣列。 可利用任一數目之太陽能翼來形成該陣列❶根據某些態 樣,利用七個太陽能翼來形成一陣列;然而,可利用更多 或更少之太陽能翼。可將該等太陽能翼配置於該陣列中使 4于該4太陽能翼處於與接收器類似之一焦距處。 根據某些態樣’在5 8 10處將該等陣列連接至一骨幹結 構。方法5800亦可包括給該骨幹結構裝備可用於促進太陽 月向電此之一轉變之複數個光伏打電池。將該等陣列附接 至該骨幹結構係可選的且可在運送之後(例如,在現場)將 該等陣列連接至該骨幹結構。可以一部分組裝之狀態或作 為模組化早元來運送該等太陽能收集器。 根據某些態樣,方法5800可包括以一部分組裝之狀態運 送所生產之太陽能收集器。根據其他態樣,方法58〇〇包括 141498.doc •104- 201017905 將該等所生產之太陽能收集器作為模組化單元運送。 圖59圖解說明根據一態樣用於安裝一太陽能收集器總成 之一方法测。可將該太陽能收集器總成組裝為使得可出 於各種目的(例如,構造、維修、維護、安全等)來旋轉、 傾斜及降低該總成。沒有-起重機之輔助,組裝該收集器 亦係可能的。此外,一旦經組褒’不再需要面板之 準。 、The <clockwise and counterclockwise directions" and the shortest direction can be utilized to place the array at the storage location. In another mode, the 'Response to Hail Weather' can place the solar collection assembly 4200 at the full position of the woman. Determining the operational position from the decentralized (eg, its position prior to receiving the command to move to the safe location) one of the number of steps required to locate the array at the safe location is recorded in the hail (or other Danger) After the past, the array can be repositioned to continue the operation. The relocation can be determined based on the last known position of the array plus the number of steps required to compensate for the sun's position (eg, the array is before the hail The last position plus the number of steps to move the array to the current position of the sun). The current location of the sun can be determined by using the latitude, longitude, latitude and/or time information associated with the array and the location of the array. The current position of the sun can also be determined by using a sun position sensor. The solar position sensor can be used to determine at which angle the energy of daylight is strongest and to position the array accordingly. In addition, gaps 4902 in array groups 4904, 4906 allow the arrays to be positioned to minimize the sensitivity of the mirrors forming the array to environmental damage (e.g., strong winds and hail). As shown in Fig. 50, the solar energy collection total 141498.doc •97· 201017905 into 4200 can be rotated around the pole mount support arm 43〇2 to place the array in a “safe position”. The ability to rotate the solar collection assembly 42 about a right ascension axis and tilt about the declination axis allows the solar collection assembly 4200 to be positioned such that its alignment with any prevailing wind minimizes the solar collection assembly 4200 in the wind One of the sailing effects. In addition, in the case of hail attack, snow, etc., the solar collection assembly 4200 can be positioned such that the mirror faces downward, with the back side of the array structure exposed to the hail, thereby mitigating damage to the mirrors. According to some aspects, the solar energy collection assembly 4200 can utilize an electronic device such as a computer that can operate to perform the positioning of the solar energy collection assembly 42 (e.g., 'tilt, rotate, etc.). For example, a sensor positioned on or near the solar energy collection assembly 4200 can sense weather conditions and automatically place too much from the b collection assembly 4200 at a safe location. A plurality of solar energy collection assemblies located in a geographic area may utilize a common electronic device configured to control the movement of the plurality of solar energy collection assemblies. In addition, the one or more electronic devices can intelligently operate the solar energy collection assemblies to mitigate damage to the devices. For example, 'various aspects (eg, for sensing adverse operating conditions, detecting movement of the sun, etc.) may employ various machine learning schemes (eg, artificial intelligence, rule-based logic, etc.) for implementing their various states. kind. For example, an automated classifier system and process can be utilized to facilitate the process of determining whether a solar energy collection assembly should be placed at a safe location. These machine learning programs measure various weather conditions, such as from a central collection device. According to some aspects, the machine learning component can communicate with various weather commands (e.g., via the Internet) (e.g., 'wirelessly) to obtain weather conditions. A system based on human X intelligence (eg, a classifier via explicit and/or implicit training) may be used to perform inference and/or probabilistic determinations and/or statistically based determinations, as described herein. One or more aspects. Used in this article. The term "inference" generally refers to the process of deriving or inferring the state of a system, environment, and/or user based on a set of observations captured by an event, sensing beta, and/or data. For example, inference can be used to identify - a particular context or action, or can produce a state - probability distribution that can be probabilistic - that is, based on consideration of data and events. The probability distribution of one of the ten states of interest. Inference can also refer to techniques used for self-organizing events and/or data to constitute higher order events. Such inference results in the construction of new events or actions from a set of observed events and/or stored event data, whether or not they are coherent in time, and regardless of whether the events and data are from one or from Events and sources of resources. Various classification schemes and/or systems (eg, support vector machines, neural networks, expert systems, Bayesian trust networks, fuzzy logic, data fusion engines, etc.) can be used to perform automatic and/or Inferred action. Additional information regarding the electronic devices that can be used with the disclosed aspects will be provided below. Figure 52 illustrates this collector assembly 5200 rotated and lowered in accordance with various aspects presented herein. Reducing the solar collector assembly allows for easy maintenance, repair and repair. In addition, the reduced solar collector assembly 5200 can provide a safe location for one of the harsh weather conditions. Array Solar Energy 141498.doc •99· 201017905 The rotation of the ensemble 4200 around the right ascension axis and the declination axis allows all areas of the solar energy collection assembly 4200 to be easily accessible by an operator. The operator may need to access one of the various mirrors, central collection device 3910, etc. included in the array during the installation process. For example, the installation engineer may need to access the central collection device 3910 for alignment purposes. The operator may also be a maintenance engineer who needs to access the solar energy collection assembly 4200 to clean the mirrors, replace a mirror, and other functions. The pole mount support arms 4302 (and possibly such mounting brackets) can be disengaged from the foot 4908. This allows the pole mount support arm 4302 to be rotated over the mounting unit 4914, and thus the solar collector assembly 4200 can be brought into closer contact with the ground 4916. Figure 53 illustrates a schematic representation 5300 of one of the solar energy collection assemblies 4200 at a reduced position according to an aspect and Figure 54 illustrates a position at a lower position (which may be a storage location) according to an aspect. One of the solar collection assemblies 4200 is schematically represented 5400. Figure 55 illustrates another solar energy collection assembly 5500 that can be used with the disclosed aspects. In accordance with this aspect, the solar energy collection assembly 5500 includes a solar wing assembly 5502 that utilizes a single mirror 5504. As discussed above with respect to the above aspects, each of the wing arrays 4204, 4206 has a plurality of wing assemblies including separate mirrors for each of the wing assemblies. In this alternative, a single mirror 5504 is used in place of the two separate mirrors. A single mirror 55 04 extends across the two wings 5502 and 5506 on opposite sides of the dish or solar collection assembly 5500. The reflection area of the mirror 141498.doc •100· 201017905 array can be increased by a single mirror 5504. A single mirror 5504 can be attached to the mirror by various techniques (eg, sliding the mirror along the length of the wings 5502 and 5506, manually attaching the mirror at each mirror support rib or by other techniques) Wings 5502 and 5506. Figure 56 illustrates an example receiver 5600 that can be used with the disclosed aspects. As illustrated, the example receiver 56A can be configured with a photovoltaic cell module with several of the markers at 5602, 5604, and 5606. Cooling lines 56〇8 and 561〇 for heat collection are also available. Depending on the aspect, this heat can be used for multiple purposes. Figure 57 illustrates an alternative view of an exemplary receiver 56A illustrated in Figure 56 in accordance with an aspect. The view in Figure 57 illustrates how the cooling lines 56〇8 and 561〇 can extend the length of the receiver 5600. Cooling lines 56〇8 and 561〇 may have coolant therein to cool the photovoltaic cells (eg, operate as a heat exchanger). It should be understood that various exemplary devices disclosed herein (eg, receiver « 5_ , horse-gear gear configuration 4400, etc.) are for illustrative purposes only and the disclosed aspects are not limited to such examples. One method of installing a solar collector assembly according to an aspect is to include a plurality of methods. The array is attached to a backbone structure. The plurality of arrays are attached to the backbone structure to a plurality of other distances. In addition, the plurality of arrays comprise a number of two to: according to certain aspects, the method includes Connecting the plurality of arrays to pass the plurality of arrays according to the spatial distance: the connecting the backbone structure to the method of attaching the pole mount to the pole mount to achieve the solar energy collection::: II I41498.doc 201017905 One of the lower fixed mounts and one movable mount. According to some aspects, the method includes disengaging the pole mount from the movable mount to lower the solar energy collection assembly. kind, The method includes rotating the plurality of arrays and the backbone structure about a center of gravity along the vertical axis to change an orientation of the plurality of arrays. Or alternatively, the method can include wrapping the plurality of arrays and the backbone structure along the vertical axis The center of gravity is rotated to change one of a working position, a safe position, or any of the plurality of arrays therebetween. The plurality of arrays can be attached to the backbone structure at the same focal length. The solar collector assembly is transported in a partially assembled state. According to another aspect, the solar collector assembly is shipped as a modular unit. According to certain aspects, a solar collector for mass production is provided. One method includes forming a solar wing into a parabolic shape, the solar wing comprising a plurality of support ribs, thereby attaching a reflective surface to the solar wing to form an assembly, and forming a plurality of solar wings In one embodiment, the method can include attaching the array to a backbone structure. The backbone structure can be equipped to promote the sun a plurality of photovoltaic cells that are converted to one of the electrical energy. According to some aspects, forming the solar wing into the parabolic shape comprises attaching the plurality of support ribs to a support beam, selecting one of each of the ribs Forming the parabolic shape. According to some aspects, attaching the reflective surface to the solar wing comprises placing the reflective surface on the plurality of ribs and fixing the reflective surface to the plurality of ribs In one aspect, the method includes transporting the produced solar collector in a partially assembled state. In another aspect, the method includes transporting the produced solar collector as a module unit. 141498.doc -102 - 201017905 Figure 58 illustrates a method 5800 for mass production of solar collectors in accordance with one or more aspects. Method 5800 can vaporize the production of solar collectors in a manner that is unrelenting. Aspects associated with mass production of solar collectors can also facilitate the relatively inexpensive cost of transporting large numbers of solar collectors (e.g., dishes). For example, the solar collectors can be constructed from modular components that allow for the transport of such modular components. According to some bears, the solar collectors can be transported in a partially assembled state. At 5802, a too% wing is also formed into a parabolic shape. The solar ridge can include a plurality of support ribs that can be operatively coupled to the support beam. The support ribs can be of various heights wherein the pairs of support ribs in the support ribs have substantially the same height. The height of the support ribs is measured from the support beam to a mirror contact surface (e.g., the end of the support rib opposite the support beam). The height of the rib at the middle of the girders may be shorter than the height of the support ribs at the ends of the support beams, thereby forming the mirror into a parabolic shape. One of the heights of each of the support ribs is selected to form the _ parabolic shape. At 5804, a reflective surface (e.g., a mirror) is attached to the solar energy wing to form an assembly. This can include placing the reflective surface on the plurality of support ribs (or on a contact surface associated with each support rib) and securing the reflective surface to the plurality of support ribs. The increased height (from the center outward) of one of the support ribs promotes the formation of the reflective surface into the parabolic shape. At 5806, the reflective surface is attached to the solar wing using a fastener member. For example, the fastener member can be placed on top of the reflective surface and secured to an associated support rib. Two fastener members are available for each support rib 141498.doc -103- 201017905. The fastener member holds the reflective surface against the support ribs to reduce the amount of movement of the reflective surface. According to some aspects, the fastener member can be attached to a hook at each end of a solar wing assembly. * The hooks can serve as stops to prevent a mirror (which is slid in place) from the solar wing assembly. Get rid of. According to this aspect, attaching the reflective surface to the solar wing comprises sliding the reflective surface over the plurality of support ribs and under the mirror support clips and securing the reflective surface to the ends of the solar wing At the office. In one example, the mirrors can be loaded similar to a windshield wiper blade replacement end. The wing has a stop clip on the end closest to the beam and the mirror slides between the clamps to form the shape. A second set of stop clips can be attached to secure the mirrors. At 5808, a plurality of solar wings are combined to form a solar wing array. Any number of solar wings can be utilized to form the array. Depending on the aspect, seven solar wings are used to form an array; however, more or fewer solar wings can be utilized. The solar wings can be disposed in the array such that the 4 solar wings are at a focal length similar to the receiver. The arrays are attached to a backbone structure at 5 8 10 according to certain aspects. Method 5800 can also include equipping the backbone structure with a plurality of photovoltaic cells that can be used to facilitate one of the solar moon's transitions. Attaching the arrays to the backbone structure is optional and the arrays can be attached to the backbone structure after shipment (e.g., in the field). The solar collectors may be transported in a partially assembled state or as a modular early element. According to some aspects, method 5800 can include transporting the produced solar collector in a partially assembled state. According to other aspects, the method 58 includes 141498.doc • 104- 201017905 and the solar collectors produced are shipped as modular units. Figure 59 illustrates a method for mounting a solar collector assembly in accordance with an aspect. The solar collector assembly can be assembled such that it can be rotated, tilted, and lowered for various purposes (e.g., construction, maintenance, maintenance, safety, etc.). It is also possible to assemble the collector without the aid of a crane. In addition, once the group is set, the panel is no longer required. ,
在5902處,將複數個陣列附接至一骨幹支撲件。該等陣 列可包含多個太陽能翼。然、,根據某些態樣,可自一單 個太陽能翼構造該等陣列。該複數個陣列可包含至少一個 反射表面。 將該等陣_接至該骨幹切件以與其他複數個陣列中 之每一者維持一空間距離。此空間距離可減輕風力在強風 週期期間可具有之仙。亦可將該等陣列安裝為允許輕微 移動及靈活性’同時保持剛性以將日光之焦點維持於該等 接收器上。根據某些態樣,將該等陣列配置為一槽設計來 替代將其置於距·~接收器之_類似焦距處。根據某些態 樣,該空間距離允許該複數個陣列經由一垂直轴旋轉。 在5904處將一骨幹連接至一極座架。可將該極座架定位 於該太陽能收集器之一重心處或其附近,此可允許移動 (例如,傾斜、旋轉、降低)該收集器以便於使用、維護、 儲存或諸如此類。根據某些態樣’可以一相同焦距將該複 數個陣列附接至該骨幹結構。 在5904處,將該極座架附接至一固定座架及一可移動座 141498.doc 201017905 架。可選擇性地自該可移動座架移除該極座架以允許出於 維濩、修理或出於其他目的而降低該太陽能收集器。 另外,方法5900可包括使該複數個陣列及該骨幹結構繞 沿該垂直軸之一重心旋轉以改變該複數個陣列之一定向。 該定向可係一運作位置或一安全位置中之一者。或者或另 外,方法5900可包括使該極座架與該可移動座架脫離以降 低該太陽能收集器總成。 本發明之另一態樣供應具有一熱量調節總成之太陽能聚 集器之一系統,該熱量調節總成調節(例如,即時地)來自 其之熱S耗散。圖60圖解說明下伏於光伏打(pv)電池 6023、6025、6027(1至N,其中>^係一整數)之一模組化配 置6020下之一熱量調知總成6〇 1〇之一示意性剖面圖6〇〇〇, 該模組化配置具有一不同溫度梯度。通常,pv電池(亦稱 作太陽能電池)6023、6025、6027中之每一者可將光(例 如,日光)轉換為電能。該等PV電池之模組化配置6〇2〇可 包括促進構造且提供一靈活配置之標準化單元或段。 在一個例示性態樣中,光伏打電池6〇23、6025、6〇27中 之每一者可係包括複數個玻璃基板(圖中未繪示)之一染料 敏化太陽能電池(DSC),其中沈積於其上的係透明傳導塗 層’例如一氟摻雜錫氧化物層(舉例而言)。 此種DSC可進一步包括一半導體層,例如Ti〇2粒子、一 敏化染料層、一電解質及一觸媒層,例如pt_(圖中未繪 示)-其可夾於該等玻璃基板之間。舉例而言,可在該玻璃 基板之塗層上進一步沈積一半導體層,且可將該染料層作 141498.doc -106- 201017905 為一單層吸附於該半導體層上。因此,可藉由一氧化還原 來形成一電極及一相反電池以控制其之間的電子流動。 相應地’電池6023、6025、6027經歷激勵、氧化及減少 之循環,此產生電子之一流動,例如電能。舉例而言,入 射光6005激勵染料層中之染料分子,其中光激勵之染料分 子隨後將電子注入該半導體層之傳導帶中。此可導致該等 染料分子之氧化,其中所注入之電子可流過該半導體層以 形成一電流。此後,該等電子減少觸媒層處之電解質,且 將經氧化之染料分子反相為一中性狀態。可連續重複此種 激勵、氧化及減少之循環以提供電能。 熱量調節器件6010將所產生之熱量自熱點區域移除以將 PV之模組化配置6020之溫度梯度維持於預定位準内。熱量 調節器件60 10可採用一散熱片總成之形式,其包括可表面 安裝至光伏打電池之模組化配置6〇2〇之一背側6〇37之複數 個散熱片,其中每-散熱片可進一步包括大致垂直於該背 參 伸之複數_狀物(圖中未繪示)。可自具有大致高熱 傳V之材料(例如,鋁合金、銅及諸如此類)製作此類散熱 片。此外,可採用各種箝位機構或熱黏合劑及諸如此類來 牢固地固持該等散熱片,而不存在可能壓碎光伏打電池之 模組化配置6020之一壓力位準。此外,其中循環有冷卻流 體(例如纟)之纟」式元件可以像-蛇之开>式在整個熱 量調節器件中蜿蜒,以進一步促進熱量交換。 Μ 該等縛狀物可擴大散熱片之_表面面積以增加與冷卻介 質(例士二氣、例如水等冷卻流體)之接觸,該冷卻介質 141498.doc -107- 201017905 用來自該等鰭狀物及/或光伏打電池耗散熱量。因此,可 經由散熱片傳導來自光伏打電池之熱量且將該熱量傳導至 周圍冷卻介質中。此外’該等散熱片可具有相對於光伏打 電池之一大致小之形式因子’以實現於該等光伏打電池之 模組化配置6020之整個背側6037之有效分佈。 圖61圖解說明呈光伏打格栅611〇形式之pv電池之一模 組化配置之一示意性透視總成佈局610 0。此種格柵611 〇可 係將太%能轉換為電能之一單個封閉體之部分。可以包括 散熱片之一熱量傳送層6115之形式配置該熱量調節總成, 該等散熱片熱耦合至PV格柵611〇上之pv電池6102。即使 最初將本發明闡述為自PV格栅611〇耗散熱量之熱量傳送層 6115,但應瞭解,亦可採用此種熱量傳送層6115來選擇性 地將熱量誘導於PV格栅6110之若干段内(例如,以減輕環 境因素’例如結於其上之冰)。系統61〇〇接收自反射板(例 如’反射鏡,圖中未繪示)反射之光。 在一個態樣中,熱量傳送層6115係存在於PV格栅611〇 下方之一平面上且熱耦合至該平面。熱量傳送層6115可包 括散熱片’可經由通常用於放置組件及器件之取放裝備將 該等散熱片添加至此種層。在一相關態樣中,熱量傳送層 6115可進一步包括一基礎板6121,該基礎板可保持與產生 於PV格栅6110上之熱點6126、6127、6128直接接觸。 此外’熱量傳送層6115可包括一熱量促進區段6125。熱 量促進區段6125促進PV格柵6110與熱量傳送層6115之間的 熱量傳送。熱量促進區段6125可進一步包括嵌入於内部之 141498.doc •108· 201017905 熱/電結構。此准許自一光伏打電池6丨〇2產生之熱量最初 經由整個主基礎板區段6121擴散或散佈且隨後進入熱結構 伸展總成,其中此種伸展總成可連接至散熱片。該等熱結 構可進一步包括至該等散熱片之熱傳導路徑(例如,金屬 層)6131,以減輕該等散熱片至光伏打電池之直接實體傳 導或熱傳導。此一配置提供用於恰當運作PV模組化配置 6110之一可縮放解決方案。 圖62圖解說明根據本發明之一個態樣之一熱量調節系統 ^ 6200之一示意性方塊圖。系統6300包括一熱量調節器件 6262,該熱量調節器件進一步包含以運作方式耦合至與光 伏打格柵總成6261交互作用之一背部板6263之一熱電網 路總成6264。熱·電網路總成6264可由複數個熱_電結構(例 如,形成於該熱量調節器件之一層内且嵌入有各種電子組 件之一槽)構成,且可以運作方式耦合至散熱片6265,該 等散熱片自熱·電結構總成6264汲取掉熱量。此外,熱-電 φ 結構總成6264可以實體方式、熱方式或電方式連接至背部 板,該背部板又接觸光伏打格栅總成6261。此一配置使得 光伏打格栅總成6261能夠作為一整體經由背部板6263與 熱-電結構總成6264交互作用,而不是光伏打格栅總成之 一部分與一相應個別熱-電結構單元交互作用。一處理器 6266可以運作方式耦合至熱電網路總成6264且經程式化以 控制並運作熱量調節器件6262内之各種組件。此外,一溫 度監測系統6268可以運作方式連接至處理器6266e及光伏 打格栅總成6261(經由背部板或基礎板6263)。溫度監測系 141498.doc -109- 201017905 統368e運作以監測光伏打格栅總成6261之溫度。隨後將溫 度資料提供至處理器6266,該處理器採用此種資料來控制 熱量調節器件6262。處理器6266可進一步係一智慧器件之 部分,該智慧器件具有感測或顯示資訊,或將類比資訊轉 換為數位資訊,或執行數位資料之數學調處,或解譯數學 調處之結果,或基於該資訊作出決策之能力。因此,處理 器6266可係能夠基於由熱-電結構搜集之資料及由熱量調 節器件6262提供給其之資訊作出決策之一邏輯單元、一電 腦或任一其他智慧器件之部分。耦合至處理器6266之一記 憶體6267亦包括於系統6200中且用於儲存由處理器6266執 行以用於實施如本文中所闡述之系統6200之運作功能之程 式碼。記憶體6267可包括唯讀記憶體(ROM)及隨機存取記 憶體(RAM)。除其他程式碼以外,ROM包含基本輸入-輸 出系統(BIOS),其控制系統6260之基本硬件作業。RAM係 作業系統及應用程式裝載於其中之主記憶體。記憶體6267 亦用作用於臨時儲存資訊(例如,PV電池溫度、溫度錶、 允許溫度、熱-電結構之性質及用於實施本發明之其他資 料)之一儲存媒體。對於大容量資料儲存器,記憶體6267 可包括一硬磁碟驅動器(例如,百億位元組硬驅動器)。 光伏打格柵總成6261可劃分為如圖63中所示之一例示性 格柵圖案。該格栅圖案之每一格栅塊(XY)對應於PV格栅 總成6261之一特定部分,且針對溫度可經由下文參照圖65 所闡述之控制系統個別地監測並控制每一部分。在一個例 示性態樣中,一個熱-電結構針對每一所量測溫度,從而 141498.doc -110- 201017905 允許個別地控制各個區之、、田 . _ < /皿度。在圖63中,繪示格栅部分 之每-PV電池或段(XlYl ··.&,Υΐ2)之溫度振幅,其中使 用一相應熱電結構來監測每—相應部分之溫度。通常, PV格栅位於一坐標(例如,處之溫度(其位於電 池下方)具有-低耗散速率及一不可接受之溫度(Tu),該不 可接受之溫度大致高於PV格柵之其他部分χγ之溫度。類 似地,在PV格柵之作業期間,該Ρν配置之一區之溫度可 達到不可接文之限制(Tu)。彼區之一相應熱-電結構之啟 動可將該溫度降低至可接受之值(Ta)。相應地,在根據本 發明之一個態樣中,若干熱_電結構可管理自此一區之熱 量流動以使該區達到一可接受之溫度。 圖64圖解說明在各個格栅塊處取之溫度振幅之一代表性 表,其已與PV格栅總成之由相應格栅塊映射之部分之可接 受溫度振幅值相干。隨後此種資料可由圖62及圖65之處理 器用來確定具有在該可接受範圍(Ta範圍)以外之不期望溫 度之格栅塊。隨後’可經由相應冷卻機構(例如,散熱片 及/或熱-電結構)之啟動來將該等不期望之溫度帶至一可接 受之位準。 根據一其他態樣,在該光伏打格栅總成之一典型作業期 間,經由溫度監測預期或確定該等熱點之位置,且可啟動 匹配於該等熱點之對應熱-電結構以便自該等熱點區帶走 熱量及/或將熱量誘導至該光伏打格柵總成之其他區以形 成一均勻溫度梯度(例如,減輕環境因素,例如所結之 冰)。圖65圖解說明圖解說明根據此特定態樣用於控制該 141498.doc •111- 201017905 光伏打格栅總成之溫度之此一系統之一示意性圖表。系統 6500包括複數個熱-電結構(TSl,TS2,...TS[N]),其中 「N」係整數。在一個態樣中,較佳沿PV格栅總成6574之 背表面且對應於相應光伏打池器件分佈該等熱-電結構 TS。每一熱-電結構可提供分別至PV格栅總成6574之一預 定部分之一熱量路徑。提供複數個散熱片(HS1, HS2,...HS[N]),其中每一散熱片HS以運作方式分別耦合至 一對應熱-電結構TS,以自PV格栅總成6574汲取掉熱量。 系統6500亦包括複數個熱敏電阻(TR1,TR2,".TR[N])。每 一熱-電結構TS可具有用於監測由對應之熱-電結構進行溫 度調節之PV格柵總成6574之相應部分之溫度之一對應熱敏 電阻TR。在本發明之一個態樣中,可將該熱敏電阻TR與 該熱-電結構TS整合在一起。每一熱敏電阻TR可以運作方 式耦合至處理器6576以給其提供與PV電池模組化配置之相 應所監測區相關聯之溫度資料。基於自該等熱敏電阻接收 之資訊以及其他資訊(例如,熱點之預期位置、PV電池之 性質),處理器6576驅動以運作方式辆合至其之電壓驅動 器65 79以以一期望方式控制熱-電結構以調節PV格栅6574 之溫度。該電壓驅動器可進一步由由PV格柵總成產生之電 能充電。 處理器6576可係具有感測或顯示資訊,或將類比資訊轉 換為數位資訊,或執行數位資料之數學調處,或解譯數學 調處之結果,或基於該資訊作出決策之能力之一控制單元 65 78之部分。因此,控制單元6578可係能夠基於由熱-電 141498.doc -112- 201017905 結構搜集之資料及由熱量調節器件提供給其之資訊來作 決策之邏輯單元一電m —其他智慧器件。控制單元 6578心派哪些熱·電結構應自該等熱點帶走熱量,及/或哪 一熱·電結構應將熱量誘導至pv格柵配置中及/或該等熱_ 電結,中之哪—者應保持不活動。熱量調節器件6572給該 控制單元提供連續由該等熱·電結構搜集之關於μ之模組 :匕配置之不同區之各種實體性質之資料,例如溫度、電力At 5902, a plurality of arrays are attached to a backbone member. The arrays can include multiple solar wings. However, depending on certain aspects, the arrays can be constructed from a single solar wing. The plurality of arrays can include at least one reflective surface. The array is coupled to the backbone cut to maintain a spatial distance from each of the other plurality of arrays. This spatial distance reduces the amount of wind that the wind can have during a strong wind cycle. The arrays can also be mounted to allow for slight movement and flexibility while maintaining rigidity to maintain the focus of daylight on the receivers. Depending on the aspect, the arrays are configured as a slot design instead of being placed at a similar focal length from the receiver. According to some aspects, the spatial distance allows the plurality of arrays to be rotated via a vertical axis. A backbone is attached to the pole mount at 5904. The pole mount can be positioned at or near the center of gravity of one of the solar collectors, which can allow the collector to be moved (e.g., tilted, rotated, lowered) for ease of use, maintenance, storage, or the like. The plurality of arrays can be attached to the backbone structure at a same focal length according to certain aspects. At 5904, the pole mount is attached to a fixed mount and a movable mount 141498.doc 201017905. The pole mount can optionally be removed from the moveable mount to allow the solar collector to be lowered for maintenance, repair, or for other purposes. Additionally, method 5900 can include rotating the plurality of arrays and the backbone structure about a center of gravity of the vertical axis to change an orientation of the plurality of arrays. The orientation can be one of an operational location or a secure location. Alternatively or additionally, method 5900 can include disengaging the pole mount from the moveable mount to lower the solar collector assembly. Another aspect of the present invention provides a system of solar collectors having a heat regulating assembly that regulates (e.g., instantaneously) heat S dissipation therefrom. Figure 60 illustrates one of the thermal modulation assemblies 6 〇 1 模组 under one of the modularized configurations 6020 of photovoltaic (pv) cells 6023, 6025, 6027 (1 to N, where < ^ is an integer) In a schematic cross-sectional view, the modular configuration has a different temperature gradient. Typically, each of the pv batteries (also known as solar cells) 6023, 6025, 6027 can convert light (e.g., daylight) into electrical energy. The modular configuration of the PV cells can include standardized units or segments that facilitate construction and provide a flexible configuration. In an exemplary aspect, each of the photovoltaic cells 6〇23, 6025, 6〇27 may comprise a dye-sensitized solar cell (DSC) comprising a plurality of glass substrates (not shown), A transparent conductive coating such as a fluorine-doped tin oxide layer (for example) deposited thereon. The DSC may further comprise a semiconductor layer, such as Ti 2 particles, a sensitizing dye layer, an electrolyte, and a catalyst layer, such as pt_ (not shown) - which may be sandwiched between the glass substrates. . For example, a semiconductor layer may be further deposited on the coating of the glass substrate, and the dye layer may be adsorbed on the semiconductor layer as a single layer by 141498.doc-106-201017905. Therefore, an electrode and an opposite battery can be formed by redox to control the flow of electrons therebetween. Accordingly, the batteries 6023, 6025, 6027 undergo a cycle of excitation, oxidation, and reduction, which produces a flow of electrons, such as electrical energy. For example, the incident light 6005 excites the dye molecules in the dye layer, wherein the photoexcited dye molecules then inject electrons into the conductive strips of the semiconductor layer. This can result in oxidation of the dye molecules, wherein the injected electrons can flow through the semiconductor layer to form a current. Thereafter, the electrons reduce the electrolyte at the catalyst layer and reverse the oxidized dye molecules to a neutral state. This cycle of excitation, oxidation, and reduction can be repeated continuously to provide electrical energy. The thermal conditioning device 6010 removes the generated heat from the hot spot region to maintain the temperature gradient of the modularized configuration 60 of the PV within a predetermined level. The heat regulating device 60 10 can be in the form of a heat sink assembly comprising a plurality of heat sinks surface mountable to a back side of the photovoltaic module 6 〇 2 〇 6 〇 , , , , , , , , The sheet may further comprise a plurality of shapes (not shown) that are substantially perpendicular to the back of the back. Such heat sinks can be fabricated from materials having substantially high heat transfer V (e.g., aluminum alloy, copper, and the like). In addition, various clamping mechanisms or thermal adhesives and the like can be used to securely hold the heat sinks without the pressure level of one of the modular configurations 6020 that can crush the photovoltaic cells. Further, an element in which a cooling fluid (e.g., helium) is circulated may be entangled in the entire heat regulating device like a "snake" to further promote heat exchange. Μ The ribs may enlarge the surface area of the heat sink to increase contact with a cooling medium (such as a cooling fluid such as water), which is used from the fins 141498.doc -107- 201017905 The heat dissipation of the material and/or photovoltaic battery. Thus, heat from the photovoltaic cells can be conducted via the heat sink and conducted to the surrounding cooling medium. In addition, the heat sinks may have a form factor that is substantially smaller than one of the photovoltaic cells to achieve an effective distribution of the entire back side 6037 of the modular configuration 6020 of the photovoltaic cells. Figure 61 illustrates an exemplary perspective assembly layout 610 0 of one of the modular configurations of a pv battery in the form of a photovoltaic grid 611. Such a grid 611 〇 can convert too much energy into a portion of a single enclosure of electrical energy. The thermal conditioning assembly can be configured in the form of a heat transfer layer 6115 that is thermally coupled to the pv battery 6102 on the PV grid 611. Even though the invention has been initially described as a heat transfer layer 6115 that consumes heat from the PV grid 611, it will be appreciated that such a heat transfer layer 6115 can also be employed to selectively induce heat to portions of the PV grid 6110. Internal (for example, to reduce environmental factors such as ice on it). System 61 receives light reflected from a reflective plate (e.g., a 'mirror, not shown). In one aspect, the heat transfer layer 6115 is present on one of the planes below the PV grid 611〇 and is thermally coupled to the plane. The heat transfer layer 6115 can include heat sinks' that can be added to such layers via pick and place equipment typically used to place components and devices. In a related aspect, the heat transfer layer 6115 can further include a base plate 6121 that can remain in direct contact with the hot spots 6126, 6127, 6128 that are produced on the PV grid 6110. Further, the heat transfer layer 6115 can include a heat promoting section 6125. Heat promotion section 6125 facilitates heat transfer between PV grid 6110 and heat transfer layer 6115. The heat promoting section 6125 can further include a thermal/electrical structure embedded in the interior 141498.doc • 108· 201017905. This permits heat generated from a photovoltaic cell 6丨〇2 to initially diffuse or spread through the entire main substrate section 6121 and then into the thermal structure extension assembly, wherein such extension assembly can be coupled to the heat sink. The thermal structures may further include thermal conduction paths (e.g., metal layers) 6131 to the heat sinks to mitigate direct physical or thermal conduction of the heat sinks to the photovoltaic cells. This configuration provides a scalable solution for properly operating the PV modular configuration 6110. Figure 62 illustrates a schematic block diagram of one of the thermal conditioning systems ^ 6200 in accordance with one aspect of the present invention. System 6300 includes a thermal conditioning device 6262 that further includes a thermal grid assembly 6264 that is operatively coupled to one of the back plates 6263 that interacts with the voltaic grid assembly 6261. The thermal grid circuit assembly 6264 can be constructed of a plurality of thermal-electrical structures (eg, formed in one of the layers of the thermal conditioning device and embedded with one of the various electronic components) and operatively coupled to the heat sink 6265, such The heat sink is self-heating and the electrical structure assembly 6264 takes heat away. Additionally, the thermo-electric φ structure assembly 6264 can be physically, thermally, or electrically coupled to the back panel, which in turn contacts the photovoltaic grid assembly 6261. This configuration enables the photovoltaic grid assembly 6261 to interact as a whole with the thermo-electric structural assembly 6264 via the back panel 6263 rather than interacting with a corresponding individual thermo-electric structural unit as part of the photovoltaic grid assembly effect. A processor 6266 can be operatively coupled to the thermal grid assembly 6264 and programmed to control and operate the various components within the thermal conditioning device 6262. Additionally, a temperature monitoring system 6268 can be operatively coupled to the processor 6266e and the photovoltaic grid assembly 6261 (via the back or base plate 6263). The temperature monitoring system 141498.doc -109- 201017905 is operated to monitor the temperature of the photovoltaic grid assembly 6261. Temperature data is then provided to processor 6266, which uses such data to control thermal conditioning device 6262. The processor 6266 can further be part of a smart device that senses or displays information, or converts analog information into digital information, or performs mathematical tuning of digital data, or interprets the result of mathematical tuning, or based on the The ability of information to make decisions. Thus, processor 6266 can be capable of making a decision on one of the logic units, a computer, or any other smart device based on the information gathered by the thermo-electric structure and the information provided thereto by thermal conditioning device 6262. A memory 6267 coupled to processor 6266 is also included in system 6200 and is used to store program code that is executed by processor 6266 for implementing the operational functions of system 6200 as set forth herein. Memory 6267 can include read only memory (ROM) and random access memory (RAM). In addition to other code, the ROM contains a basic input-output system (BIOS) that controls the basic hardware operations of system 6260. The RAM is the main memory in which the operating system and applications are loaded. Memory 6267 is also used as a storage medium for temporarily storing information (e.g., PV cell temperature, thermometer, allowable temperature, properties of thermo-electric structures, and other materials used to practice the invention). For large data storage, the memory 6267 can include a hard disk drive (eg, a tens of billions of hard drives). The photovoltaic grid assembly 6261 can be divided into an exemplary grid pattern as shown in FIG. Each grid block (XY) of the grid pattern corresponds to a particular portion of the PV grid assembly 6261, and each portion can be individually monitored and controlled for temperature by a control system as described below with reference to Figure 65. In an exemplary aspect, a thermo-electric structure is measured for each of the measured temperatures, such that 141498.doc -110-201017905 allows for individual control of the respective zones, _ < / degrees. In Fig. 63, the temperature amplitude of each of the PV cells or segments (X1Y1··.&, Υΐ2) of the grid portion is shown, wherein a corresponding thermoelectric structure is used to monitor the temperature of each of the respective portions. Typically, the PV grid is at a coordinate (eg, the temperature at which it is located below the battery) has a low dissipation rate and an unacceptable temperature (Tu) that is substantially higher than the rest of the PV grid. The temperature of χγ. Similarly, during the operation of the PV grid, the temperature of one of the Ρν configurations can reach the limit of the inaccessible text (Tu). The activation of one of the corresponding thermo-electric structures can lower the temperature. To an acceptable value (Ta). Accordingly, in one aspect of the invention, several thermal-electrical structures can manage the flow of heat from this zone to bring the zone to an acceptable temperature. A representative table of temperature amplitudes taken at each of the grid blocks, which has been associated with an acceptable temperature amplitude value of the portion of the PV grid assembly that is mapped by the corresponding grid block. Such information can be followed by Figure 62 and The processor of Figure 65 is used to determine a grid block having an undesired temperature outside of the acceptable range (Ta range). Subsequent to the activation of a respective cooling mechanism (e.g., heat sink and/or thermo-electric structure) Unwanted The temperature is brought to an acceptable level. According to a further aspect, during a typical operation of the photovoltaic grid assembly, the locations of the hotspots are expected or determined via temperature monitoring, and can be initiated to match the Corresponding thermo-electric structures of the hotspots to remove heat from the hotspots and/or induce heat to other regions of the photovoltaic grid assembly to form a uniform temperature gradient (eg, to mitigate environmental factors, such as Ice) Figure 65 illustrates a schematic diagram illustrating one such system for controlling the temperature of the 141498.doc • 111-201017905 photovoltaic grid assembly according to this particular aspect. System 6500 includes a plurality of heats - Electrical structure (TS1, TS2, ... TS[N]), where "N" is an integer. In one aspect, preferably along the back surface of the PV grid assembly 6574 and corresponding to the corresponding photovoltaic cell device distribution The thermo-electric structures TS. Each thermo-electric structure can provide a thermal path to a predetermined portion of one of the PV grid assemblies 6574. A plurality of heat sinks (HS1, HS2, ... HS[N] are provided. ), wherein each heat sink HS is coupled to the operating mode A corresponding thermo-electric structure TS is used to extract heat from the PV grid assembly 6574. The system 6500 also includes a plurality of thermistors (TR1, TR2, ".TR[N]). Each thermo-electric structure TS One of the temperatures of the respective portions of the PV grid assembly 6574 for monitoring the temperature adjustment by the corresponding thermo-electric structure may correspond to the thermistor TR. In one aspect of the invention, the thermistor may be The TR is integrated with the thermo-electric structure TS. Each thermistor TR can be operatively coupled to the processor 6576 to provide it with temperature data associated with the respective monitored area of the modular configuration of the PV cell. The information received by the thermistors and other information (eg, the expected location of the hotspot, the nature of the PV cell), the processor 6576 drives the voltage driver 65 79 operatively coupled thereto to control the thermo-electricity in a desired manner. The structure is to adjust the temperature of the PV grid 6574. The voltage driver can be further charged by electrical energy generated by the PV grid assembly. The processor 6576 can have one of the capabilities of sensing or displaying information, or converting analog information into digital information, or performing mathematical tuning of digital data, or interpreting the results of mathematical tuning, or making decisions based on the information. Part of 78. Thus, control unit 6578 can be capable of making a decision based on the data collected by the thermo-electricity 141498.doc-112-201017905 structure and the information provided to it by the thermal conditioning device. The control unit 6578 is responsible for which thermal and electrical structures should carry heat away from the hotspots, and/or which thermal/electrical structure should induce heat into the pv grid configuration and/or the thermal _ electrical junctions, Which one should remain inactive. The heat regulating device 6572 provides the control unit with continuous collection of modules relating to μ by the thermal and electrical structures: information on various physical properties of different regions of the configuration, such as temperature, power
消耗及諸如此類。此外,—合適電源6579亦可向控制單元 6578提供運作功率。 基於所提供之資料,控制單元6578作㈣於熱_電結構 總成之㈣部分之作業之-決策,例如,決定什麼數目之 熱-電結構應耗散掉熱量及自哪些熱點耗散掉熱量。相應 地,控制單元6578可控制熱量調節器件6572,該熱量調節 器件又調整離開PV格柵6574及/或進入pv格柵6574之熱量 流動。 圖66圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣耗散來自pv電池之 熱量之一相關方法6600。儘管本文將所述例示性方法圖解 說明及闡述為一系列代表各種事件及/或動作之塊,但本 發明並不受此類塊之所圖解說明之次序限制。舉例而言, 根據本發明,除本文中所圖解說明之次序以外,某些動作 或事件可按照不同次序及/或與其他動作或事件同時發 生。另外,實施根據本發明之一方法可能並不需要所有所 圖解說明之塊、事件或動作。此外,應瞭解,根據本發明 之例示性方法及其他方法可與本文中所圖解說明及闡述之 141498.doc -113· 201017905 方法結合實施,且亦可與其他未圖解說明或闡述之系統及 裝置結合實施。首先,且在6610處,可藉由PV電池之格柵 總成之一模組化配置接收入射光。在6620處,可監測PV電 池之溫度(例如,經由與其相關聯之複數個溫度感測器)。 基於該溫度,在6630處,PV電池之冷卻可即時發生,其中 熱量之耗散在6640處自該等PV電池發生,以確保恰當之作 業。 圖67圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣用於一 PV格柵總成 之熱量耗散之一其他方法6700。在6702處,包括處理器之 邏輯單元產生該PV格柵總成之溫度格柵圖。接下來,且在 6704處,將每一區之溫度與彼區之一相應可允許溫度進行 比較,該相應之允許溫度確保該等PV電池之有效作業。隨 後且在6706處,作出該區之溫度是否超出該相應之允許溫 度之一確定。如果是,在6708處,結合散熱片啟動該區之 相應熱-電結構,以耗散該PV格柵總成上之彼區之熱量。 否則,方法6700進行至動作6702以產生該PV格栅總成之一 其他溫度格柵圖,以用於其一冷卻。 圖68圖解說明根據本發明之一其他態樣之一系統6800, 其中採用作為冷卻介質之一流體(例如,水)來自散熱片之 鰭狀物及/或PV系統68 10之光伏打電池耗散熱量。系統 6800調節來自蓄水池6805(例如,作為一經加壓閉合環路 之部分)之流體排放,其中止回/控制閥6820、6825可調節 以一單個方向之液體流動及/或防止該流動直接自該蓄水 池進入PV系統68 10之熱量調節器件。系統6800可減輕熱應 141498.doc 114· 201017905 力及材料劣化以延長系統壽命,且提供用於其他商業用途 之一經冷卻或經加熱液體。與一文氏管/閥6815相關聯之 各種感測器可向控制器6830提供資料。舉例而言,可將感 測器類比輸出訊號介接至一過程控制微處理器、可程式化 控制器或比例-積分-微分(PfD)3模式控制器,其令輸出控 制止回/控制閥6820、6U5以依據pv電池溫度來調節液體 流動。 根據一其他實例,閥6820、6825可提供冷卻介質之一脈 動式輸送。冷卻介質之此種脈動輸送可供應用於控制冷卻 介質施加之速率之一簡單方式。此外,可通過以一設定頻 率控制閥達一短持續時間(例如,i毫秒至5〇毫秒,其中一 脈動頻率為1 Hz至50 Hz)來獲得工作循環。 在一相關態樣中,系統6800可採用各種感測器來評估其 健康’以診斷問題以進行大致快速之維修。舉例而言且如 前文所解釋,當冷卻介質退出光伏打電池時,其進入其十 馨 兩個壓力感測器准許該冷卻劑之流速之一量測之一文氏 管。另外,壓力感測器可進一步准許檢驗系統68〇〇中是否 存在充足之冷卻劑’其中可感測上游或下游障礙。此外, 舉例而言,微差溫度計算可進一步檢驗熱量傳送值以用於 其與預定臨限值之一比較。 在一相關態樣中,一AI組件6840可與控制器6830(或前 文所闡述之處理器)相關聯,以促進熱量自PV電池耗散(例 如,結合選擇耗散熱量之區、估計所需冷卻劑量、閥作業 之方式及諸如此類)。舉例而言,可經由一自動分類系統 141498.doc -115- 201017905 及過程來促進用於碟定選擇哪一區之一過程。此種分類可 採用一概率性分析及/或基於統計之分析(例如,分解為分 析效用及成本)以診斷或推斷期望自動執行之一動作。舉 例而言’可採用一支援向量機(SVM)分類器。一分類器係 將一輸入屬性向量x=(xl,χ2, χ3, x4, xn)映射至該輸入屬於 一類別之一置信之一函數-亦即,f(x)=置信(類別)。其他分 類方法包括Bayesian網路、決策樹,且可採用提供不同相Consumption and the like. In addition, a suitable power source 6579 can also provide operational power to the control unit 6578. Based on the information provided, the control unit 6758 acts as a (four) decision on the operation of part (d) of the thermal-electrical structure assembly, for example, determining what number of thermo-electric structures should dissipate heat and from which hot spots dissipate heat. . Accordingly, control unit 6576 can control thermal conditioning device 6572, which in turn adjusts the flow of heat away from PV grid 6574 and/or into pv grid 6574. Figure 66 illustrates a method 6600 for dissipating heat from a pv battery in accordance with one aspect of the present invention. Although the illustrative methods are illustrated and described herein as a series of blocks representing various events and/or actions, the invention is not limited by the order illustrated. For example, in accordance with the present invention, some acts or events may occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other acts or events in addition to the order illustrated herein. In addition, not all illustrated blocks, events or acts may be required to implement a method in accordance with the invention. In addition, it should be appreciated that the exemplary methods and other methods in accordance with the present invention can be implemented in conjunction with the method of 141498.doc-113.201017905 illustrated and described herein, and can also be combined with other systems and devices not illustrated or described. Combined implementation. First, and at 6610, incident light can be received by a modular configuration of one of the grid assemblies of PV cells. At 6620, the temperature of the PV cell can be monitored (e.g., via a plurality of temperature sensors associated therewith). Based on this temperature, at 6630, cooling of the PV cells can occur instantaneously, with heat dissipation occurring at 6640 from the PV cells to ensure proper operation. Figure 67 illustrates one other method 6700 for heat dissipation of a PV grid assembly in accordance with one aspect of the present invention. At 6702, a logic unit including a processor produces a temperature grid map of the PV grid assembly. Next, and at 6704, the temperature of each zone is compared to a corresponding allowable temperature of one of the zones, the corresponding allowable temperature to ensure efficient operation of the PV cells. Subsequent to and at 6706, a determination is made whether the temperature of the zone exceeds the corresponding allowable temperature. If so, at 6708, the corresponding thermal-electrical structure of the zone is activated in conjunction with the heat sink to dissipate heat from the area on the PV grid assembly. Otherwise, method 6700 proceeds to act 6702 to generate one of the other temperature grid maps of the PV grid assembly for its cooling. Figure 68 illustrates a system 6800 in accordance with one aspect of the present invention in which a photovoltaic cell is dissipated using a fluid (e.g., water) from a fin of a heat sink and/or a PV system 68 10 as a cooling medium. Heat. System 6800 regulates fluid discharge from reservoir 6805 (eg, as part of a pressurized closed loop), wherein check/control valves 6820, 6825 can regulate liquid flow in a single direction and/or prevent direct flow From the reservoir, the heat regulating device of the PV system 68 10 is entered. System 6800 can mitigate heat and material degradation to extend system life and provide a cooled or heated liquid for use in other commercial applications. Various sensors associated with a venturi/valve 6815 can provide information to the controller 6830. For example, the sensor analog output signal can be interfaced to a process control microprocessor, a programmable controller, or a proportional-integral-derivative (PfD) 3-mode controller that causes the output control check/control valve 6820, 6U5 to adjust the liquid flow according to the pv battery temperature. According to a further example, valves 6820, 6825 can provide a pulsating delivery of one of the cooling media. Such pulsating delivery of the cooling medium can be applied to a simple manner of controlling the rate at which the cooling medium is applied. In addition, the duty cycle can be obtained by controlling the valve at a set frequency for a short duration (e.g., i milliseconds to 5 milliseconds, with a pulsation frequency of 1 Hz to 50 Hz). In a related aspect, system 6800 can employ various sensors to assess its health to diagnose problems for substantially rapid maintenance. For example and as explained above, when the cooling medium exits the photovoltaic cell, it enters its twelve pressure sensors to permit one of the flow rates of the coolant to measure one of the venturis. Additionally, the pressure sensor can further permit the presence or absence of sufficient coolant in the inspection system 68 to detect upstream or downstream obstacles. Further, for example, the differential temperature calculation can further verify the heat transfer value for comparison with one of the predetermined thresholds. In a related aspect, an AI component 6840 can be associated with the controller 6830 (or the processor set forth above) to facilitate dissipation of heat from the PV cell (eg, in conjunction with selecting a region of heat dissipation, estimating the required Cooling dose, way of valve operation, and the like). For example, a process for selecting which zone to use for disc selection can be facilitated via an automated sorting system 141498.doc-115-201017905 and process. Such classification may employ a probabilistic analysis and/or statistical-based analysis (e.g., decomposition into analytical utility and cost) to diagnose or infer an action desired to be performed automatically. For example, a support vector machine (SVM) classifier can be employed. A classifier maps an input attribute vector x = (xl, χ 2, χ 3, x4, xn) to a function that the input belongs to one of the categories of confidence - that is, f(x) = confidence (category). Other classification methods include Bayesian networks, decision trees, and can provide different phases.
依性圖案之概率性分類模型。本文中所用分類亦包括用於 發展優先級模型之統計回歸。 Q 本文中所用術語「推斷(inference)」通常係指根據藉由 事件及/或資料所捕獲之一組觀測值來推出或推斷系統、 環境及/或使用者之狀態之過程。舉例而言,推斷可被用 來識別-特定上下文或動作,或可產生狀態之一概率分 佈。該推斷可係概率性的-亦即,基於對資料及事件之一 考量來計算所關心狀態之—概率分佈。推斷亦可係指用於 自-組事件及/或資料構成更高階事件之技術。此種推斷 導致自-組所觀測事件及/或㈣存事件詞構造出新事 件或動作’無論該等事件是否以時間上緊鄰之形式相干, =論該等事件及資料是來自—個還是來自數個事件及資 V::自本說明書容易地瞭解,本發明可採用經顯式 如,經由—同屬訓練資料)以及經隱式訓練(例如, ·,、生由觀測系統行為、接收視在資訊 , 分類器用於根據-預定準則自 使得該等 上. 功雌疋選擇哪些區。舉例而 r相對於習知之SVM-應瞭解,亦可利用其他分類器模 141498.doc •116- 201017905 型,例如Naive Bayes、Bayes Net、決策樹及其他學習模 型-S V Μ經由一分類器構造器内之一學習或訓練階段及特 徵選擇模組組態。 圖69圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣用於採用一熱量調節 總成之複數個太陽能聚集器之一系統平面圖69〇〇。此一配 置可通常包括產生電能及熱量兩者之一混合系統,以結合 忐置管理促進並最佳化能量輸出。該熱量調節總成可包括 呈行6902、6908及列6904、6910格栅形式之一導管網路 (例如,管道線)—其可進一步包括用於在整個太陽能聚集器 配置中導引冷卻介質之相關聯閥/幫浦。系統69〇〇可進— 步囊括聚集器碟(其可收集一焦點中之光_或大致小焦點線) 與聚集器槽(其可將光收集至大致長之焦點線)之一組合。 舉例而言,槽傾於需要簡單設計且因此可很好地適於熱產 生。如前文所解釋,在冷卻電池之過程中所收集之來自碟 之熱忐量可進一步用作預加熱流體,隨後可於位於一冷卻 • 劑環路之一端處之一專屬槽或聚集器中過度加熱該預加熱 机體該槽或聚集器可將流體過度加熱至期望之溫度位 準。系統6900可進一步包括輸出溫度之監測器(圖中未繪 示)及經由控制組件6960(例如,監管系統)之一閥網路之控 制,其可用於達成期望之溫度。相應地,藉由調節行 6902、6908及列6904、6910内冷卻介質之流動—可最佳化 來自對應太陽能聚集器之電能及熱能量兩者之能量輸出。 在一個態樣中’控制組件696〇亦可主動地管理(例如, 即時)熱能量與PV效率之間的折衷,其中閥之一控制網路 141498.doc -117- 201017905 可調即冷卻劑媒介通過一太陽能聚集器之流動。舉例而 言,可將流過一個PV接收器之散熱片之冷卻劑路由至兩個 熱接收器中且藉由將冷卻劑線路下游自該pv接收器分離, 冷卻劑之流動分為兩半,從而允許在該冷卻劑更慢地穿過 下游熱碟時將該冷卻劑加熱至一較高溫度。該控制組件可 取以下各項作為輸入資料,例如:基於市場條件(一年之 時間、一天之時間、天氣狀況及諸如此類)改變之當前電 價;一特定應用對熱能量之需要;周圍溫度與流體溫度之 間的特疋當前溫度差異)及諸如此類。基於此類例示性輸 入,該控制組件可前瞻地調整冷卻劑幫浦速度及打開及/ 或關閉閥以在碟及/或槽之間的整個熱環路中重新引導冷 卻劑之路由-以基於預定準則(例如’基於市場條件一年之 時間、一天之時間、天氣狀況改變之當前電價;一特定應 用對熱能量之需要;周圍溫度與流體溫度之間的特定當前 溫度差異及諸如此類)最佳化並形成電輸出與熱輸出之間 的平衡。 此外’系統6900可容易地偵測分佈於整個閥及導管之 行/列網路中之破裂(例如,藉由壓力感測器、流速感測器 之一網路)。舉例而言,可不斷監測系統之不同部分處之 壓力及溫度以偵測可指示一破裂及/或障礙(其表明一故 障’例如在聚集器6914處,)之任何改變,其中可有效地 將此種組件與該系統隔離(例如,一旁路閥選擇性地建立 用於該冷卻流體之一旁路路徑)。應瞭解,可在一逐碟之 基礎上或在形成系統6900之一帶或段之任一預定數目之碟 141498.doc • 118· 201017905 上執行系統6900之控制及監測。此種決策可基於與每一碟 或其—群組相關聯之成本、回應時間、效率、位置及諸如 此類。應進一步瞭解,即使最初將本文中所闡述之用於冷 卻碟之方法闡述為一碟群組之部分,但此類方法亦可適 用於一單個碟且可適當地個別應用。 在—相關態樣中,太陽能聚集器中之每一者可採用包括 各種閥、感測器及管道段之一模組化配置之形式,以形成 φ 一模組,該(等)閥、感測器及管道段整合為該模組化配置 之部分。可容易地將此類模組附接至導管69〇2、69〇8、 6904、6910之網路/自該網路拆卸。舉例而言太陽能聚 集器6950可包括一管道段,其中一閥及/或感測器附接至 ”亥s道段,從而形成一整合式模組-其中該等感測器可包 括用於量測冷卻介質之溫度、周圍環境之溫度、壓力、流 速及諸如此類之溫度感測器。在將此種整合式模組附接至 忒導管網路且調整相關聯閥時,該冷卻介質隨後可流至太 ❹陽能聚集器6950以用於其一冷卻。此外,此種整合式太陽 施聚集器模組可包括部分地或完全地包含太陽能聚集器、 —或若干管道段、閥、感測器及與其相關聯之其他週邊裝 置/器件之一殼體。另外,可直接在此種殼體中模製一文 氏管以促進量測程序。 圖7〇圖解說明根據本發明之—態樣用於熱量調節總成之 作業之-相關方法。首先,且在7〇1〇處,可量測至系統之 傳入輻射(例如,經由輻射感測器),且在702〇處可針對 蝎之作業基於„亥量測來估計及/或推斷太陽能聚集器及/或 141498.doc 201017905 pv電池之一所需流速(例如,應打開及/或關閉每一閥及在 該系統之每一段處所需要之流速之程度)。隨後且在7〇3〇 處,基於所收集之資料(例如,溫度、壓力、流速),採用 一控制回饋機制來在7040處調整閥之作業。舉例而言,此 種閉合環路組件可進一步採用一比例-積分-微分控制器 (PID控制器),該控制器嘗試校正一所量測過程變量與一 期望設定點之間的誤差(藉由計算且隨後輸出可相應地調 整該過程之一正確性動作)。 圖71A圖解說明一實例性抛物面太陽能聚集器71〇〇之一參 圖表。實例性太陽能聚集器7100包括反射器7135之四個面 板713(^至713〇4,該等面板將一光束聚焦於兩個接收器 7120〗至7202上一面板71301及71303將光聚焦於接收器712〇ι 上’且面板713〇2及713〇4將光聚焦於接收器71202上。接收 器71201及712〇2兩者皆可收集用於產生電或電力之日光; 然而’在替代或額外組態中’接收器71201可用於熱能量 收穫’而接收器712〇2可用於電力產生。反射器7135係附 接(例如’螺栓接合、軟銲)至作為一支撐結構之部分之一 主支撐件樑7135 ’該支撐結構包括一桅桿7118、支撐接收 器7120丨及1202之一樑7130及減輕面板7130丨至71304在主樑 7115上之負荷之一桁架7125(例如,一單柱桁架)。桁架接 點之位置取決於面板7130】至713〇4之負荷。實例性太陽能 聚集器7100中之支撐結構可由給該聚集器提供持久支撐及 完整性之大致任一材料(例如,金屬、碳纖維)製造。反射 器7135可相同或大致相同;然而,在一個或多個替代或額 141498.doc -120- 201017905 外實施例中’反射器7135大小可不同。在一態樣申,可採 用不同大小之反射器7135來產生所收集光之具有特定特性 (例如’一特定均勻性位準)之一聚焦光束圖案。 反射器7135包括面向該等接收器之一反射元件及一支樓 結構(下文將結合圖72加以闡述)。反射元件係可靠、不昂 貝且谷易購得之扁平反射材料(例如’反射鏡),其在一縱 向方向上撓曲為一抛物面形狀或貫穿形區段且在橫向方向 上維持爲平以形成一抛物面反射器。因此,反射器7135將 ® 光聚焦於一接收器7120中之一焦點線上。應瞭解,即使在 實例性太陽能聚集器7100中圖解說明一特定數目(7)之反射 器7135,但在每一面板713〇1至713〇4中可採用一更大或更 小數目之反射。同樣,可如本說明書中所闡述在一太陽 能聚集器中利用反射器面板或陣列713 0與接收器712〇之任 一實質組合。此種組合可包括一個或多個接收器。 另外,應瞭解’可在反射器7135背部塗佈一保護元素, φ 例如塑膠泡沫或諸如此類以在實例性太陽能聚集器7100在 惡劣或不利天氣作業下採用一安全或維護位置(例如,藉 由繞主支撐樑7115之一旋轉)且曝露面板713〇λ之背部(其中 1=1,2,3,4)時促進該元素之完整性(舉例而言)。 應進一步瞭解,實例性太陽能收集器71〇〇係可易於大規 模生產且分段運送及組裝於一部署位點之一模組化結構。 此外’面板7130λ之模組化結構即使在其中一個或多個反 射器變得不能運作(例如,反射器破損、未對準)之情形下 仍確保促進連續日光收集之一運作冗餘程度。 141498.doc -121- 201017905 在本發明之一態樣中,實例性聚集器71〇〇中之接收器 7120】至712〇2可包括一光伏打(pv)模組,該光伏打模組促 進能量轉換(光轉換為電),且其亦可收穫熱能量(例如,經 由具有吸收在附接至該P V模組之支撐結構之接收器處形成 之熱量之一循環流體之一蛇管應瞭解,接收器712〇ι及 712〇2中之每一者或如本說明書中所闡述之一太陽能聚集 器中之大致任一接收器可包括不具有一熱收穫器件之一 pv 模組、不具有一 PV模組之一熱收穫器件或兩者。接收器 7120〗至712〇2可電互連且連接至一電力網或其他太陽能聚 集器中之全異接收器。當接收器包括一熱能量收穫系統 時’ s亥系統可跨越全異太陽能聚集器中之多個接收器連 接。 圖71B圖解說明聚焦於接收器7120γ上之一實例性所聚焦 光束7122,其可實現於接收器712〇1或712〇2中或本說明書 中所闡述之任一其他接收器中。聚焦之光圖案7122顯示不 均勻性,其中較寬區段位於該圖案之端點附近或位於該等 端點處。該圖案之端點區上方及下方之更加漫射之聚焦區 域通常因反射器稍微遠離其焦距定位而出現。 接下來論述實例性太陽能收集器71〇〇及其元件之細節。 圖72圖解說明一實例性構成反射器7135,其在本文中稱 作太陽能翼總成。太陽能反射器7135包括在一縱向方向 7208上彎曲為一抛物面形狀或一貫穿形狀且在一橫向方向 7210上保持扁平之一反射元件7205。反射元件7205之此種 挽曲促進用以將光聚焦於位於所形成之拋物面貫穿之焦點 141498.doc 201017905 處之一線段中之反射。應瞭解,該段線之長度與反射元件 7135之寬度一致。反射材料7205可係大致任一低成本材 料,例如一金屬性薄片、一薄玻璃反射鏡、塗佈於塑膠上 之一高反射薄膜材料,其中該薄膜具有預界定之光學性質 (例如,在特定波長之一範圍内吸收失敗(例如,514 11111綠 色雷射或一 647 nm紅色雷射))或預界定之機械性質,像低 彈性常數以提供應力耐性等。 在實例性反射器7135中,附接至骨幹樑7225之六個支撐 肋72151至72153將反射元件72〇5彎曲為抛物面形狀❶為此 目的,支撐肋具有全異大小且附加於樑225中之全異位置 處以提供一充分拋物面輪廓:外部肋72153具有比肋72152 之一第二高度大之一第一高度,此第二高度係比内部肋 72151之一第三高度大。應瞭解,可採用一組N(大於三之 一正整數)個支撐肋來支撐反射元件72〇5。應注意,可用 具有充足剛性之大致任一材料來製造支樓肋以提供支撐並 φ it應結構變化及環境波動。可至少部分基於反射元件簡 之機械性質、製造成本考量等來確定支撑肋之數目N之及 材料(例如,塑膠、金屬、碳纖維)。 可利用用以將支撐肋(例如,支撐肋721 &至72153)附接 至骨幹樑7225之各種技術。此外,支撐肋(例如,支撐肋 72151至72153)可藉由各種組態來固持-反射元件7205 ;例 如如在實例性反射器7135中所圖解說明,支樓肋可失住 反射兀件205。在本發明之—態樣中可將支樓肋了加1至 72153裝&為月幹樑7225之—組成部分。在另—態樣中, 141498.doc -123· 201017905 可將支撐肋72151至72153夾至骨幹樑7225中,此至少具有 提供便於維修及調整反射重新組態之優點。在再一態樣 中,支撐肋7215!至72153可沿骨幹樑7225滑動且放置到 位。 一母連接器7235在實例性太陽能聚集器71〇〇中促進將實 例性反射器713 5柄合至主結構框架7115。 應瞭解,實例性反射器7135中之一個或多個元件之形狀 可不同於所圖解說明之形狀。舉例而言,反射元件72〇5可 採用例如正方形、橢圓形、圓形、三角形等形狀。骨幹樑 7225可具有非矩形之一剖面形狀(例如,圓形、橢圓形、 三角形);可相應地改變連接器7235。 圖73A係一太陽能反射器7135至一主支撐樑7115之附接 之一圖表7300。如在實例性拋物面太陽能收集器71〇〇中所 圖解說明,將七個反射器7135置於距接收器712〇丫之焦距 處’其中γ=1,2。反射器7135藉由設計具有相同焦距,且 因此一光束將被聚焦於一線段(例如’焦點線)中。附接條 件之波動(例如’反射器之對準之變化)導致反射定位於比 焦距稍長或稍短之一距離處且因此投射於接收器12〇上之 一光束影像可係矩形形狀。應瞭解,在反射器之此種組態 中’接收器7120γ上一所聚焦光束之圖案與藉由習用拋物 面反射鏡獲得之所聚焦光之點圖案或由一習用反射器(其 係沿一第二抛物線路徑掃過之一抛物面區段)形成之所收 集光之V形圖案大致不同。 或者’在一態樣中,可在一直線組態或貫穿設計上將太 141498.doc -124· 201017905 陽能反射器7135附接至主支撐樑7135,而非置於距接收器 7 120γ之相同焦距處。圖73B圖解說明此種附接組態之一圖 表73 50。線7355圖解說明支撐框架7135上之一附接線。 圖74Α及圖74Β分別圖解說明一實例性單接收器組態4〇〇 及一實例性雙接收器配置450。在圖74Α中,示意性地在接 收器120γ中呈現一光束圖案’該光束圖案大致均勻,其中 小畸變而非與波動相關聯之彼等畸變導致一矩形光投射。 然而,此種均勻性係以一有限收集面積之代價取得的;例 ^ 如,兩個反射器面板71301至71302在每一面板中具有七個 構成反射器。 圖74Β圖解說明利用兩個接收器712〇1至712〇2之一實例 性收集器組態7450,該兩個接收器藉由一較大面積(例 如,每一者具有七個構成反射器之四個反射器面板713〇丨 至713〇4)促進日光收集之一實質增加。組態745〇在單接收 器組態7400上提供至少兩個優點:⑴雙接收器組態收集兩 ❹倍夕之輻射通率,及(u)在單接收器組態中保持所聚焦光 束之實質均勻性。在實例性太陽能收集器7丨中利用實例 性反射器配置7450。 應注意’於一單接收器組態内實施與之配置7450中之收 集面積同樣大之一收集面積可導致所聚焦光束圖案之實質 畸菱特疋而έ,對於具有一大構成反射器陣列(其包括 大致遠離接收器之外部反射器)之一大面積收集器,可形 成蝴蝶結」畸變。因此,藉由與均勻照射相關聯之優 點來克服源自利用—第二接收器及相關聯電路及主動元件 141498.doc -125- 201017905 之增加之複雜度。圖75圖解說明聚焦於位於具有陣列面板 之一太陽能聚集器之一中心組態中之一接收 器7510上之光之一「蝴蝶結」畸變。 圖76圖解說明可在部署一太陽能聚集器之前校正或可在 所排程維修會話期間調整之典型輕微畸變之一圖表。 可藉由一反射器面板(例如,面板13〇1)中構成反射器或太 陽能翼之位置之小調整來校正聚焦於接收器761〇上之影 像中之此種畸變(其可實現於接收器712〇1或712〇2中)。該 (等)調整目標係改變至中央支撐樑713〇之面板附接角度 Φ。可將此(等)調整視為將φ自3.45度之一值變更為3.45土ΔΘ 之一旋轉「扭曲」。或者,或此外,可將一第二附接角度 φ(骨幹樑225與包含主支撐樑i丨5之一平面之間的角度)重 新組態為φ±Δα,其中△以艸。(通常,9係1〇度)。位置調 整之結果係將由一個別常見反射器面板(例如,面板713〇ι) 形成之光束線移位以更均勻地照射接收器712〇以進一步利 用pv電池特性之優點。圖77圖解說明圖表76〇〇中所顯示之 畸變圖案之一經調整實例之一圖表77〇〇。 圖78係用於收集用於能量轉換(例如,光轉換為電)之日 光之一光伏打接收器(例如,接收器7120i或712〇2)之實例 性實施例7800之一圖表。在實施例78〇〇中,該接收器包括 光伏打(pv)電池之一模組,例如,一PV模組781〇。pv電 池7820組或群集在一所聚焦光束之方向上對準(例如,參 見圖71B)。此外,pV電池782〇組或pv主動元件配置為^^個 構成電池及Μ列之群集,其中一列中之構成pv電池串聯電 141498.doc •126- 201017905 連接且若干列並聯電連接;N及Μ係正整數。在實例性實 施例7800中’ ν=8且Μ=3。此種對準及電連接性可利用ρν 電池之態樣,例如,垂直多接面(VMJ)電池以唯一地利用 聚焦於接收器(例如,712〇1或712〇2)上之窄光束以最大化 電輸出應’主意,一 VMJ電池係單體(例如,整體地接合) 且沿一特定方向定向,該方向通常與構成該VMJ電池之一 半導電材料之-結晶轴一致。應瞭解,在ρν模組78 ι〇中所 利用之?¥電池可係大致任一太陽能電池,例如結晶矽太陽 能電池、結晶鍺太陽能電池、基於III至V族半導體之太陽 能電池基於CuGaSe之太陽能電池、基於CuInSe之太陽 能電池、非晶系矽電池、薄膜串接太陽能電池、三接面太 陽能電池、納米結構太陽能電池等。 應瞭解,一 PV接收器之實例性實施例7800包括可用於 循環一流體或液體冷卻劑之蛇管783〇以出於以下至少兩個 目的而收集熱量:(1)在一最佳溫度範圍内運作群集或組中 φ 之pv電池7820,此乃因pv電池效率隨著溫度升高而降 格,及(2)利用該熱量作為熱能量之一源。在一態樣中,可 以最佳化熱量抽取之一圖案部署蛇管783〇。可藉由至少部 分地將蛇管7830之一部分嵌入於包含pv接收器之材料中來 實行部署(例如,參見圖79A)。 圖79A至圖79B圖解說明一接收器712〇γ之圖表79〇〇及 7950,其中一外殼791〇附接至該接收器。外殼79ι〇可圍護 安裝、維修或維護太陽能聚集器1〇〇之一人類代理或操作 者以避免曝露給聚焦之光束及相關聯之升高之溫度。外殼 141498.doc -127- 201017905 7910包括跨越接收器712〇γ中之pv電池導出一被動熱氣流 以便減少可使到達該PV模組之光束畸變之所聚集熱空氣之 累積之排氣喷嘴7915。一熱空氣層之排盡或減少導致較高 之電輸出。可藉由於喷嘴7915中添加小主動冷卻風扇來改 良排盡* 圖80係聚焦於接收器712〇γ上之一光束圖案7122之一再 現8000,該接收器包括Ρν主動元件(被照射)及蛇管783〇。 圖案波動係可見的;舉例而言,光束圖案7122在接收器 120γ之中央區中較窄,而朝向接收器712〇之端變寬。此種 圖案形狀令人回想起上文所論述之「蝴蝶結」畸變。應瞭 解,可藉由如下文所論述之PV電池之各種配置來減輕由光 束圖案7122之此類波動或畸變引起之對效能之有害作用。 圖81A至圖81B顯示根據本發明之若干態樣之ρν模組之 實例性實施例。在圖81A中所圖解說明之實施例8 14〇中, pv接收器由一金屬板8145製成,一PV模組815〇(例如)藉由 一環氧或其他熱傳導或電絕緣黏合劑材料、膠帶或類似接 合材料附接至該金屬板上,或另外黏附至該接收器之金屬 表面中。在所圖解說明之實施例8 140中’ PV模纟且8 1 50包括 N-4個構成電池之一佈局,表現為正方形塊,且m=4列。 在實施例8140中,PV模組包括六個空腔8148以將該pv模 組或螺栓接合或緊固至一支擇結構,例如柱7丨1 〇。此外, 所圖解說明之實施例1 100包括四個額外扣件構件8152。 在圖81B中所顯示之實例性實施例818〇中,PV模組819〇 由一金屬板8185製成,PV電池之一群集815〇部署於該金屬 141498.doc •128- 201017905 板上。如上所述,該群集包括N=4個構成電池,表現為正 方形塊,且M=4列’且該金屬板包括四個扣件構件8152。 在一態樣中’在實施例8180中,形成PV模組之金屬板體現 可允許流體循環穿過孔口 8 192以用於該pv模組之製冷或熱 能量收穫之一半開放外殼。應瞭解,在實施例818〇中,該 PV模組不包括一熱收獲或製冷裝置’例如蛇管7830或其他 導管’而疋PV模組8190可與如下所述之—製冷或熱收獲單 元組裝或耦合在一起。Probabilistic classification model of the pattern of interest. The classifications used in this paper also include statistical regressions used to develop priority models. Q The term "inference" as used herein generally refers to the process of deriving or inferring the state of a system, environment, and/or user based on a set of observations captured by an event and/or data. For example, inference can be used to identify a particular context or action, or can generate a probability distribution of one of the states. The inference can be probabilistic - that is, the probability distribution of the state of interest is calculated based on consideration of one of the data and the event. Inference can also refer to techniques used for self-group events and/or data to constitute higher order events. Such inferences result in self-group observed events and/or (iv) deposit event words constructing new events or actions 'regardless of whether the events are coherent in time, whether the events and data are from or from Several events and resources V:: It is easy to understand from the present specification that the present invention can be used, such as through explicit training materials, and implicit training (for example, ·, by observing system behavior, receiving viewing) In the information, the classifier is used to make the selection based on the pre-determined criteria. For example, r is relative to the conventional SVM - it should be understood that other classifiers can also be used. 141498.doc • 116- 201017905 For example, Naive Bayes, Bayes Net, decision trees, and other learning models - SV are configured via one of the learning or training phases and feature selection modules within a classifier constructor. Figure 69 illustrates an aspect of the present invention. A system plan view 69 of a plurality of solar collectors employing a heat regulating assembly. Such a configuration may generally include a hybrid system that produces both electrical energy and heat for combining The management facilitates and optimizes the energy output. The thermal conditioning assembly can include a conduit network (eg, a pipeline) in the form of rows 6902, 6908, and columns 6904, 6910 - which can further include The solar collector assembly is configured to direct the associated valve/pump of the cooling medium. The system 69 can further include an concentrator disc (which collects a light in a focus _ or a substantially small focus line) and a concentrator slot ( It can combine light collection into one of the approximate long focal lines. For example, the groove is inclined to require a simple design and is therefore well suited for heat generation. As explained above, it is collected during the cooling of the battery. The heat from the dish can be further used as a preheating fluid, which can then be overheated in a dedicated tank or agglomerator at one end of a coolant loop. The tank or aggregator can The fluid is overheated to a desired temperature level. System 6900 can further include an output temperature monitor (not shown) and control via a valve network of control component 6960 (eg, a supervisory system), which is available Achieving the desired temperature. Accordingly, by adjusting the flow of the cooling medium in rows 6902, 6908 and columns 6904, 6910 - the energy output from both the electrical energy and the thermal energy of the corresponding solar concentrator can be optimized. The 'control component 696〇 can also actively manage (eg, instantaneously) the trade-off between thermal energy and PV efficiency, where one of the valves controls the network 141498.doc -117- 201017905 adjustable ie the coolant medium is concentrated by a solar energy Flow of the device. For example, the coolant flowing through the fins of one PV receiver can be routed to the two heat receivers and separated from the pv receiver by the coolant line downstream, the flow of the coolant It is two halves, thereby allowing the coolant to be heated to a higher temperature as the coolant passes through the downstream hot plate more slowly. The control component may take the following items as input data, for example: current price changes based on market conditions (year of the year, time of day, weather conditions, and the like); need for thermal energy for a particular application; ambient temperature and fluid temperature The characteristic temperature difference between the current) and the like. Based on such an exemplary input, the control assembly can proactively adjust the coolant pump speed and open and/or close the valve to redirect the coolant routing throughout the thermal loop between the disc and/or the slot - based on Pre-determined criteria (eg 'based on market conditions for one year, one day, current electricity price for changing weather conditions; a specific application for thermal energy; specific current temperature differences between ambient temperature and fluid temperature, and so on) And form a balance between electrical output and heat output. In addition, the system 6900 can easily detect cracks distributed throughout the valve and catheter row/column network (e.g., via a network of pressure sensors, flow sensors). For example, the pressure and temperature at different portions of the system can be continuously monitored to detect any change that can indicate a rupture and/or disorder (which indicates a fault 'eg at concentrator 6914), which can effectively Such an assembly is isolated from the system (eg, a bypass valve selectively establishes a bypass path for the cooling fluid). It will be appreciated that control and monitoring of system 6900 can be performed on a disc-by-disc basis or on any predetermined number of discs 141498.doc • 118· 201017905 forming one of the belts or segments of system 6900. Such decisions can be based on the cost associated with each disc or its group, response time, efficiency, location, and the like. It should be further appreciated that even though the method for cooling the discs set forth herein is initially described as part of a disc group, such methods can also be applied to a single disc and can be suitably applied individually. In a related aspect, each of the solar concentrators can be in the form of a modular configuration including one of various valves, sensors, and pipe sections to form a φ-module, the valve, sense The detector and pipe segments are integrated into this modular configuration. Such modules can be easily attached to/detached from the network of conduits 69〇2, 69〇8, 6904, 6910. For example, solar concentrator 6950 can include a pipe segment with a valve and/or sensor attached to the "Hai S road segment to form an integrated module - wherein the sensors can be included for volume Measuring the temperature of the cooling medium, the temperature of the surrounding environment, the pressure, the flow rate, and the like. When the integrated module is attached to the manifold network and the associated valve is adjusted, the cooling medium can then flow. The solar energy concentrator 6950 is used for one of its cooling. In addition, the integrated solar concentrator module may include a solar concentrator partially or completely, or a plurality of pipe segments, valves, sensors And a housing of one of the other peripheral devices/devices associated therewith. Additionally, a venturi can be molded directly into such a housing to facilitate the metrology procedure. Figure 7A illustrates the use of the aspect in accordance with the present invention. The operation of the heat regulating assembly - related methods. First, at 7 〇 1 ,, the incoming radiation to the system can be measured (for example, via a radiation sensor), and at 702 可, the operation can be performed for 蝎Estimate based on „海量测One / or inferred solar concentrator and / or the desired flow rate 141498.doc 201017905 pv cell (e.g., to be open and / or close each valve and the flow rate of the required degree of each section in place of the system). Subsequently, and at 7〇3〇, based on the collected data (e.g., temperature, pressure, flow rate), a control feedback mechanism is employed to adjust the operation of the valve at 7040. For example, such a closed loop assembly can further employ a proportional-integral-derivative controller (PID controller) that attempts to correct an error between a measured process variable and a desired set point (by Calculating and then outputting can adjust one of the correct actions of the process accordingly). Figure 71A illustrates a diagram of an exemplary parabolic solar agglomerator 71. The exemplary solar concentrator 7100 includes four panels 713 (^ to 713 〇 4 of reflectors 7135 that focus a beam of light on two receivers 7120 to 7202 on a panel 71301 and 71303 to focus the light on the receiver 712 〇 上 ' and the panels 713 〇 2 and 713 〇 4 focus the light on the receiver 71202. Both the receivers 71201 and 712 〇 2 can collect sunlight for generating electricity or electricity; however 'in the alternative or extra In configuration, 'receiver 71201 can be used for thermal energy harvesting' and receiver 712〇2 can be used for power generation. Reflector 7135 is attached (eg, 'bolt joint, soldered) to one of the main supports as part of a support structure The beam 7135' includes a mast 7118, a beam 7130 supporting the receivers 7120丨 and 1202, and a truss 7125 (eg, a single-column truss) that relieves the load of the panels 7130丨 to 71304 on the main beam 7115. The position of the truss joint depends on the load of the panels 7130] to 713. 4. The support structure in the exemplary solar concentrator 7100 can be of any material (eg, metal, carbon fiber) that provides permanent support and integrity to the concentrator. Manufactured. The reflectors 7135 may be identical or substantially identical; however, the reflector 7135 may vary in size in one or more alternatives or 141498.doc-120-201017905. In one aspect, different The size reflector 7135 produces a focused beam pattern of the collected light having a particular characteristic (eg, 'a particular level of uniformity.) The reflector 7135 includes a reflective element facing one of the receivers and a floor structure (hereinafter As will be explained in connection with Figure 72. The reflective element is a reliable, non-expanding and readily available flat reflective material (e.g., a 'mirror) that deflects in a longitudinal direction into a parabolic or penetrating section and The plane is maintained flat in the lateral direction to form a parabolic reflector. Thus, the reflector 7135 focuses the ® light onto a focal line in a receiver 7120. It will be appreciated that even though a particular one is illustrated in the example solar collector 7100 a number (7) of reflectors 7135, but a larger or smaller number of reflections can be used in each of the panels 713〇1 to 713〇4. Again, as explained in this specification A solar collector employs either a reflector panel or any substantial combination of array 713 0 and receiver 712. Such a combination may include one or more receivers. Additionally, it should be understood that 'a coating can be applied to the back of the reflector 7135. The protective element, φ such as a plastic foam or the like, employs a safety or maintenance position (e.g., by rotating around one of the main support beams 7115) and exposes the panel 713 〇 λ in an exemplary solar concentrator 7100 under harsh or adverse weather conditions. The back (where 1 = 1, 2, 3, 4) promotes the integrity of the element (for example). It will be further appreciated that the exemplary solar collector 71 can be easily scaled and shipped and assembled in a modular configuration at one of the deployment sites. In addition, the modular structure of the panel 7130 λ ensures that one of the operational redundancy levels of continuous daylight harvesting is promoted even in the event that one or more of the reflectors become inoperable (e.g., the reflector is broken, misaligned). 141498.doc -121- 201017905 In one aspect of the invention, the receivers 7120] to 712〇2 in the example aggregator 71 can include a photovoltaic (pv) module that facilitates Energy conversion (light converted to electricity), and which may also harvest thermal energy (eg, via a coiled fluid having one of the heats formed at the receiver attached to the support structure of the PV module, it should be understood that Each of the receivers 712〇 and 712〇2 or any one of the solar collectors as described in this specification may include a pv module that does not have a heat harvesting device, does not have a One of the PV modules is a heat harvesting device or both. The receivers 7120 through 712 are electrically interconnected and connected to a disparate receiver in a power grid or other solar collector. When the receiver includes a thermal energy harvesting system The 'sig system can be connected across multiple receivers in a disparate solar concentrator. Figure 71B illustrates an exemplary focused beam 7122 focused on receiver 7120 gamma, which can be implemented at receiver 712 〇 1 or 712 〇2 or this manual In any of the other receivers set forth, the focused light pattern 7122 displays non-uniformity, wherein a wider segment is located near or at the end of the pattern. Above and below the endpoint region of the pattern The more diffuse focus area typically occurs due to the reflector being positioned slightly away from its focal length. Next, details of an exemplary solar collector 71 and its components are discussed. Figure 72 illustrates an exemplary constituent reflector 7135, which is This is referred to herein as a solar wing assembly. The solar reflector 7135 includes a reflective element 7205 that is curved in a longitudinal direction 7208 to a parabolic shape or a through shape and that remains flat in a transverse direction 7210. The reflective element 7205 The buckling promotes the reflection of the light in a line segment located at the focal point 141498.doc 201017905 through which the paraboloid is formed. It should be understood that the length of the segment line is consistent with the width of the reflective element 7135. The reflective material 7205 can be Roughly any low cost material, such as a metallic sheet, a thin glass mirror, a highly reflective film material coated on plastic, The film has predefined optical properties (eg, absorption failure in one of a particular wavelength range (eg, 514 11111 green laser or a 647 nm red laser)) or predefined mechanical properties, such as a low elastic constant to provide Stress tolerance, etc. In the example reflector 7135, the six support ribs 72151 to 72153 attached to the backbone beam 7225 bend the reflective element 72〇5 into a parabolic shape. For this purpose, the support ribs are disparate in size and are attached to The disparate position in the beam 225 provides a sufficient parabolic profile: the outer rib 72153 has a first height that is greater than a second height of one of the ribs 72152, the second height being greater than a third height of one of the inner ribs 72151. It will be appreciated that a set of N (greater than one positive integer) support ribs may be employed to support reflective element 72A5. It should be noted that the ribs may be fabricated from substantially any material having sufficient rigidity to provide support and φ it should be structurally altered and environmentally fluctuating. The number of support ribs N and the material (e.g., plastic, metal, carbon fiber) can be determined based, at least in part, on the mechanical properties of the reflective element, manufacturing cost considerations, and the like. Various techniques for attaching support ribs (e.g., support ribs 721 & to 72153) to the backbone beam 7225 can be utilized. In addition, the support ribs (e.g., support ribs 72151 through 72153) can hold the reflective element 7205 by various configurations; for example, as illustrated in the example reflector 7135, the gusset rib can retain the reflective element 205. In the aspect of the invention, the support ribs may be added with a ratio of 1 to 72,153, which is a component of the monthly dry beam 7225. In another aspect, 141498.doc -123· 201017905 can clamp the support ribs 72151 to 72153 into the backbone beam 7225, which at least provides the advantage of facilitating maintenance and adjusting the reconfiguration of the reflection. In still another aspect, the support ribs 7215! through 72153 can slide along the backbone beam 7225 and be placed in position. A female connector 7235 facilitates splicing of the exemplary reflector 713 to the main structural frame 7115 in an exemplary solar concentrator 71. It will be appreciated that the shape of one or more of the exemplary reflectors 7135 can vary from the illustrated shape. For example, the reflective element 72〇5 may take the form of, for example, a square, an ellipse, a circle, a triangle, or the like. The backbone beam 7225 can have a non-rectangular cross-sectional shape (e.g., circular, elliptical, triangular); the connector 7235 can be changed accordingly. Figure 73A is a diagram 7300 of attachment of a solar reflector 7135 to a main support beam 7115. As illustrated in the exemplary parabolic solar collector 71A, seven reflectors 7135 are placed at a focal length from the receiver 712, where y = 1,2. The reflector 7135 is designed to have the same focal length, and thus a beam of light will be focused in a line segment (e.g., a 'focal line'). Fluctuations in the attachment conditions (e.g., 'changes in the alignment of the reflector) cause the reflection to be positioned at a distance that is slightly longer or shorter than the focal length and thus a beam image projected onto the receiver 12 can be rectangular in shape. It should be understood that in such a configuration of the reflector, the pattern of a focused beam on the receiver 7120γ and the point pattern of the focused light obtained by the conventional parabolic mirror or by a conventional reflector (there is a The V-shaped pattern of the collected light formed by the two parabolic paths sweeping over one of the parabolic segments is substantially different. Or 'in one aspect, the 141498.doc -124·201017905 positivity reflector 7135 can be attached to the main support beam 7135 in a straight configuration or through design, rather than being placed the same as the receiver 7 120 γ Focal length. Figure 73B illustrates one of the attachment configurations, Figure 73 50. Line 7355 illustrates one of the attachment wires on the support frame 7135. Figure 74A and Figure 74A illustrate an exemplary single receiver configuration 4 and an exemplary dual receiver configuration 450, respectively. In Fig. 74A, a beam pattern is schematically presented in the receiver 120[gamma]. The beam pattern is substantially uniform, with small distortions rather than distortion associated with the fluctuations resulting in a rectangular light projection. However, such uniformity is achieved at the expense of a limited collection area; for example, two reflector panels 71301 through 71302 have seven reflectors in each panel. Figure 74A illustrates an example collector configuration 7450 utilizing two receivers 712〇1 to 712〇2, the two receivers having a larger area (e.g., each having seven reflectors) The four reflector panels 713〇丨 to 713〇4) promote a substantial increase in one of the solar collection. Configuration 745〇 provides at least two advantages on a single receiver configuration 7400: (1) dual receiver configuration collects two radiant radiances, and (u) maintains the focused beam in a single receiver configuration Substantial uniformity. An exemplary reflector configuration 7450 is utilized in an exemplary solar collector 7A. It should be noted that the implementation of a collection area in a single receiver configuration that is as large as the configuration in the 7450 can result in a substantial distortion of the focused beam pattern, for a large array of reflectors ( It includes a large area collector that is located substantially away from the external reflector of the receiver, which can form a bow "distortion." Thus, the added complexity stemming from utilization - the second receiver and associated circuitry and active components 141498.doc -125 - 201017905 is overcome by the advantages associated with uniform illumination. Figure 75 illustrates one of the "bow" distortions of light focused on one of the receivers 7510 in one of the central configurations of one of the solar collectors of the array panel. Figure 76 illustrates a graph of one of the typical slight distortions that may be corrected prior to deployment of a solar collector, or that may be adjusted during a scheduled maintenance session. This distortion can be corrected in the image focused on the receiver 761 by a small adjustment of the position of the reflector or solar wing in a reflector panel (eg, panel 13〇1) (which can be implemented in the receiver) 712〇1 or 712〇2). The (equal) adjustment target is changed to the panel attachment angle Φ of the central support beam 713〇. This (equal) adjustment can be regarded as a rotation "distortion" in which φ is changed from one value of 3.45 degrees to 3.45 Δ Θ. Alternatively, or in addition, a second attachment angle φ (the angle between the backbone beam 225 and a plane containing the main support beam i丨5) can be reconfigured as φ ± Δα, where Δ is 艸. (Normally, 9 series 1 degree). The result of the position adjustment is to shift the beamline formed by a common reflector panel (e.g., panel 713〇) to more uniformly illuminate the receiver 712 to further exploit the advantages of the pv battery characteristics. Fig. 77 illustrates a graph 77 of one of the examples of the distortion pattern shown in the graph 76A. Figure 78 is a diagram of one of example embodiments 7800 for collecting one of a solar photovoltaic receiver (e.g., receiver 7120i or 712A) for energy conversion (e.g., optical conversion to electricity). In embodiment 78, the receiver includes a module of a photovoltaic (pv) battery, such as a PV module 781. The pv battery 7820 group or cluster is aligned in the direction of a focused beam (see, for example, Figure 71B). In addition, the pV battery 782〇 group or the pv active device is configured as a cluster constituting a battery and a queue, wherein one of the columns constitutes a pv battery series 141498.doc • 126-201017905 connected and several columns are connected in parallel; Μ is a positive integer. In the exemplary embodiment 7800 'ν = 8 and Μ = 3. Such alignment and electrical connectivity may utilize the aspect of a ρν battery, such as a vertical multi-junction (VMJ) cell to uniquely utilize a narrow beam focused on a receiver (eg, 712〇1 or 712〇2). Maximizing the electrical output should be an idea that a VMJ cell is monolithically (e.g., integrally bonded) and oriented in a particular direction that is generally consistent with the crystalline axis that constitutes one of the semiconducting materials of the VMJ cell. Should you know that it is used in the ρν module 78 〇? ¥Battery can be roughly any solar cell, such as crystalline germanium solar cell, crystalline germanium solar cell, solar cell based on III to V semiconductor, CuGaSe based solar cell, CuInSe based solar cell, amorphous germanium battery, film string Connect solar cells, three-junction solar cells, nanostructured solar cells, etc. It will be appreciated that an exemplary embodiment 7800 of a PV receiver includes a coil 783 that can be used to circulate a fluid or liquid coolant to collect heat for at least two purposes: (1) operating within an optimal temperature range The pv battery 7820 of φ in the cluster or group, because the pv cell efficiency degrades as the temperature increases, and (2) uses this heat as a source of thermal energy. In one aspect, the coil 783 can be deployed in a pattern that optimizes heat extraction. Deployment can be performed by at least partially embedding a portion of the coil 7830 into the material containing the pv receiver (see, for example, Figure 79A). Figures 79A-79B illustrate graphs 79A and 7950 of a receiver 712 〇 γ with a housing 791 〇 attached to the receiver. Enclosure 79 〇 Enclosure Install, repair, or maintain one of the solar collectors 1 human agent or operator to avoid exposure to the focused beam and associated elevated temperatures. The housing 141498.doc-127-201017905 7910 includes an exhaust nozzle 7915 that extends a passive hot gas flow across the pv battery in the receiver 712〇γ to reduce the accumulation of accumulated hot air that can distort the beam reaching the PV module. The exhaustion or reduction of a layer of hot air results in a higher electrical output. The efflux can be improved by adding a small active cooling fan to the nozzle 7915. Figure 80 is a reproduction 8000 of one of the beam patterns 7122 focused on the receiver 712 〇 γ, the receiver including the Ρν active element (irradiated) and the coil 783〇. The pattern fluctuations are visible; for example, the beam pattern 7122 is narrower in the central region of the receiver 120γ and wider toward the end of the receiver 712〇. This pattern shape recalls the "bow" distortion discussed above. It will be appreciated that the deleterious effects on performance caused by such fluctuations or distortion of the beam pattern 7122 can be mitigated by various configurations of the PV cells as discussed below. Figures 81A-81B show an exemplary embodiment of a ρν module in accordance with several aspects of the present invention. In the embodiment 8 14 illustrated in FIG. 81A, the pv receiver is made of a metal plate 8145, for example, by an epoxy or other thermally or electrically insulating adhesive material, A tape or similar bonding material is attached to the metal sheet or otherwise adhered to the metal surface of the receiver. In the illustrated embodiment 8 140, the PV module and 8 1 50 comprise a layout of one of the N-4 constituent cells, represented as a square block, and m = 4 columns. In embodiment 8140, the PV module includes six cavities 8148 to engage or bolt the pv module or bolt to a selected structure, such as column 7丨1〇. Moreover, the illustrated embodiment 1 100 includes four additional fastener members 8152. In the exemplary embodiment 818 shown in FIG. 81B, the PV module 819 is made of a metal plate 8185, and one of the PV cells cluster 815 is deployed on the metal 141498.doc • 128-201017905 board. As described above, the cluster includes N = 4 constituent batteries, which behaves as a square block, and M = 4 columns ' and the metal plate includes four fastener members 8152. In one aspect, in embodiment 8180, the metal plate forming the PV module is configured to allow fluid to circulate through the aperture 8 192 for one or a half of the outer casing of the refrigeration or thermal energy harvesting of the pv module. It should be understood that in embodiment 818, the PV module does not include a heat harvesting or refrigeration device 'eg, a coil 7830 or other conduit' and the PV module 8190 can be assembled with a refrigeration or heat harvesting unit as described below or Coupled together.
圖8 2顯示根據本發明之若干態樣可以機械方式麵合至一 PV模組(在圖82中未繪示)以自彼處抽取熱量之一通道化熱 量收集器8200之一實施例。主動冷卻或熱量傳送媒介可體 現於透過複數個(Q個)通道或導管821〇循環之一流體中, 其中Q係一正整數。可於一個別金屬片(例如,AUtCu片, 或具有一高熱傳導率之任一材料)中機械加工通道化熱量 收集器謂。在-態樣中,-第—孔口咖可允許冷卻劑 流體進入通道化熱量收集器且—第二孔口允許該冷卻劑流 體排出。孔口 8220或823〇允許將通道化熱量收集器咖緊 固(例如,螺栓擰緊或螺栓接合)至ρν模組(圖中未繪示)。 可存在額外扣件8252以實現模组之附接。應注意,可 將-覆蓋硬薄片(圖中未繪示)佈置於通道化熱量收集器 議之開放表面上以關閉且密封通道化收集器8扇以便 防止冷卻劑流體之茂漏;該覆蓋硬⑼可 =器咖之内侧表面中之-脊8254切。該覆蓋硬薄片可 係利用由循環穿過該通道化熱量收U之㈣收穫之熱量 141498.doc -129- 201017905 之一熱電材料以產生可補充一經冷卻pv模組之電輸出之額 外電。或者或另外,可熱接觸該硬覆蓋薄片附接一熱電器 件以產生補充電。 通道化熱量收集器8200係模組化的,在於其可一次性地 以機械方式耦合至全異PV模組(例如81 80)以收穫熱能量並 冷卻被照射之PV模組。通道化熱量收集器8200之模組化設 計之至少一個優點係其在一 PV模組運作壽命終止之後可有 效地且實際地再利用;例如,當一PV模組供應成本效益之 一電流輸出失敗時,可將該PV模組自該通道化收集器拆卸 且可將新PV模組緊固至該通道化收集器。通道化熱量收集 器之至少另一優點係可至少部分地選擇充當熱量傳送媒介 之流體以適應特定熱量負載且有效地對以不同輻照度或光 子通量運作之全異PV模組製冷。 在一態樣中,PV元件可在與關閉且密封通道化收集器 8200之硬覆蓋薄片之表面相對之一表面上直接接合至該通 道化收集器。因此,該通道化收集器用作PV電池之一支撐 板,同時其提供冷卻或熱量抽取。應注意,可將一組通道 化收集器8200緊固至一支撐結構以形成一 PV接收器;舉例 而言,712(h。該組通道化收集器8200之模組化組態之至 少一個優點係當PV元件接合至該組中之每一收集器且一收 集器中之一個或多個PV元件出現故障時,可個別地替換受 影響之PV元件及支撐通道化收集器,而不會對該組通道化 收集器8200中之全異收集器及相關聯PV電池之作業產生害 處。 141498.doc •130- 201017905 圖83 A至圖83C圖解說明可係PV模組7810或本文中所闡 述之任何其他PV模組之部分之主動PV元件藉由經由抛物 面太陽能聚集器7100之曰光收集之照射之三個實例性情 景。在本發明之一態樣中’該主動PV元件係一單體(例 如,整體地接合)、轴向定向之結構,其包括_聯連接之 一組N(N係一正整數)個構成或單位太陽能電池(例如,基 於石夕之太陽能電池、基於GaAs之太陽能電池、基於Ge之 太陽能電池或奈米結構太陽能電池)。該組N個太陽能電池 係圖解說明為塊8325。該等太陽能電池沿該結構之軸z 8302產生一串聯電壓’其中AFC係一構成電池電 壓。個別PV電池以低電壓產生能量;大多數電池輸出〇 5 V。因此’為產生實質電力’鑒於可用之低電壓,電流傾 於為高。然而’實質電流可導致與串聯電阻相關聯之顯著 電力損失’此乃因此種電力損失與户成比例,其中/係藉由 串聯電阻運送之一電流。相應地,系統等級之電力損失隨 著高電流及低電壓可快速增加。後者導致利用以一串聯組 態互連之太陽能電池之太陽能轉換設計以增加電壓輸出。 結構8325表示一實例性垂直多接面(Vmj)太陽能電池。 在一 VMJ太陽能電池之一態樣中,沿一生長方向z 83〇2堆 疊一組N個構成太陽能電池’每一構成電池在該電池與一 全異電池之一第一介面附近具有一 p摻雜層,且在一第二 介面附近具有一 η摻雜層’其中該第一及第二介面係法向 於該生長方向Ζ 83 02之平面。在一 VMJ電池之一另一態樣 中’在典型作業條件下’一1 cm2之VMJ太陽能電池可輸出 141498.doc -131 - 201017905 接近25伏’此乃因通常N~40個構成電池串聯連接。因此, 串聯電連接之八個VMJ太陽能電池可產生接近2〇〇 v。此 外,當VMJ太陽能電池不被均勻地照射時該vMj太陽能電 池中之構成太陽能電池之串聯連接可導致一低電流狀態或 當該VMJ太陽能電池中之一個或多個構成太陽能電池不被 照射時導致一故障的開路狀況,此乃因串聯連接之電主動 元件之一鏈之電流輸出(例如,照射時之構成太陽能電池) 通常受產生最低電流量之一電池限制。在非均勻照射下, 所產生之電力輸出大致取決於入射在該VMJ電池或大致任 一或任一主動PV元件上之所收集光之細節。因此,應注 意,將以提供串聯互連之VMJ太陽能電池或大致任一或任 一主動PV元件(例如,一薄膜串接太陽能電池、基於結晶 半導體之一太陽能電池、基於非晶系半導體之一太陽能電 池、基於奈米結構之一太陽能電池)之均勻照射之一方式 來設計太陽能聚集器。 圖83A顯示其中扁圓形狀之一說明性所聚焦光束83〇5覆 蓋PV元件8325之一整個表面之一實例性情景8300。因此, 照射被視為最佳。圖83B呈現相對於電力或能量輸出為次 最佳(由於PV主動元件8325中構成太陽能電池(表示為矩 形)之部分照射)之一實例性情景8330—例如,單位或構成 太陽能電池之整個寬度藉由焦點區8335照射失敗。圖83C 係作業故障(例如,零輸出狀況)之一實例性情景834〇,此 乃因焦點區8345照射PV主動元件8325中之構成太陽能電池 組之一子組失敗,且因此電力輸出為零(因未被照射之構 141498.doc •132- 201017905 成太陽能電池處無電壓出現)。 圖84顯不藉由實例性抛物面聚集器7⑽收集之光之分佈 之一電職擬之-Μ嶋。該難(例如,可包括反射 材料7205之光學性質之_射線跟縱模型)顯露在方向γ _上(法向於彻電池之軸)且在正交方向X 8407上之-非均勻光圖案。光焦點區域之特定伸展特性源自位置在包 含-太陽能收集H(例如,太陽能收集器7刚)之多個反射 器(例如’反射器7135)之焦點周圍之一分佈;該多個反射 器產生在該接收器處疊置之多個、相對未對準之影像。應 瞭解,當收集之面積(例如,面板713〇ι至713〇4之面積)增 加且添加額外反射鏡或反射器時’分佈於焦點處之光可變 得愈來愈不均勻。 另外,圖84呈現圖解說明一對VMJ電池8455相對於一太 陽能收集器(例如,100)產生之光學影像(為暗灰色色調)之 一實例性所闡述定位及對準之圖表845〇 ;圖表845〇中之影 像與圖表8400中之景> 像相同。可在VMJ電池8455之側上沿 方向Y 84〇5添加-個或多個VMJ電池或大致任何或任何π 主動元件;例如,平行於支撐框架713〇中之頂樑之方向; 通常,VMJ電池之一圖案或組態將係使得穿過一所聚焦光 束之光學衫像之主軸(例如,平行於方向γ 84〇5之軸)具有 反射對稱性之佈局》 、 應注意,在產生熱能量之一太陽能聚集器中由模擬預 測且實驗上觀測之照射之此不均勻性不影響效能,此乃因 熱能量被有效地整合於一經照射熱接收器(例如,背部安 141498.doc -133- 201017905 裝之蛇管7請)中。然而,#pv電池位於所收集光之一焦 點軌跡(例如,一點或一線)附近時,不均勻照射可導致pV 電池之一部分之一較差照射(例如,參見圖“A至圖83C)且 因此大致降低能量轉換效能;例如,降低—pv模組内一組 PV電池之電力輸出。 ^ 應瞭解,本發明中所揭示之太陽能聚集器(例如,太陽 能聚集器7100)被設計為容忍結構之構造内之空間波動(例 如,各種結構元件之尺寸變化卜此外,所揭示之太陽能 聚集器(例如,7100)亦可容忍環境波動,例如⑴實質曰常 溫度梯度,其在具有沙漠似的天氣狀況及像高速風力及冰 雹等嚴重風暴狀況或諸如此類之某些部署地點(例如,美 國内華達州;美國科羅拉多州;澳大利亞北部等)可係二 常見事件。應易於瞭解,環境波動可實質影響結構狀況, 此外大致任一類型之應力可使所聚焦之日光自一所設計焦 點軌跡或意欲焦點軌跡偏移。該等波動或變化通常使一所 聚焦光圖案之若干部分在太陽能接收器之一支撐樑之一短 軸方向上向上或向下移位,且在該支撐樑垂直中心線之長 軸方向上向左或向右移位。藉由將pv主動元件(例如, VMJ太陽能電池、三接面太陽能電池)782〇定位於意欲焦 點光圖案(舉例而言,與PV電池圖案重疊之光圖案)内一最 佳位置(例如,非正式地稱作一「甜點」之一位置)處,可 減輕與光圖案之此類變化相關聯之有害影響,此乃因PV主 動元件即使在光焦點可能移位之情形下亦可保持被照射。 如下所述’可以確保PV元件上之光入射大致與光焦點 141498.doc •134· 201017905 之波動無關之佈局來組態或配置該等pv元件。在本發明之 -態樣中,藉由如下所述在一接收器上定向ρν電二: 如,魏太陽能電池),拋物面太陽能收集器系統7100之 輸出可大致對焦點軌跡(例如,點、線或弧)處之不均勻照 射具有彈性,此乃因一VMJ電池内之每一單位電池可使其 側區段(例如,寬度)之至少一部分被照射;例如,參見圖 83B及相關聯說明。相應地,VMJ*陽能電池或大致任何 或任何PV主動元件將以以下方式定向:其中其串聯連接與 光學影像之長軸(例如,γ 8405)對準。 圖85A至圖85C圖解說明一抛物面太陽能聚集器71〇〇中 可用於能量轉換之VMJ太陽能電池之群集組態或佈局之實 例。當以下說明提及VMJ太陽能電池時,應注意可以大致 相同之方式組態其他替代或額外PV主動元件(例如,薄膜 串接太陽能電池)》圖85A顯示VMJ太陽能電池之具有〖=2 列之三個群集85201至85203或串8535丨及85352,每一列包 括M=8個VMJ電池,其係串聯連接且每一者可包含接近4〇 個構成太陽能電池。群集852(^1 85203藉由電線或負電壓 匯流排8560及一正電壓匯流排連接(亦參見圖86)。列係串 聯連接以增加電流輸出。應注意,至少部分基於設計考 量,一群集内之一列中之VMJ電池之數目Μ(—正整數)可 大於或小於八個,該等設計考量可包括商業(例如,成 本、存貨、購買訂單)及技術態樣(例如,電池效率、電池 結構)兩者。舉例而言’群集852〇ι至852 〇3可自目標係藉由 每一者產生25 V之VMJ電池產生AV=200 V之一設計得出。 141498.doc -135- 201017905 同樣’可根據最初與聚焦於一日光接收器7i2〜上之光束 之空間伸展相關之設計限制確定κ(—正整數)(亦參見圖 84)。VMJ電池之群集係串聯連接。將—電線8524佈線於 日光接收器之背侧上。 如前文所闡述’所聚焦之光傾於朝向所聚焦圖案之端跨 越該接收器之長度(沿γ 84〇5方向定向)係不均勾的。因 此’在—態樣中,可在-「分裂」佈局中添加—額外群 集,其中四個VM;電池對位於—個端處,纟另外四個彻 太陽能電池對彌補位於另一端處之群集之平衡。此.「分裂 群集」組態在-個群集(在端處分裂之—者)中而非在〕 個群集(在每-端處之一者)十折衷效能。可藉由穿過且沿 該接收器之背側佈線之一電線856〇來互連該分裂群集之2 半。 〃 圖85B圖解說明其中組態三列8565ι至85653pv主動元件 之佈局8530。組態包括藉由一電線或匯流排8560連接之 』PV群集855^855^參見圖μ)。該等pv主動元件 之空間分佈通常比-所聚焦《圖案之—預期空間分佈寬’· 可藉由如圖84中所呈現之彼等模擬之模擬來估計此種寬 度。當PV主動元件(例如,VMJ太陽能電池)之成本可行時 可實施組態8530 〇此種組態可保持對結構波動、製造不理 想性(例如,尺寸誤差)及結構移位之期望系統(例如,太陽 能聚集器7100)容限,此乃因其提供供經移位之光落於其 上之一較大目標面積。在此組態情景中,藉由第三列之引 入來引入額外VMJ太陽能電池區域,該區域之某些可能不 141498.doc -136- 201017905 被照射且此係非運作性;然而,取得運作(例如,被照射) 面積之-淨增加且因此組態8530之至少—個優點係利用更 多之輻射。應瞭解,利用一較大VMJ太陽能電池佔地面積 及一較大光束佔地面積之相對成本效用或折衷至少部分依 據太陽能聚集器7100結構及相應元件(例如,反射鏡)之相 對成本及效率對PV主動元件(例如,VMJ電池)之相對成本 及效率。Figure 8 2 shows an embodiment of a channelized heat collector 8200 that can be mechanically combined to a PV module (not shown in Figure 82) to extract heat from one another in accordance with aspects of the present invention. The active cooling or heat transfer medium can be embodied in a fluid that passes through a plurality of (Q) channels or conduits 821, wherein Q is a positive integer. The channelized heat collector can be machined in a different piece of metal (for example, an AUtCu sheet, or any material with a high thermal conductivity). In the aspect, the - orifice can allow coolant fluid to enter the channelized heat collector and - the second orifice allows the coolant fluid to exit. The orifice 8220 or 823〇 allows the channelized heat collector to be tightened (eg, bolted or bolted) to the ρν module (not shown). Additional fasteners 8252 may be present to effect attachment of the module. It should be noted that a covered hard sheet (not shown) may be disposed on the open surface of the channelized heat collector to close and seal the channelized collector 8 to prevent leakage of the coolant fluid; (9) Can be = in the inner surface of the coffee bean - ridge 8254 cut. The cover hard foil may utilize an amount of thermal energy material 141498.doc-129-201017905 that is circulated through the channelized heat to generate an additional charge that can supplement the electrical output of the cooled pv module. Alternatively or additionally, the hard cover sheet may be thermally contacted to attach a thermal electrical component to produce supplemental power. The channelized heat collector 8200 is modular in that it can be mechanically coupled to a disparate PV module (e.g., 81 80) at a time to harvest thermal energy and cool the illuminated PV module. At least one advantage of the modular design of the channelized heat collector 8200 is that it can be effectively and practically reused after the end of the operational life of the PV module; for example, when a PV module is supplied, one of the cost benefits of current output fails. The PV module can be detached from the channelized collector and the new PV module can be secured to the channelized collector. At least another advantage of the channelized heat collector is that the fluid acting as a heat transfer medium can be selected, at least in part, to accommodate a particular heat load and effectively cool the disparate PV modules operating with different irradiance or photon flux. In one aspect, the PV element can be directly bonded to the channeled collector on a surface opposite the surface of the hard cover sheet that closes and seals the channelized collector 8200. Thus, the channelized collector acts as one of the support plates for the PV cell while it provides cooling or heat extraction. It should be noted that a set of channelized collectors 8200 can be secured to a support structure to form a PV receiver; for example, 712 (h. at least one advantage of the modular configuration of the set of channelized collectors 8200) When the PV element is bonded to each collector in the set and one or more PV elements in a collector fail, the affected PV element and the supported channelized collector can be individually replaced without The operation of the disparate collector and associated PV cells in the set of channelized collectors 8200 creates a hazard. 141498.doc • 130- 201017905 Figures 83A through 83C illustrate a possible PV module 7810 or as described herein. The active PV component of any of the other PV modules is exemplified by three exemplary illuminations of the illumination collected by the parabolic solar concentrator 7100. In one aspect of the invention, the active PV component is a single component ( For example, integrally bonded), axially oriented structures, including a group of N (N-based positive integer) components or unit solar cells (eg, based on Shi Xizhi solar cells, GaAs-based solar cells) , The solar cell of the Ge or the nanostructure solar cell. The set of N solar cells is illustrated as block 8325. The solar cells generate a series voltage along the axis z 8302 of the structure, wherein the AFC system constitutes a battery voltage. Individual PV cells generate energy at low voltages; most batteries output 〇5 V. Therefore 'to generate substantial power', the current is high due to the available low voltage. However, the substantial current can cause significant power associated with the series resistance. Loss 'This is the ratio of the power loss to the household, where / is to carry one of the currents through the series resistance. Accordingly, the system level of power loss can increase rapidly with high current and low voltage. The latter leads to the use of a series The solar energy conversion design of the interconnected solar cells is configured to increase the voltage output. Structure 8325 represents an exemplary vertical multi-junction (Vmj) solar cell. In one aspect of a VMJ solar cell, along a growth direction z 83〇 2 stacking a group of N constituent solar cells 'each constituent battery is near the first interface of the battery and one disparate battery a p-doped layer having an n-doped layer adjacent to a second interface, wherein the first and second interfaces are normal to the plane of the growth direction Ζ 83 02. Another state of one of the VMJ cells In the sample 'under typical operating conditions', a 1 cm2 VMJ solar cell can output 141498.doc -131 - 201017905 close to 25 volts. This is because N~40 cells are usually connected in series. Therefore, eight of the series electrical connections The VMJ solar cell can produce approximately 2 〇〇v. Furthermore, when the VMJ solar cell is not uniformly illuminated, the series connection of the constituent solar cells in the vMj solar cell can result in a low current state or when one of the VMJ solar cells Or a plurality of open circuit conditions that cause a fault when the solar cell is not irradiated, because the current output of one of the series of electrically active components connected in series (for example, the solar cell when irradiated) is usually subjected to one of the lowest current amounts. Battery limit. Under non-uniform illumination, the resulting power output is substantially dependent on the details of the collected light incident on the VMJ battery or substantially any or any of the active PV elements. Therefore, it should be noted that VMJ solar cells or substantially any or any of the active PV elements (eg, a thin film tandem solar cell, one of the crystalline semiconductor based solar cells, one of the amorphous semiconductors) will be provided. A solar collector is designed in such a way that a solar cell, based on a solar cell of one of the nanostructures, is uniformly illuminated. Figure 83A shows an exemplary scenario 8300 in which one of the oblate shapes illustratively focuses the beam 83 〇 5 overlying the entire surface of one of the PV elements 8325. Therefore, illumination is considered to be optimal. Figure 83B presents an example scenario 8330 that is sub-optimal with respect to power or energy output (due to partial illumination of the solar cells (represented as rectangles) in the PV active element 8325 - for example, the unit or the entire width of the solar cell The illumination failed by the focus area 8335. Figure 83C is an example scenario 834〇 of a job failure (e.g., zero output condition) because the focus area 8345 illuminates a subset of the solar cells in the PV active element 8325 that fails, and thus the power output is zero ( Because of the unirradiated structure 141498.doc •132- 201017905 no voltage appears at the solar cell). Figure 84 shows the distribution of light collected by the exemplary parabolic concentrator 7 (10). This difficulty (e.g., the ray and longitudinal model that may include the optical properties of the reflective material 7205) is revealed in the direction γ_ (normal to the axis of the cell) and in the orthogonal direction X 8407 - the non-uniform light pattern. The particular stretch characteristic of the optical focus region originates from the distribution of one of the locations around the focus of the plurality of reflectors (eg, 'reflector 7135') including the solar collection H (eg, solar collector 7); the plurality of reflectors are generated Multiple, relatively misaligned images are superimposed at the receiver. It will be appreciated that when the area of collection (e.g., the area of the panels 713 〇 to 713 〇 4) is increased and additional mirrors or reflectors are added, the light distributed at the focus becomes more and more uneven. In addition, FIG. 84 presents a graph 845 illustrating the positioning and alignment illustrated by an example of an optical image (dark gray hue) produced by a pair of VMJ cells 8455 relative to a solar collector (eg, 100); The image in 〇 is the same as the scene in Chart 8400. One or more VMJ cells or substantially any or any of the π active elements may be added in the direction Y 84〇5 on the side of the VMJ battery 8455; for example, parallel to the direction of the top beam in the support frame 713〇; typically, the VMJ battery One pattern or configuration will be such that the major axis of the optical shirt image that passes through a focused beam (eg, an axis parallel to the direction γ 84〇5) has a layout of reflection symmetry. Note that in generating thermal energy This non-uniformity of the radiation predicted by the simulation and experimentally observed in a solar concentrator does not affect the efficiency, since the thermal energy is effectively integrated into the illuminating heat receiver (for example, back 141498.doc -133 - 201017905 Install the snake tube 7 please). However, when the #pv battery is located near a focus trajectory (eg, a point or a line) of the collected light, uneven illumination may result in poor illumination of one of the portions of the pV battery (eg, see Figures "A through 83C" and thus approximate Reducing energy conversion efficiency; for example, reducing the power output of a set of PV cells within a -pv module. ^ It will be appreciated that the solar collectors (eg, solar collectors 7100) disclosed in the present invention are designed to tolerate structural structures. Spatial fluctuations (eg, dimensional changes in various structural elements) In addition, the disclosed solar concentrators (eg, 7100) can also tolerate environmental fluctuations, such as (1) substantially normal temperature gradients, which have desert-like weather conditions and Severe storm conditions such as high-speed wind and hail or some of these deployment locations (eg, Nevada, USA; Colorado, USA; Northern Australia, etc.) can be two common events. It should be easy to understand that environmental fluctuations can substantially affect structural conditions, Roughly any type of stress can focus the focused daylight from a designed focus trajectory or intended focus Point trajectory offset. These fluctuations or variations typically cause portions of a focused light pattern to shift up or down in the direction of the short axis of one of the support beams of the solar receiver, and at the vertical centerline of the support beam Shifting left or right in the direction of the long axis. Positioning the pv active component (eg, VMJ solar cell, triple junction solar cell) 782〇 to the intended focus light pattern (for example, overlapping with the PV cell pattern) The best position within the light pattern (for example, informally referred to as a "dessert" position) mitigates the deleterious effects associated with such changes in the light pattern, even though the PV active element is even in light. The focus may also be illuminated while being displaced. The configuration or configuration of the pv components can be configured as follows to ensure that the light incident on the PV elements is substantially independent of fluctuations in the optical focus 141498.doc • 134·201017905. In the aspect of the invention, the output of the parabolic solar collector system 7100 can be approximated to the focus track by orienting the ρν electric two on a receiver as follows: eg, a solar cell) Uneven illumination at (eg, a point, line, or arc) is resilient because each unit cell within a VMJ cell can be illuminated with at least a portion of its side section (eg, width); for example, see FIG. 83B and associated instructions. Accordingly, a VMJ* solar cell or substantially any or any of the PV active components will be oriented in such a manner that its series connection is aligned with the long axis of the optical image (e.g., gamma 8405). Figures 85A-85C illustrate an example of a cluster configuration or layout of a VMJ solar cell that can be used for energy conversion in a parabolic solar collector 71. When the following description refers to a VMJ solar cell, it should be noted that other alternative or additional PV active components (eg, thin film tandem solar cells) can be configured in much the same way. Figure 85A shows that VMJ solar cells have == 2 of the three Each cluster 85201 to 85203 or string 8535丨 and 85352, each column includes M=8 VMJ cells, which are connected in series and each may contain approximately 4 构成 constituent solar cells. Cluster 852 (^1 85203 is connected by a wire or negative voltage bus 8560 and a positive voltage bus (see also Figure 86). The columns are connected in series to increase current output. It should be noted that, at least in part, based on design considerations, within a cluster The number of VMJ batteries in one of the columns (--positive integer) may be greater or less than eight, and such design considerations may include commercial (eg, cost, inventory, purchase order) and technical aspects (eg, battery efficiency, battery structure) For example, 'cluster 852〇ι to 852 〇3 can be derived from the target system by generating a 25 V VMJ battery for AV=200 V. 141498.doc -135- 201017905 The κ (-positive integer) can be determined according to the design constraints originally associated with the spatial extension of the beam focused on a daylight receiver 7i2~ (see also Figure 84). The clusters of VMJ cells are connected in series. On the back side of the daylight receiver. As explained above, 'the focused light tilts towards the end of the focused pattern across the length of the receiver (oriented along the γ 84〇5 direction). - In this case, you can add - additional clusters - four VMs in the - "split" layout; the battery pair is at the end, and the other four solar cell pairs compensate for the balance at the other end. This. "Split cluster" is configured in a cluster (in the split at the end) rather than in the cluster (one at each end) ten-off performance. By passing through and along the receiver One of the backside wiring wires 856 is interconnected to interconnect the split half of the split cluster. 〃 Figure 85B illustrates a layout 8530 in which three columns 8565u to 85653pv active components are configured. The configuration includes connection by a wire or bus 8560. 』PV cluster 855^855^ see figure μ). The spatial distribution of the pv active elements is typically greater than - the "pattern-expected spatial distribution wide" of the focus - which can be estimated by simulations of the simulations as presented in Figure 84. Configuration 8530 can be implemented when the cost of a PV active component (eg, a VMJ solar cell) is feasible. This configuration maintains a desired system for structural fluctuations, manufacturing imperfections (eg, dimensional errors), and structural shifts (eg, The solar concentrator 7100) is limited in that it provides a larger target area on which the displaced light falls. In this configuration scenario, an additional VMJ solar cell area is introduced by the introduction of the third column, some of which may not be illuminated 141498.doc -136- 201017905 and this is not operational; however, the operation is achieved ( For example, the net increase in area - and thus at least the advantage of configuring 8530 - utilizes more radiation. It will be appreciated that the relative cost effectiveness or tradeoff of utilizing a larger VMJ solar cell footprint and a larger beam footprint is based, at least in part, on the relative cost and efficiency of the solar collector 7100 structure and corresponding components (eg, mirrors). The relative cost and efficiency of PV active components (eg, VMJ batteries).
圖85C圖解說明實例性組態858〇,其中具有全異結構之 群集可根據所聚焦光束圖案之預想(參見圖84)空間變化進 行調整;例如,沿在接收器之整個長度上之一所聚焦影像 之方向X 8407之寬度變化。 為調整PV主動元件佈局,可在寬度上改變群集(例如, 可在接收器之整個長度上調整一串或列中平行之vmj太陽 能電池之數目)。在一態樣中,侧群集包含 K 3列8585!至85853 ’且每一列具有厘=8個pv元件,而一 中〜群集858〇2可係κ=2列,例如pV主動元件寬之85951及 85952。群集8582!至8582s係藉由電線或正電壓匯流排859〇 並聯連接。 在實例性組態情景850〇、8530及85 80中以及在利用一串 聯連接串中之pv主動元件(例如,VMJ太陽能電池)之任一 組態中’一群集之效能受具有最低效能之PV元件影響,此 乃因此種件係串聯連接中之一電流輸出瓶頸,例如,電 流輸出降低至表現最差之pv主動元件之電流輸出。因此, 為最佳化效能,PV主動元件之串可基於在大致類似於太陽 141498.doc -137. 201017905 能收集器系統之彼等預想正常運作條件之 長及聚集強度)下在一測試庙 ,波 流匹配的。 ’“床中進行之-效能表徵可係電 此外,可㈣何方式配置電流匹配之串以最佳化電力產 生。舉例而言,當二個奉卩fc.i » 接以形成-列85651至85653)並聯連 六…“ 中間串(例如,列85652)可包括最高 效月b之電流匹配p V主動元株,iL f m丄 動7"件’此乃因中間串可能定位於聚 二收集之光束或光學影像之最佳位置。此外,頂部串 (例如’ 85650可係第二表現最佳之串,且底部串(例如, 85653)可係第三表現最佳之串。在此種配置中,當該影像 向上移位時’該頂部及中間串可完全被照射而底部串可 ^被部分照射,從而提供比在聚焦之光㈣像向下移位時 间之電力輸出’因此完全照射中間及下部串而頂部串被部 分照射。當PV主動元件(例%,彻電地)之大致所有群集 ,態為表現較差之若干PV主動元件位於__底部列中、表現 最佳之若乾電池位於該配置之中間且下—表現最佳之若干 凡件位於頂部串中時,可採用用於調整收集器面板(例 如713〇ι至713〇4)之位置以至少部分地追蹤太陽之位置之 一追蹤系統系統(例如,系統87〇〇)來調整其中之收集器面 板或反射器之組態,使得光束聚焦影像在聚集器作業期間 朝向一接收器(例如,7120γ)之頂部移位以便最大化電輸 出—例如,優先照射組態8530中之中間及頂部列。另外或 或者,可採用該追蹤系統來輞整其中之收集器面板或反射 器之位置以便在其中一 PV模組(例如,781〇)中之ρν元件並 141498.doc -138· 201017905 非電流匹配或以其他方式匹配之情景中最大化能量轉換效 能或電輸出。 應瞭解,組態或圖案或PV主動元件之電池大小(例如, 長度及寬度)及形狀並不限於圖8 5 A至圖85C中所圖解說明 之彼等大小及形狀或上文一般論述之彼等大小及形狀。太 陽能電池大小及形狀可改變以匹配於由各種可能反射鏡或 反射器、構造產生之聚集之光圖案。此外,PV元件之配置 或組態可係直線、正方形、蝴蝶結、弧形或其他圖案以利 用該4 pv元件之獨特特徵或態樣;舉例而言,VMJ太陽能 電池之單體、軸向定向之特性。 圖86A至圖86B圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣實現 所I焦束光圖案之改變之主動校正之PV電池之兩個實例性 群集組態。實例性群集組態8600及865〇實現對所收集日光 之所聚焦圖案(其由陰影塊8605表示)上之變化之被動調 整。在實例性組態8600中,三個群集861〇1至861〇3在一太 響陽能收集器(例如,7100)之一初始組態中由聚焦之收集之 光束8605照射。每一群集之電輸出係電連接至一 +v(例 如’ +200 V)電壓匯流排8676 »同樣,電線8677係一常見 負電壓匯流排。在一個或多個替代實施例或組態中,藉由 阻擋二極體來完成至匯流排8626之連接;舉例而言,在圖 86C中之組態868〇中,分別在匯流排8626與模組861〇1、 86102及161 〇3之輸出之間插入一阻擋二極體8684、1886及 8688。阻擋二極體可阻止匯流排8626之電流回流至係非功 食t性或表現不佳(因内部故障或缺少照射)之一 PV群集中。 141498.doc •139· 201017905 每一群集包括八個(N=8)PV元件之兩列(M=2)。在出現一 變化時,例如,一結構改變或故障條件開始(例如,一反 射元件(例如,7205)之破損),所聚焦之光束8605可將位置 移位至一接收器(例如,712(h)上;如由圖式中之一開箭頭 所圖解說明,可向一旁移位所聚焦圖案8605且因此其可停 止照射群集8610!中並聯連接之第一對8615 PV主動元件。 為防止可因第一對8615 PV元件缺少照射而導致之隨之而 來之開路狀況,可鄰近PV群集861 03佈置一附加或冗餘對 PV電池8620且將其與對8615並聯電連接;電連接由電線 8622及8624圖解說明。相應地,附加對8620之照射導致群 集861 (^之閉合電路組態且即使所聚焦之光束8615發生位 移亦保持其能量轉換效能。 在實例性組態8650中,三個群集86101至86103在一太陽 能收集器(例如,71 〇〇)之一初始組態中由聚焦之收集之光 束8605照射。附加或冗餘電池對8670允許即使在聚焦之收 集之光束8605之位移(參見開箭頭)導致PV電池對8665不被 照射時亦保持模組86603之效能。如上所述,附加對PV元 件8670及電池對8665之並聯電連接導致實現相對於接近理 想或理想照射條件大致維持之PV電池群集86603之效能之 一閉合電流環路(亦參見圖83A至圖83C)。藉由電線8622及 8624來實現對8670與8665中的電連接。每一群集之電輸出 係電連接至一+V(例如,+200 V)電壓匯流排8626 ;在一個 或多個替代實施例中,藉由阻擋二極體來完成至匯流排 1626之連接。 141498.doc -140- 201017905 在額外或替代實施例中,除電連接於附加對862〇之輸出 與pv電池對8615之間的一第二阻擋二極體以外,可在對 8615與模組8610丨中之第二對PV電池之間串聯電連接一第 一阻擋二極體。在一態樣中,該第一阻擋二極體可係二極 體8684,其可自匯流排8626及群集861〇1之輸出斷開且如 所闡述重新連接。應注意,第二阻擋二極體係除二極體 8684、8686及8688以外之二極體。當正常照射群集861〇丨 ❿至86103時,例如,所收集之日光圖案8605覆蓋此三個群 集,所插入之第一阻擋二極體不影響群集861〇1或整個三 群集pv模組之作業。如上所述,附加電池862〇在防止開路 狀況之一 OR配置中與對8615電連接其。當pv電池對“Η 因所聚焦之光圖案8605之一移位而不被照射時,第一阻擋 二極體防止電流回流至對8615(因其表現不佳或不良狀 況),而第二阻擋二極體允許電流輸出自附加對862〇進入 保持被照射(且因此在群集861〇1内起作用)之pv,池中。 鲁可實現包括組態8650中之阻擋二極體之一類似實施例。然 而,在此種實施例中,可在群集861〇3中之第一(最左 邊)PV電池對與該群集中之剩餘Pv元件中重新_聯連接之 後,將第一二極體體現於二極體8688中。 應注意,對於當VMJ電池包含群集861〇1至861〇3時,與 該等VMJ電池相關聯之大反偏壓擊穿電壓在一群集内之 VMJ電池之子組中致使旁路二極體之不必要連接。然而, 對於非VMJ電池之PV元件(舉例而言,三接面太陽能電 池),可於每一PV群集内包括此類旁路二極體,使得pv元 141498.doc • 141 - 201017905 件減輕可因出現故障之PV元件產生之非運作性狀況。 因PV效能大致被保持之事實而產生之調整之被動性質— 能量轉換效能被保持之程度至少部分由附加對8620之能量 轉換效率相對於PV元件8615之效率規定。儘管在具有單個 附加對之群集組態8600、8650及868〇中圖解說明被動調 整,但亦可採用較大附加群集(例如,兩對)來適應所聚焦 光束圖案之移位。應注意,亦可以與前文所述大致相同之 方式在具有阻擋二極體之組態中利用較大冗餘對。在一態 樣中,用於能量轉換之由一組PV群集構成之一 pv模組可 包括附加電池8620及8670,以適應所聚焦之光圖案在沿該 圖案之軸之兩個方向上之移位。此外,可在群集86ι〇ι、 861〇2或861〇3附近之替代或額外位置處佈置附加或冗餘pv 電池以在所聚焦之圖案8605在替代方向上移位時被動地校 正作業。應瞭解,包括一個或幾個附加或冗餘?¥電池對可 允許保持一較大PV電池群集之作業;如所闡述,一單個附 加PV元件對可保護NxM個元件之一整個模組。 圖87係根據本文中所闡述之態樣實現其一太陽能收集器 或反射器面板之位置之調整以最大化該太陽能收集器之一 效能度量之一實例性調整系統87〇〇之一方塊圖。調整系統 8700包括可向控制組件874〇供應該太陽能聚集器之運作資 料之一監測器組件8720,該控制組件可調整該太陽能聚集 器或其一個或多個部件之一位置以便最大化自該作業資料 抽取之一效能度量。控制組件874〇(例如,可係硬體、韌 體或軟件或其任一組合之一電腦相關實體)可實行太陽能 141498.doc -142· 201017905 收集器或其部分(例如’一個或多個面板(例如7130!至 7 13〇4)或一個或多個反射器總成7135)之位置之追蹤或調 整。在一態樣中,此種追蹤包含以下各項中之至少一者: ⑴藉由量測或對一本端或遠端資料庫之存取來收集資料, (ii)致動馬達以調整太陽能聚集器内之元件之位置或(丨⑴ 報〇太% 聚集器之狀況,例如能量轉換效能度量(例 如,輸出電流、所傳送之熱量…)、受控制元件之回應及 φ 大致任一類型之診斷。應瞭解’控制組件8740可在調整組 件8710内部或在其外部,該調整組件本身可係一中央式或 分佈式系統,且可體現於可包含一處理器單元、一資料及 系統匯流排架構及一記憶體儲存器之一電腦中。 監測器組件8720可收集與太陽能聚集器之效能相關聯之 資料且將該資料供應至一效能度量產生器組件8725(在本 文中亦稱作效能度量產生器8725),該效能度量產生器組 件可至少部分基於該資料來評估一效能度量。一效能度量 φ 可包括能量轉換效率、能量轉換之電流輸出、熱能量產生 或諸如此類中之至少一者。診斷組件8735可接收所產生之 效能度量值且報告太陽能聚集器之一狀況。在一態樣中, 可至少部分基於所收集運作資料之粒度來以各種等級報告 狀況;舉例而言,對於以一 pv模組内之一群集等級收集之 資料’診斷組件8735可以該群集等級報告狀況。可將所報 告之狀況保存於記憶體8760中以產生歷史作業資料,該歷 史作業資料可用於產生運作趨勢。 至少部分基於所產生之效能度量,控制組件174〇可驅動 141498.doc •143· 201017905 一致動器組件8745以調整太陽能聚集器或其部件(例如, 部署於形成該太陽能聚集器之一個或多個面板内之—個或 多個反射器)中之至少一者。控制組件874〇可在—閉合回 饋環路中反覆驅動致動器組件8745,以最大化一個或多個 效能度量:在由致動器組件8745實行之位置校正之每一次 反覆處’控制組件8740可用訊號通知監測器組件872〇收集 作業資料且回饋該資料以進一步驅動位置調整直至一效能 度量令人滿意地在一預定容限内,例如一可接受效能臨限 值。應瞭解,由調整系統8700實行之位置調整涉及以最大 化太陽能聚集器之效能之一方式將所收集之日光聚焦於該 收集器中。在一態樣中,如上所述,對於在一群集内之一 頂部列中包括表現較佳之PV元件之陣列之PV模組而言, 追蹤系統8700可經組態以減輕光束聚焦之影像朝向接收器 (例如,7120)之底部區域之移位以確保作業保持於一高輸 轄域内。 調整組件8710亦可允許太陽能聚集器87〇5中所利用之一 個或多個PV模組中之PV元件或Pv元件群集之自動電重新 組態。至少為此目的,在一態樣令,監測器組件872〇可收 集運作資料且產生一個或多個效能度量。監測器組件872〇 可將一個或多個所產生之效能度量傳達至控制組件874〇, 該控制組件可重新組態與所產生之一個或多個效能度量相 關聯之一個或多個群集之複數個pv元件中之電連接性以維 持太陽能聚集器8705之一期望效能。在態樣中,可藉由經 由監測器組件8720連續收集效能資料來反覆完成電重新組 141498.doc -144- 201017905 態。用於電組態或重新組態該一個或多個群集之該複數個 pv元件之邏輯(圖中未繪示)可保存於記憶體876〇中。在一 態樣中,控制組件8740可藉由組態組件8747(其可至少接 通該複數個PV元件中之各個Pv元件及至少關斷該複數個 PV元件中之各個PV元件)實行該複數個卩乂元件之電組態或 重新組態,或在該複數個PV元件内之各個元件中產生額外 或替代電路徑以取得提供或接近提供一目標效能之有利電 配置。在一個或多個替代實施例中,可藉由移動複數個pv 元件中之各個PV元件來以機械方式實施該複數個pv元件 之重新組態。太陽能收集器8705中之PV模組之自動重新組 態之至少一個優點係在無需操作者介入之情形下將運作效 能維持於實質一期望位準;因此,調整組件871〇致使太陽 能收集器8705自愈。 實例性系統8700包括經組態以進行賦予且其至少部分地 賦予調整組件8710及其中之組件或與其相關聯之組件之所 闡述功能性之一個或多個處理器875〇。處理器87s〇可包含 s十算元件之各種實現形式,例如,場閘控可程式化陣列、 專用積體電路及具有處理能力(除單處理器及多處理器架 構以外)之大致任一晶片集及諸如此類。應瞭解,一個或 多個處理器8750中之每一者可係一集中式元件或一分佈式 元件。此外,處理器8750可藉由一匯流排功能性地耦合至 調整組件8710及其中之組件及記憶體876〇,該匯流排可包 括一系統匯流排、一位址匯流排、一資料匯流排或一記憶 體匯流排中之至少一者。處理器875〇可執行儲存於記憶體 141498.doc -145- 201017905 87 60或其他g己憶體中之程式碼指令(圖中未緣示)以提供實 例性系統8700之所述功能性。此類程式碼指令可包括實施 本申叫案中所闡述之各種方法且至少部分與實例性系統 8700之功能性相關聯之程式模組或軟件或韌體應用。 除用以實行監測及控制之程式碼指令或邏輯以外,記憶 體1860可保存效能度量報告、太陽能聚集器之經調整位置 之日誌、一所實施位置校正之時間戳或諸如此類。 圖88A至圖88B表示根據本文中所闌述之態樣利用一寬 廣收集器之一日光接收器8800之一實施例之全異視圖。如 所圖解說明,日光接收器88〇〇包括一 pv模組881〇群組,每 一PV模組具有圖解說明為正方形之一組群集;每一組 pv群集接合至一通道化收集器124〇κ,其*κ=ι,2 3 4。通 道化收集器820(^至820〇4緊固至導向器882〇,該導向器附 接至支撐結構8825或係該支撐結構之一組成部分,該支撐 結構可耦合至一支撐桅桿,例如7130 ;儘管被圖解說明為 具有正方形剖面,但可將支撐結構8825製造為具有全異剖 面。通道化收集器820(^至82004可自PV模組8810群組抽取 熱量。此外,日光接收器88〇〇包括一開放收集導向器 8820(亦稱作導向器8820) ’其具有一逐漸打開之侧剖面(圖 18A)及一矩形頂部剖面(圖88B);導向器882〇可由金屬、 陶資•或經塗佈陶瓷或鑄造材料或在電磁輻射之可見頻譜中 具高度反射性之大致任一固態材料製作。應注意,導向器 8820之外表面可塗佈有一熱電材料以用於能量轉換(作為 因入射日光而導致之導向器之加熱之一副產品)。如上所 141498.doc •146- 201017905 述’以熱電方式產生之電可補充組咖之電產生。此 外,導向器8820可包括通常在導向器882()之壁内部或喪入 於導向1§8820内之一個或多個遂; 4夕個導管8S15,該等導管可允許 -流體之循環μ於熱㈣;循環流體可係循環穿過通道 化熱量收集器8200κ之流體之至少—部分。Figure 85C illustrates an example configuration 858〇 in which a cluster of disparate structures can be adjusted according to the spatial variation of the projected beam pattern (see Figure 84); for example, focused along one of the entire length of the receiver The width of the image X 8407 varies. To adjust the PV active component layout, the cluster can be varied in width (for example, the number of parallel vmj solar cells in a string or column can be adjusted over the entire length of the receiver). In one aspect, the side cluster contains K 3 columns 8585! to 85853 'and each column has PCT = 8 pv components, and one medium to cluster 858 〇 2 can be κ = 2 columns, for example, p51 active component width 85951 And 85952. The clusters 8582! through 8582s are connected in parallel by wires or positive voltage bus bars 859〇. In the example configuration scenarios 850〇, 8530, and 85 80 and in any configuration using a pv active component (eg, a VMJ solar cell) in a series connection string, the performance of a cluster is affected by the PV with the lowest performance. Component influence, this is why one of the series is a current output bottleneck in series connection, for example, the current output is reduced to the current output of the worst performing pv active component. Therefore, to optimize performance, the string of PV active components can be based on a test temple that is roughly similar to the length and intensity of the expected normal operating conditions of the collector system of the solar 141498.doc-137.201017905. The wave current matches. 'The performance in the bed - the performance characterization can be electrically. In addition, (4) how to configure the current matching string to optimize the power generation. For example, when two envy fc.i » are connected to form - column 85561 to 85653) Parallel connection of six... "The middle string (for example, column 85652) may include the most efficient monthly b-current matching p V active element strain, iL fm 丄 7 " piece 'This is because the intermediate string may be located in the poly-collection The best position for the beam or optical image. In addition, the top string (eg '85650 can be the second best performing string, and the bottom string (eg, 85653) can be the third best performing string. In this configuration, when the image is shifted up' The top and middle strings can be completely illuminated and the bottom string can be partially illuminated to provide a power output that is shifted downward than the focused light (4) image. Thus, the middle and lower strings are completely illuminated and the top string is partially illuminated. When roughly all clusters of PV active components (eg, %), some of the PV active components with poor performance are located in the bottom column of __, the best performing battery is located in the middle of the configuration and below - the most performance Preferably, when a plurality of items are located in the top string, a tracking system system can be employed to adjust the position of the collector panel (eg, 713〇 to 713〇4) to at least partially track the position of the sun (eg, system 87〇) 〇) to adjust the configuration of the collector panel or reflector therein such that the beam focused image is shifted toward the top of a receiver (eg, 7120 γ) during the concentrator operation to maximize electrical output—for example, The middle and top columns of configuration 8530 are preferentially illuminated. Alternatively or alternatively, the tracking system can be used to position the collector panel or reflector therein for ρν in one of the PV modules (eg, 781〇) Component and 141498.doc -138· 201017905 Maximize energy conversion performance or electrical output in non-current matching or otherwise matching scenarios. It should be understood that the battery size (eg, length and width) of the configuration or pattern or PV active component And the shapes are not limited to their size and shape as illustrated in Figures 85A to 85C or their size and shape as generally discussed above. The size and shape of the solar cell can be varied to match the various possible mirrors or The reflector, the resulting generated light pattern. Furthermore, the configuration or configuration of the PV elements can be straight, square, bow, curved or other pattern to take advantage of the unique features or aspects of the 4 pv element; for example, The characteristics of the individual, axial orientation of the VMJ solar cell. Figures 86A-86B illustrate the implementation of the change in the I focal beam light pattern in accordance with the aspects set forth herein. Two exemplary cluster configurations of dynamically calibrated PV cells. The example cluster configurations 8600 and 865 〇 implement passive adjustments to changes in the focused pattern of collected sunlight (represented by shaded block 8605). In configuration 8600, three clusters 861〇1 to 861〇3 are illuminated by a focused collected beam 8605 in an initial configuration of one of the solar collectors (eg, 7100). The electrical output of each cluster Electrically connected to a +v (eg '+200 V) voltage bus 8676 » Again, the wire 8677 is a common negative voltage bus. In one or more alternative embodiments or configurations, by blocking the diode Completing the connection to the bus 8626; for example, in the configuration 868 of Figure 86C, a blocking diode is inserted between the bus 8826 and the outputs of the modules 861, 1, 102, and 161 分别3, respectively. 8684, 1886 and 8688. The blocking diode prevents the current in the bus 8262 from flowing back into one of the PV clusters that is either non-productive or underperforming (due to internal failure or lack of illumination). 141498.doc • 139· 201017905 Each cluster consists of two columns (M=2) of eight (N=8) PV elements. When a change occurs, for example, a structural change or failure condition begins (eg, damage to a reflective element (eg, 7205)), the focused beam 8605 can shift position to a receiver (eg, 712 (h) Above; as illustrated by an open arrow in the drawing, the focused pattern 8605 can be shifted aside and thus it can stop illuminating the first pair of 8615 PV active elements connected in parallel in the cluster 8610!. The first pair of 8615 PV elements lacks illumination resulting in an open circuit condition, and an additional or redundant pair of PV cells 8620 can be placed adjacent to the PV cluster 861 03 and electrically connected in parallel with the pair 8615; the electrical connections are made by wires 8622 And 8624. Accordingly, the additional pair 8620 illumination results in a closed circuit configuration of the cluster 861 and maintains its energy conversion performance even if the focused beam 8615 is displaced. In the example configuration 8650, three clusters 86101 to 86103 are illuminated by a focused collection of light beams 8605 in an initial configuration of a solar collector (eg, 71 。). Additional or redundant battery pairs 8670 allow for collection even in focus The displacement of the beam 8605 (see the open arrow) results in the performance of the module 86603 being maintained when the PV cell is not illuminated by the 8665. As noted above, the additional parallel electrical connection of the PV element 8670 and the battery pair 8665 results in a relatively close to ideal or One of the performances of the PV cell cluster 86603, which is generally maintained under ideal illumination conditions, is a closed current loop (see also Figures 83A-83C). The electrical connections in 8670 and 8665 are achieved by wires 8622 and 8624. The output is electrically coupled to a +V (eg, +200 V) voltage bus 8626; in one or more alternative embodiments, the connection to bus 1626 is accomplished by blocking the diodes. 141498.doc -140 - 201017905 In an additional or alternative embodiment, in addition to being electrically coupled to a second blocking diode between the output of the additional pair 862 and the pair of pv cells 8615, a second pair of 8615 and module 8610 can be used A first blocking diode is electrically connected in series between the PV cells. In one aspect, the first blocking diode can be a diode 8684 that can be disconnected from the output of the bus 8626 and the cluster 861〇1. And reconnect as explained. It should be noted The second blocking diode system has diodes other than the diodes 8684, 8686, and 8688. When the clusters 861〇丨❿ to 86103 are normally illuminated, for example, the collected daylight patterns 8605 cover the three clusters, inserted The first blocking diode does not affect the operation of the cluster 861〇1 or the entire three-cluster pv module. As described above, the add-on battery 862 is electrically coupled to the pair 8615 in one of the open-circuit prevention OR configurations. When the pv battery is "not displaced by one of the focused light patterns 8605, the first blocking diode prevents current from flowing back to the pair 8615 (because of its poor performance or poor condition), and the second blocking The diode allows current output from the additional pair 862 〇 into the pv, which is kept illuminated (and therefore active in cluster 861 〇 1). Luke implements a similar implementation of one of the blocking diodes included in configuration 8650 However, in such an embodiment, the first diode can be embodied after the first (leftmost) PV cell pair in the cluster 861〇3 is re-connected with the remaining Pv elements in the cluster. In diode 8688. It should be noted that for a VMJ battery containing clusters 861〇1 to 861〇3, the large reverse bias breakdown voltage associated with the VMJ cells is in a subset of VMJ cells within a cluster. Causing an unnecessary connection of the bypass diode. However, for a PV element of a non-VMJ battery (for example, a three-junction solar cell), such a bypass diode can be included in each PV cluster, such that pv元141498.doc • 141 - 201017905 The non-operating condition of the PV element. The passive nature of the adjustment due to the fact that the PV performance is substantially maintained - the energy conversion efficiency is maintained at least in part by the efficiency of the energy conversion efficiency of the additional pair 8620 relative to the efficiency of the PV element 8615. Provisions. Although passive adjustments are illustrated in cluster configurations 8600, 8650, and 868, with a single additional pair, larger additional clusters (eg, two pairs) may be employed to accommodate shifting of the focused beam pattern. It is also possible to utilize a larger redundancy pair in a configuration with a blocking diode in much the same way as described above. In one aspect, a pv module consisting of a set of PV clusters for energy conversion Additional batteries 8620 and 8670 may be included to accommodate the displacement of the focused light pattern in both directions along the axis of the pattern. Additionally, an alternative to or near the cluster 86 〇 ι, 861 〇 2 or 861 〇 3 Additional or redundant pv cells are placed at additional locations to passively correct the job when the focused pattern 8605 is shifted in the alternate direction. It should be understood that one or more additional or redundant? For operations that allow for the retention of a larger PV cell cluster; as illustrated, a single additional pair of PV elements can protect the entire module of one of the NxM components. Figure 87 is a solar collection based on the aspects illustrated herein. A block diagram of an exemplary adjustment system 87 that adjusts the position of the reflector or reflector panel to maximize one of the solar collector performance metrics. The adjustment system 8700 includes the solar collector that can be supplied to the control component 874 One of the operational data monitor components 8720, the control component can adjust the position of the solar collector or one or more of its components to maximize one performance metric from the work profile. Control component 874A (eg, a computer-related entity that can be a hardware, firmware, or software, or any combination thereof) can implement solar energy 141498.doc - 142. 201017905 collector or portion thereof (eg, 'one or more panels Tracking or adjustment of the position of (eg, 7130! to 7 13〇4) or one or more reflector assemblies 7135). In one aspect, such tracking includes at least one of: (1) collecting data by measuring or accessing a local or remote database, (ii) actuating the motor to adjust the solar energy The position of the component within the aggregator or (丨(1) reports the condition of the concentrator, such as the energy conversion performance metric (eg, output current, heat transferred...), the response of the controlled component, and φ roughly any type Diagnosis. It should be understood that the 'control component 8740 can be internal or external to the adjustment component 8710, which can be a central or distributed system, and can be embodied in a processor unit, a data and system bus The architecture and a memory of one of the computers. The monitor component 8720 can collect data associated with the performance of the solar collector and supply the data to a performance metric generator component 8725 (also referred to herein as a performance metric) Generator 8725), the performance metric generator component can evaluate a performance metric based at least in part on the data. A performance metric φ can include energy conversion efficiency, energy conversion At least one of current output, thermal energy generation, or the like. Diagnostic component 8735 can receive the generated performance metric and report a condition of the solar aggregator. In one aspect, the granularity of the collected operational data can be based, at least in part. The status is reported in various levels; for example, for a piece of data collected at a cluster level within a pv module, the diagnostic component 8735 can report the status at the cluster level. The reported status can be saved in memory 8760 to produce Historical work data that can be used to generate operational trends. Based at least in part on the resulting performance metrics, the control component 174 can drive 141498.doc • 143·201017905 the actuator assembly 8745 to adjust the solar collector or its components ( For example, at least one of one or more reflectors disposed in one or more panels forming the solar collector. The control component 874 can repeatedly drive the actuator assembly 8745 in the closed loop. To maximize one or more performance metrics: each of the position corrections performed by the actuator assembly 8745 The secondary repeat 'control component 8740 can use the signal notification monitor component 872 to collect the job data and feed back the data to further drive the position adjustment until a performance metric is satisfactorily within a predetermined tolerance, such as an acceptable performance threshold. It will be appreciated that the position adjustment performed by the adjustment system 8700 involves focusing the collected daylight into the collector in a manner that maximizes the performance of the solar collector. In one aspect, as described above, for a cluster In the case where one of the top columns includes a PV module that exhibits an array of preferred PV elements, the tracking system 8700 can be configured to mitigate shifting of the beam focused image toward the bottom region of the receiver (eg, 7120) to ensure The operation is maintained within a high-altitude jurisdiction. The adjustment component 8710 can also allow for automatic electrical reconfiguration of PV elements or clusters of Pv components in one or more of the PV modules utilized in the solar collectors 87〇5. For at least this purpose, in one instance, the monitor component 872 can collect operational data and generate one or more performance metrics. The monitor component 872 can communicate one or more of the generated performance metrics to the control component 874, which can reconfigure a plurality of one or more clusters associated with the generated one or more performance metrics The electrical connectivity in the pv element maintains the desired performance of one of the solar collectors 8705. In the aspect, the electrical regrouping can be repeated by continuously collecting performance data via the monitor component 8720. The logic (not shown) for electrically configuring or reconfiguring the plurality of pv components of the one or more clusters can be stored in the memory 876A. In one aspect, control component 8740 can implement the complex number by configuring component 8747 (which can turn on at least each of the plurality of PV elements and at least turn off each of the plurality of PV elements) The electrical configuration or reconfiguration of the individual components, or the creation of additional or alternative electrical paths in each of the plurality of PV components to achieve an advantageous electrical configuration that provides or provides a targeted performance. In one or more alternative embodiments, the reconfiguration of the plurality of pv elements can be performed mechanically by moving each of the plurality of pv elements. At least one advantage of the automatic reconfiguration of the PV modules in the solar collector 8705 is to maintain operational performance at a substantially desired level without operator intervention; therefore, the adjustment assembly 871 causes the solar collector 8705 to self More. The example system 8700 includes one or more processors 875A that are configured to perform the assignment and that are at least partially imparted to the illustrated functionality of the adjustment component 8710 and components thereof or components associated therewith. The processor 87s can include various implementations of the sigma components, such as field gated programmable arrays, dedicated integrated circuits, and substantially any wafer having processing capabilities (other than single processor and multiprocessor architectures). Sets and the like. It should be appreciated that each of the one or more processors 8750 can be a centralized component or a distributed component. In addition, the processor 8750 can be functionally coupled to the adjustment component 8710 and components therein and the memory 876 by a bus bar, which can include a system bus, an address bus, a data bus, or At least one of a memory bus. The processor 875 can execute program code instructions (not shown) stored in the memory 141498.doc-145-201017905 87 60 or other g memory to provide the functionality described by the example system 8700. Such code instructions may include program modules or software or firmware applications that implement the various methods set forth in this application and are at least partially associated with the functionality of the example system 8700. In addition to the code instructions or logic used to perform the monitoring and control, the memory 1860 can maintain a performance metric report, a log of the adjusted position of the solar aggregator, a time stamp for performing position correction, or the like. 88A-88B show a disparate view of one embodiment of a daylight receiver 8800 utilizing a wide collector in accordance with aspects described herein. As illustrated, the daylight receiver 88A includes a pv module 881 group, each PV module having a cluster illustrated as a square; each set of pv clusters coupled to a channelized collector 124. κ, its *κ=ι, 2 3 4. A channelized collector 820 (^ to 820〇4 is secured to the guide 882〇, which is attached to or is part of the support structure 8825, which can be coupled to a support mast, such as 7130 Although illustrated as having a square cross-section, the support structure 8825 can be fabricated to have a disparate profile. The channelized collector 820 (^ to 82004 can extract heat from the PV module 8810 group. In addition, the daylight receiver 88〇 The crucible includes an open collection guide 8820 (also referred to as guide 8820) having a gradually open side profile (Fig. 18A) and a rectangular top section (Fig. 88B); the guide 882 can be metal, ceramic or Made of coated ceramic or cast material or substantially any solid material that is highly reflective in the visible spectrum of electromagnetic radiation. It should be noted that the outer surface of the director 8820 may be coated with a thermoelectric material for energy conversion (as a factor) One of the by-products of the heating of the guide caused by incident sunlight. As mentioned above, 141498.doc • 146- 201017905 describes that the electricity generated by the thermoelectric method can supplement the electricity generation of the group coffee. In addition, the guide 8 820 can include one or more turns that are typically inside the wall of the director 882() or that are trapped within the guide 1 § 8820; 4 a conduit 8S15 that allows the - fluid cycle to be in heat (four); The fluid may be circulated through at least a portion of the fluid of the channelized heat collector 8200K.
該寬廣-收集器接收器之一優點係入射於寬廣導向器 襲之内壁中之光在多個實例中被反射及散射,且因此在 PV模組88U)群組中產生光人射之—均勻化。應注意,日光 直接撞擊於PV模組88 10中或可在導向器882〇之内部處被反 射及散射且在一個或多個連續散射事件之後被重新收集。 在導向器8820之主要側中形成之角度及由通道化收集器 820〇1至820〇4形成之平臺可至少部分地規定ρν模組881〇中 所得光入射之一均勻度。 圖89顯示根據本文中所闡述之態樣利用一寬廣收集器之 一太陽能接收器8900之一實例性替代實施例。導向器 8820(以一剖面視圖顯示)附接至一組兩個熱量收集器或熱 量傳送元件89201及892〇2;該等熱量收集器中之每一者包 括與8210大致相同之一通道化結構,且因此以與通道化熱 量收集器8200大致相同之方式運作。如上所述,導向器 8820包括允許流體之循環以用於該導向器之冷卻或熱量收 集之導管8930。同樣,熱量收集器892〇1及892〇2具有允許 冷卻流體通過之導管8940,該(等)冷卻流體進一步實現製 冷及熱量收穫。熱量傳送元件892〇1及892〇2係緊固至係支 撐結構8915之一组成部分之一支撐板8917。儘管圖解說明 141498.doc -147- 201017905 兩個熱量收集器892Gi及_2,但寬廣收集器漏中可存 ^額外熱量收集器,如由支撐板8917之大小允許。螺检接 合或緊固至熱量收集器891Gi及892Gi的係—組三個pv模組 8140。應瞭解’該等pv模組中之每一者係與熱量收集器熱 接觸;然'而’其並未接合至熱量收集器上而是藉由”模組 中所^括之緊固構件緊固至該等熱量收集器(參見圖8 ^ ’可部署額外ρν模組814〇,如由該等熱量收集器中之 母一者之大小施加之空間限制所准許。如上所述,寬廣收 集器或接收器8900允許光接近均勻地分佈至pv模組8伽上 且實現熱能量之收穫。此外,可單獨維護或替換所佈置 模組咖中之每-者,其中運作成本及維修費㈣0 低0 圖90圖解說明因導向器882〇之内表面上之多個反射而導 致之至PV模組881G之表面上之光人射之—射線跟縱模擬 9〇〇〇。c〇ntour在該模擬中,在一預定角範圍内隨機定向之 光射線9005(表現為實線)朝向該寬廣收集器被引導,顯示 為外形輪廓9030及9020,且可到達PV模組,建模為$ 9010。入射事件之收集(例如,到達模型中PV模組之表2 之射線之累積,如區901〇所圖解說明)實現至少半定量地 顯露之一所模擬偵測器輪廓之產生。圖91呈現具有導向器 2020之一寬廣收集器接收器中之pv模組881〇處收集之光 之一模擬影像9110。所收集之光之所模擬影像顯露導向器 8820之内壁處之多個反射提供一大致均勻之光收集,其; 降低PV模組8810中PV電池群集之複雜度。 '、 I41498.doc -148- 201017905 馨於上述實例性系統及元件,參照圖92至圖93中之产r 圖,可更佳地瞭解可根據所揭示之標的物實施之—實例性 方法。如上文所指示’出於簡化解釋…,將實例性方 法呈現及闡述為—系列動作;然而,應理解及瞭解’所闡 述及主張之標的物並不受動作之次序限制,此乃因苹此動 作可以與本文中所W及闡述之次料同之次序發生及/ ^與其他動作同時發生。舉例而言,應理解及瞭解,可將 —方法替代表示為L目互關聯之狀態或事件(例如, 在一狀態圖表或交互作用圖表中)。此外,實施根據本說 明書之實例性方法可能並不需要所有所圖解說明之動作。 另外,應進一步瞭解,下文及此說明書通篇所揭示之方法 能夠儲存於一製品或電腦可讀媒體上以促進將此(等)方法 運送及傳送至電腦供執行,且因此供一處理器實施或儲存 於一記憶體中。 特定而言,圖92呈現用於利用抛物面反射器來聚集光以 φ 用於能量轉換之一實例性方法9200之一流程圖。在動作 9210處,組裝一拋物面反射器。組裝包括藉由附接至一支 撐樑之不同大小之支撐肋將一原本扁平之反射元件(例 如 薄玻璃反射鏡)變曲為一抛物面剖面或一貫穿形 狀。在一態樣中’最初扁平之反射材料在形狀上係矩形且 該支撲樑係沿該矩形之長軸定向。可採用各種材料及附接 構件(包括支撐肋與樑之一整合選項)來大規模生產或組裝 該拋物面反射器。 在動作9220處’於一支撐框架中安裝複數個經組裝抛物 141498.doc -149- 201017905 面反射器陣列。I — 之數目至少部分括之經組裝抛物面反射器 異、# '、於一日光收集面積之一期望大小,可 7 心所收集之光之效用來確定該大小。此 歹]之大小亦至少部分受收集於-接收n中之-焦點 軌:上之-光束圖案之一期望均句度影響。通常藉由較小 之p列大小來取得增加之均勾度。在本發明之一態樣中, 拋物面反射於距接收器之相同焦距處以增加所收集 光圖案之均勻度。 〃 在動作9230處’調整該複數個陣列中之每一反射器之一 位置以最佳化聚集於一接收器上之一光束。可在部署一太 陽能聚集器時或在_句,丨4 i 測试階段中或在生產模式中利用時實 施該調整。此外’當至少部分基於所量測之作業資料及自 i資料產生之相關效能度量運作該太陽能聚集器時可執行 調整。調整通常目標在於取得該接收器上之-均勻所收集 光圖案,該接收器包括用於能量轉換之一 pv模組。除均句' 度以外,調整該光圖案以大致完全聚焦於該等pv主動元件 (例如,PV模組中之太陽能電池)上以提高該模組之效能。 可經由安裝於太陽能收集器中或功能性地輕合至該太陽能 收集器之-追蹤系統來自動執行該調整。此一自動化系統 可增加接收器之複雜度,乃因將在該接收器中安裝與一控 制組件及相關量測器件相關聯之電路以便實施追蹤或最佳 化。然而,可藉由PV模組之提高之效能(因保持該(等)陣 列内之反射器之一最佳日光聚集組態而導致)來抵消與增 加之複雜度相關聯之成本。 141498.doc ,150· 201017905 在動作9240處,根據該接收器中所聚集之光之一圖案來 在該接收器上組態一光伏打模組。在本發明之一態樣中, 由於反射器之反射表面上之缺陷、反射表面之扭轉畸變及 被反射光之圖案之相關聯畸變、反射表面上污跡之累積或 諸如此類中之至少一者’即使所安裝抛物面反射器之一最 佳組態亦可導致聚焦於該接收器上之一光束圖案之一不均 勻形狀。相應地,可於具有全異形狀或單位之群集中配置 PV模組中之PV電池’例如VMJ、薄膜串接太陽能電池、 塵 ^ 三接面太陽能電池或奈米結構太陽能電池(圖15A至圖15C) 以提高對所收集之光之曝露且因此提高能量轉換效能。此 外,組態該PV模組可包括佈置附加PV元件(例如,162〇或 1670)以被動地校正所收集之光之一圖案之移位或畸變。 在動作9250處,將一熱收穫器件安裝於該接收器上以收 集藉由光收集產生之熱量。在本發明之一態樣中,該熱收 穫器件可係循環一流體以收集並運送熱量之一金屬蛇管或 φ 一通道化收集器中之至少一者。在另一態樣中,該熱能量 收穫器件可係將熱量轉換為電以補充光伏打能量轉換之一 熱電器件。 圖93係根據本文中所闡述之態樣用以調整一太陽能聚集 器之一位置以達成一預定效能之一實例性方法9300之一流 程圖。可藉由一調整組件(例如,871〇)或其中一處理器或 功能性地耦合至其之一處理器來實施標的實例性方法 93 00 〇儘管針對一太陽能聚集器進行圖解說明,但實例性 方法93 00可經實施以用於調整一個或多個抛物面反射器之 141498.doc -151 - 201017905 位置。在動作93 10處,藉由量測或自一資料庫之檢索中 之至少一者來收集一太陽能聚集器之效能資料,該資料庫 包括當前及歷史運作資料。在動作932〇處,報告該太陽能 聚集器之狀況。在動作933〇處,產生至少部分基於該所收 集之效能資料之一效能度量。一效能度量可包括能量轉換 效率庇*量轉換之電流輸出、熱能量產生或諸如此類令之 至少一者。此外,可針對一 pv模組中pv元件之一組群 集、針對-單個群集或針對一群集内一組一個或多個構成 PVx件來產生效能度量。在動作934〇處評價效能度量是 否令人滿意。在一態樣中,此種評價可基於該效能度量之 一組一個或多個預界定臨限值,其中令人滿意之效能度量 被定義為高於一個或多個臨限值之效能;可藉由掌管太陽 能聚集器之一操作者來建立該組一個或多個臨限值。 當評價動作934G之結果指示錢度㈣令人滿意的則 將流程引導至動作9310以進行進一步效能資料收集。在一 態樣中,在一預定等待週期(例如,一小時、12小時、一 天)流逝之後可將流程重新引導至動作931〇。在另一態樣 中,在將流程引導至動作931〇之前,可向一操作者傳達一 訊息(例如,經由一終端機或電腦),從而詢問是否需要進 -步效能資料收集。當評價動作234〇之結果顯露效能度量 7不滿意或低於個或多個臨限值時,在動作9350處調 整太陽能聚集器之一位置且將流程重新引導至動作931〇以 進行進一步資料收集。 如在本說明書中所採用,術語「處理器」可指大致任一 141498.doc 201017905 e十算處理單元或器件,包含但不限於包含單核處理器、具 有軟體多線執行能力之單處理器、多核處理器、具有軟體 多線執行能力之多核處理器、具有硬體多線技術之多核處 理器、平行平臺及具有分佈式共享記憶體之平行平臺。另 外,一處理器可指一積體電路、一專用積體電路(ASIC)、 數位訊號處理器(DSP)、一場可程式化閘陣列(FPga)、 可私式化邏輯控制器(PLC)、一複雜可程式化邏輯器件 φ (CPLD)、一離散閘或電晶體邏輯、離散硬體組件或其設計 用來執行本文所述功能之任一組合。處理器可利用奈米級 木構,例如但不限於基於分子及量子點之電晶體、開關及 閘,以便最佳化空間使用或增強使用者裝備之效能。亦可 將一處理器實施為計算處理單元之一組合。 在本說明書中,例如「儲存」、「資料儲存」、「資料 儲存器」、=資料庫」等術語及與一組件之作業及功能性 才關之大致任其他資訊儲存組件係指「記憶體組件」或 ❹豸現於。己憶體」中之實體或組成該記憶體之組件。應 瞭解’本文所述之記憶體組件可係揮發性記憶體或非揮發 性記憶體’或可包括揮發性記憶體及非揮發性記憶體兩 者0 ▲藉由例τ而非限&之方式,非揮發性記憶體可包括唯讀 6己憶體(ROM)、可程式化R〇M(pR〇M卜冑可程式化 R〇M(EP麵)、電子可抹除職(EEpRQM)或快閃記憶 體。揮發性記憶體可包括充當外部快取記憶體之隨機存取 記憶體(RAM)。藉由例示而非限定之方式 141498.doc •153· 201017905 多種形式,例如同步RAM(SRAM)、動態RAM(DRAM)、同 步DRAM(SDRAM)、 雙倍資料速率SDRAM(DDR SDRAM)、增強型SDRAM(ESDRAM)、同步鏈路 (Synchlink)DRAM(SLDRAM)及直接 Ram 匯流排 RAM(DRRAM) 〇另外,本文中所揭示之系統或方法之記 憶體組件意欲包含但不限於包含此等及任何其他合適類型 之記憶體。 可使用標準程式化及/或工程設計技術將本文所述之各 種態樣或特徵實施為一種方法、裝置或製品。此外,亦可 藉由儲存於一記憶體中且由一處理器執行之程式模組或硬 體與軟件或硬體與韌體之其他組合來實施本說明書中所揭 示之各種態樣。本文所用術語「製品」意欲囊括可自任一 電腦可讀器件、載體或媒體存取之一電腦程式。舉例而 言,電腦可讀媒體可包括但不限於磁性儲存器件(例如, 硬磁碟、軟磁碟、磁條…)、光碟(例如,壓縮光碟(CD)、 數位多功能光碟(DVD)、藍光碟(BD).·.)、智慧型卡及快閃 記憶體器件(例如,卡、棒、鍵驅動器...)。 特定就由上述組件、器件、電路、系統及諸如此類所執 行之各種功能而言,除非另有指示,否則用於闡述此類組 件之術語(包括對一「構件」之引用)意欲對應於執行所闡 述組件之規定功能之任一組件(例如,一功能等效物),即 使其在結構上並不等同於所揭示之執行本文所圖解說明之 實例性態樣中之功能之結構。在此方面,亦應認識到,各 種態樣包括一系統以及具有用於執行各種方法之動作及/ 141498.doc -154- 201017905 或事件之電腦可執行指令之—電腦可讀媒體。 本文中所用「例示性」—詞用於意指「用作一實例、例 子或例示」。本文Μ料「例雜」之任—態樣或設計 均未必應解釋為較其他態樣或設計練或有利。此外,實 例係僅出於清晰及理解之目的而提供且並非意欲以任一方 式限U發明或其相關部分。應瞭解,原本可呈現眾多額 外或替代實例’但出於簡明之目的已將其省略。 上文所騎之内容包括本發明之實例。當然,科能出 於闡述本發明之目的而閣述各組件或方法之每一種可構想 之組合’但熟習此項技術者可認制,可具有本發明之許 多其他組合及排列。相應地,本發明意欲囊括所有此類仍 歸屬於隨附申請專利範圍之精神及範疇内之變更、修改及 變化。此外,就本詳細說明或申請專利範圍中所用術語 「包括(inchuies)」而言,該術語之包括方式意欲類似於術 語「包含(comprising)」在申請專利範圍令用作一轉折詞 時「包含(comprising)」被解釋的那樣。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣促進太陽能收集器效 能之測試、評價及診斷之一系統之一實例性方塊圖. 圖2圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣促進太陽能收集器效 能之測試、評價及診斷之一系統之一實例性替代方塊圖,· 圖3圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣促進測試、評價及診 斷太陽能收集器效能之程序之一實例性流程圖; 圖4圖解說明可運作以執行所揭示之架構之一電腦之一 141498.doc -155- 201017905 方塊圖; 圖5圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣與一能量源對準之 一能量收集器之一代表性組態; 圖6圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣太陽相對於地球之 位置改變; 圖7圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣一整年中太陽相對 於地球之赤緯角度變化; 圖8圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣之一太陽能陣列; 圖9圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣之一太陽能陣列;_ 圖1〇圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣太陽能陣列可併入 其中之一代表性系統; 圖11圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣用於連接並對準一 極座架一太陽能陣列之一總成; 圖12圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣促進傾斜一太陽能 陣列之一總成; 圖13圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣繪示一陣列之相對 於一支撐件之位移之重心之一先前技術系統; · 圖14圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣處於一安全位 之一太陽能陣列; 圖15圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣處於用於安全、維 修、安裝等之一位置處之一太陽能陣列; 圖16圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣用於構造、安裝及 定位一太陽能陣列之一代表性方法; 圖17圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣用於將一太陽能陣 141498.doc -156- 201017905 列定位於一安全位置處之一代表性方法; 圖18圖解說明促進將一器件追蹤及定位於直射日光中之 一例示性系統之一方塊圖; 圖19圖解說明促進追蹤太陽之位置之一例示性系統之一 方塊圖; 圖20圖解說明促進追蹤太陽並適當定位太陽能電池之一 例示性系統之一方塊圖; 圖21圖解說明基於太陽位置追蹤來以遠端方式定位太陽 能電池之一例示性系統之一方塊圖; 圖22圖解說明促進基於直射日光之一位置最佳地對準太 陽能電池之一例示性系統。 圖2 3圖解說明用於確定一光源之偏光之一例示性流程 圖; 圖24圖解說明用於確定一光源是否是直射日%之一例示 性流程圖; 圖25圖解說明用於定位太陽能電池以最佳地接收直射日 光之一例示性流程圖; 圖26圖解說明根據本說明書之-態樣與-能量源對準之 一能量收集器之一代表性組態; 圖27圖解說明根據本說明書之—態樣用於將—期望能量 收集器位置對照-實際位置進行比較之-代表性系乡先。 圖28圖解說明根據本說明書之-態樣用於相對於重力對 準一能量”器之―代表性线; 重力對 圖29圖解說明根據本說明書之-態樣用於對準_重力破 141498.doc -157- 201017905 定實體之一代表性系統; 圖3〇圖解說明根據本說明#之_態樣用於藉由—詳細獲 得組件將—期望能量收集器位置對照—實際位置進行比較 之一代表性系統; 圖31圖解說明根據本說明書之—態樣用於藉由一詳細評 價組件將一期望能量收集器位置對照一實際位置進行比較 之一代表性系統; 圖32圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣之一代表性能量收 集評價方法; 圖3 3圖解說明根據本說明書之一態樣用於執行關於能量 收集之基於重力之分析之一代表性方法; 圖34圖解說明根據一態樣與習用太陽能收集器總成相比 經簡化之一太陽能翼總成; 圖3 5圖解說明根據一態樣圖34之太陽能翼總成之另一視 rgi · 圓, 圖36圖解說明根據一態樣其中一反射鏡位於一部分不安 全位置處之一太陽能翼總成之一部分之一實例性示意性表 不 ; 圖37圖解說明根據一態樣其中一反射鏡位於一安全位置 處之一太陽能翼總成之一部分之一實例性示意性表示; 圖38圖解說明根據一態樣之一太陽能翼總成之一部分之 另一實例性示意性表示; 圖39圖解說明根據所揭示之態樣用於一太陽能收集器總 成之一骨幹結構; 141498.doc -158- 201017905 圖40圖解說明根據一態樣之一太陽能翼總成及可用於將 該太陽能翼總成附接至該骨幹結構之一托架之一示意性表 示; 圖41圖解說明根據一態樣之代表太陽能翼總成至該骨幹 結構之一配置之一實例性焦距之一示意性表示; 圖42圖解說明根據一態樣利用包含數個太陽能翼總成之 四個陣列之一太陽能收集總成之一示意性表示; 圖4 3圖解s兒明可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之一經簡化極 座架; 圖4 4圖解說明根據一態樣可用於控制一太陽能收集器總 成之旋轉之一實例性馬達齒輪配置; 圖45圖解說明根據一態樣可用於旋轉控制之另一實例性 馬達齒輪配置; 圖46圖解說明可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之一極安裝 桿; 圖47圖解說明可與各種態樣一同使用之一極安裳桿之另 一實例; 圖48圖解說明一極安裝桿之一第一端之一視圖. 圖49圖解說明根據一態樣在一運作條件下之—完全組穿 之太陽能收集器總成; 圖50圖解說明根據一態樣位於一傾斜位置處之_太陽能 收集器總成之一示意性表示; 圖51圖解說明根據態樣以大致不同於一運作條件之一〜 向旋轉之一太陽能收集器總成之一示意性表示; 141498.doc •159- 201017905 圖52圖解說明根據本文中所呈現之各種態樣旋轉及降低 之一太陽能收集器總成; 圖53圖解說明根據一態樣位於一降低之位置處之一太陽 能收集器總成之一示意性表示; 圖54圖解說明根據一態樣位於一最低位置處(其可係一 儲存位置)之一太陽能收集器總成之一示意性表示; 圖55圖解說明可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之另一太陽能 收集總成; 圖56圖解說明可與所揭示之態樣一同使用之一實例性接 收器; 圖57圖解說明根據一態樣圖56中所圖解說明之實例性接 收器之一替代視圖; 圖58圖解說明根據一個或多個態樣用於大規模生產太陽 能收集器之一方法; 圖59圖解說明根據一態樣用於安裝一太陽能收集器總成 之一方法; 圖60圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣自光伏打(pv)電池之 一模組化配置耗散熱量之熱量調節器件之一剖面圖之—示 意性方塊圖; 圖61圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣採用一 格栅形式 之PV電池之模組化配置之一總成佈局之一示意性透視圖; 圖62圖解說明根據本發明之一再一態樣之一熱量調節系 統之一示意性方塊圖; 圖63圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣用以監測一 格柵 141498.doc 201017905 總成之一例示性溫度格柵圖案; 圖64係根據本發明之一再一態樣在各個格拇塊處所取溫 度振幅之一代表性表; 圖6 5圖解說明根據本發明之一特定態樣控制光伏打格栅 總成之溫度之一系統之一示意性圖表; 圖66圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣耗散來自pv電池之 熱量之一相關方法; 圖67圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣用於一 pv格柵總成 之熱量耗散之一其他方法; 圖68圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣採用流體作為冷卻介 質之一系統之一示意性方塊圖; 圖69圖解說明根據本發明之一再一態樣採用一熱量調節 總成之一例示性太陽能格柵配置; 圖70圖解說明根據本發明之一態樣用於熱量調節總成之 作業之一相關方法; 圖71A及圖71B分別圖解說明根據本申請案中所揭示之 態樣之一實例性拋物面太陽能聚集器及一所聚焦光束之一 圖表; 圖7 2圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣之一實例性構成 反射器,其在本文中稱為太陽能翼總成; 圖73A及圖73B圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣構成 太陽能反射器至一太陽能聚集器中之一主支撐樑之附接位 置; 圖74A至圖74B分別圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣 141498.doc -161 - 201017905 之一實例性單接收器組態及一實例性雙接收器配置; 圖75圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣聚焦於一接收器 上之一所收集光束之一「蝴蝶結」畸變; 圖76係根據本說明書中所揭示之態樣可在一或若干太陽 食匕5«•集器之部署之前被校正或可在經排程維修會話期間被 調整之典型輕微畸變之一圖表; 圖77圖解說明根據一態樣之一經調整所聚焦光束圖案之 一圖表; 圖78係根據本文中所闡述之態樣用於能量轉換之一太陽 能收集器中之一接收器之一圖表; 圖79A至圖79B圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣之一 接收器之圖表; 圖80係根據本文中所闡述之態樣聚焦於一接收器上之一 光束圖案之一再現。 圖8 1A至圖81B顯示根據本文中所闡述之態樣之pv模組 之實例性實施例; 圖82顯示根據本發明之態樣可以機械方式耦合至一 pv 模組以自彼處抽取熱量之一通道化熱量收集器之一實施 例; 圖83A至圖83C圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣主動 PV元件藉由經由拋物面太陽能聚集器之日光收集之照射之 實例性情景; 圖84係根據本說明書中所揭示之態樣一拋物面聚集器之 光束分佈之一電腦模擬之一繪圖; 141498.doc -162- 201017905 圖85A至圖85C圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣之pv 電池之集群組態之實例; 圖86A至圖86B圖解說明根據本文中所闡述之態樣實現 所聚焦束光圖案之改變之被動校正之PV電池之兩個實例性 集群組態。圖86C顯示根據本文中所闡述之態樣之用於所 產生電流之收集之一實例性組態; 圖87係根據本文中所闡述之態樣實現一太陽能收集器或 其反射器面板之位置之調整以最大化該太陽能收集器之一 效能度量之一實例性追蹤系統之一方塊圖; 圖88A至圖88B代表根據本文中所闡述之態樣利用一寬 廣收集器之日光接收器之一實施例之全異視圖; 圖89顯示根據本文中所闡述之態樣利用一寬廣收集器之 一曰光接收器之一實例性替代或額外實施例; 圖90圖解說明因一寬廣-收集器接收器中之一反射導向 器之内表面上之多個反射而導致之入射於一 PV模組之表面 上之光之一射線跟蹤模擬; 圖91呈現在具有附接至其之一反射導向器之一寬廣收 集器接收器中之一 PV模塊處收集之光之一模擬影像; 圖92呈現根據本文中所闡述之態樣用於利用拋物面反射 器來聚集光以用於能量轉換之一實例性方法之一流程 圖;及 圖93係根據本文中所闡述之態樣用以調整一太陽能聚集 器之一位置以達成一預定效能之一實例性方法之一流程 圖0 141498.doc •163· 201017905 【主要元件符號說明】 100 系統 102 測試系統 202 雷射發射器組件 204 接收器組件 206 接收器組件 208 處理器組件 400 計算環境 402 電腦 404 處理單元 406 系統記憶體 408 系統匯流排 410 唯讀記憶體 412 隨機存取記憶體 414 内部硬式磁碟機 416 軟磁碟驅動器 418 可拆卸式磁碟 420 光碟驅動器 422 CD-ROM磁碟 424 硬磁碟介面 426 磁碟驅動介面 428 光學驅動介面 430 作業系統 432 應用程式 141498.doc - 164- 201017905One advantage of the wide-collector receiver is that light incident on the inner wall of the broad guide is reflected and scattered in multiple instances, and thus produces a light shot in the PV module 88U) group - uniform Chemical. It should be noted that sunlight impinges directly on the PV module 88 10 or may be reflected and scattered within the interior of the director 882〇 and re-collected after one or more consecutive scattering events. The angle formed in the major side of the director 8820 and the platform formed by the channelized collectors 820〇1 to 820〇4 can at least partially define a uniformity of light incident in the ρν module 881〇. Figure 89 shows an exemplary alternative embodiment of a solar receiver 8900 utilizing a wide collector in accordance with the aspects set forth herein. A director 8820 (shown in a cross-sectional view) is attached to a set of two heat collectors or heat transfer elements 89201 and 892〇2; each of the heat collectors includes one of the same channelized structures as the 8210 And thus operates in substantially the same manner as the channelized heat collector 8200. As noted above, the guide 8820 includes a conduit 8930 that allows circulation of fluid for cooling or heat collection of the guide. Similarly, heat collectors 892〇1 and 892〇2 have conduits 8940 that allow cooling fluid to pass through, which further cools and heats up. The heat transfer elements 892〇1 and 892〇2 are fastened to one of the support members 8917 of one of the components of the support structure 8915. Although illustrated by 141498.doc -147- 201017905 two heat collectors 892Gi and _2, a wide collector leak can be stored in the additional heat collector, as allowed by the size of the support plate 8917. A series of three pv modules 8140 that are screwed or fastened to the heat collectors 891Gi and 892Gi. It should be understood that 'each of these pv modules is in thermal contact with the heat collector; however, 'it' is not joined to the heat collector but by the fastening members included in the module Secure to the heat collectors (see Figure 8 ^ 'Deployable additional ρν modules 814〇, as permitted by the space limitations imposed by the size of the parent in the heat collectors. As noted above, the wide collector Or the receiver 8900 allows the light to be evenly distributed to the pv module 8 and achieves the harvest of the thermal energy. In addition, each of the arranged modules can be separately maintained or replaced, wherein the operating cost and the maintenance cost (4) 0 are low. 0 Figure 90 illustrates the ray and longitudinal simulation of the beam of light on the surface of the PV module 881G due to multiple reflections on the inner surface of the director 882. c〇ntour in the simulation A randomly illuminating light ray 9005 (shown as a solid line) is directed toward the broad collector in a predetermined angular range, shown as contours 9030 and 9020, and accessible to the PV module, modeled as $9010. Incident Collection of events (eg, table 2 of PV modules arriving in the model) The accumulation of rays, as illustrated by zone 901, achieves at least semi-quantitative discovery of the generation of one of the simulated detector profiles. Figure 91 presents a pv module 881 in a wide collector receiver having a director 2020 One of the collected light is a simulated image 9110. The simulated image of the collected light reveals a plurality of reflections at the inner wall of the director 8820 to provide a substantially uniform light collection, which reduces the PV cell cluster in the PV module 8810. Complexity. ', I41498.doc -148- 201017905 The above-described exemplary systems and components, with reference to the graphs of Figures 92-93, can better understand what can be implemented according to the disclosed subject matter - example The method is presented and described as a series of acts for the purpose of simplifying the description of the present invention; however, it should be understood and understood that the subject matter described and claimed is not limited by the order of the action. This action may occur in the same order as the sequence described herein and/or with other actions. For example, it should be understood and understood that the method alternative can be expressed as L-mesh correlation. State or event (eg, in a state diagram or interaction diagram). Furthermore, it is not necessary for all of the illustrated actions to be performed in accordance with the exemplary methods of the present specification. Further, it should be further understood, the following and throughout this specification. The disclosed methods can be stored on an article or computer readable medium to facilitate transport and transfer of the method to a computer for execution, and thus for a processor to implement or store in a memory. Figure 92 presents a flow diagram of an exemplary method 9200 for concentrating light with φ for energy conversion using a parabolic reflector. At action 9210, a parabolic reflector is assembled. Assembly includes by attaching to a support beam The differently sized support ribs deform an otherwise flat reflective element (e.g., a thin glass mirror) into a parabolic profile or a through shape. In one aspect, the initially flat reflective material is rectangular in shape and the beam is oriented along the long axis of the rectangle. The parabolic reflector can be mass produced or assembled using a variety of materials and attachment members, including one of the support rib and beam integration options. A plurality of assembled parabolic 141498.doc - 149 - 201017905 face reflector arrays are mounted in a support frame at action 9220. The number of I- at least partially includes the assembled parabolic reflector, which is the desired size of one of the daylight collection areas, and the effect of the light collected by the heart is used to determine the size. The size of this 歹] is also at least partially affected by the desired uniformity of one of the beam patterns collected in the - receiving n-focus track. The increased uniformity is usually achieved by a smaller p-column size. In one aspect of the invention, the paraboloid is reflected at the same focal length from the receiver to increase the uniformity of the collected light pattern. ’ Adjusting one of the plurality of reflectors at action 9230 to optimize a beam that is concentrated on a receiver. This adjustment can be implemented when deploying a solar aggregator or during use in the _sent, 丨4 i test phase or in production mode. In addition, adjustments can be made when the solar aggregator is operated based, at least in part, on the measured operational data and associated performance metrics generated from the i-data. The adjustment typically involves the acquisition of a uniform collected light pattern on the receiver, which includes one of the pv modules for energy conversion. In addition to the average degree, the light pattern is adjusted to focus substantially on the pv active components (e.g., solar cells in the PV module) to improve the performance of the module. This adjustment can be performed automatically via a tracking system that is installed in the solar collector or that is functionally coupled to the solar collector. This automated system can increase the complexity of the receiver by installing circuitry associated with a control component and associated measurement device in the receiver for tracking or optimization. However, the cost associated with the added complexity can be offset by the improved performance of the PV module (due to maintaining the optimal daylighting configuration of one of the reflectors in the array). 141498.doc, 150· 201017905 At act 9240, a photovoltaic module is configured on the receiver based on a pattern of light collected in the receiver. In one aspect of the invention, due to defects on the reflective surface of the reflector, torsional distortion of the reflective surface and associated distortion of the pattern of reflected light, accumulation of stains on the reflective surface, or the like, Even an optimal configuration of one of the mounted parabolic reflectors can result in an uneven shape of one of the beam patterns focused on the receiver. Accordingly, the PV cells in the PV module can be configured in a cluster having a disparate shape or unit, such as a VMJ, a thin film tandem solar cell, a dust triple junction solar cell, or a nanostructure solar cell (FIG. 15A to FIG. 15C) to increase exposure to the collected light and thus improve energy conversion efficiency. In addition, configuring the PV module can include arranging additional PV elements (e.g., 162 or 1670) to passively correct for shifting or distortion of one of the collected light patterns. At act 9250, a heat harvesting device is mounted to the receiver to collect heat generated by light collection. In one aspect of the invention, the heat harvesting device can be configured to circulate a fluid to collect and transport at least one of a metal coil or a φ channelized collector. In another aspect, the thermal energy harvesting device can convert heat to electricity to supplement one of the photovoltaic energy conversion thermoelectric devices. Figure 93 is a flow diagram of an exemplary method 9300 for adjusting a position of a solar collector to achieve a predetermined performance in accordance with the aspects set forth herein. The exemplary method can be implemented by an adjustment component (eg, 871 〇) or one of the processors or one of the processors functionally coupled to one of the processors 93 00 〇 although illustrated for a solar concentrator, example Method 93 00 can be implemented to adjust the position of 141498.doc - 151 - 201017905 of one or more parabolic reflectors. At action 93 10, performance information for a solar aggregator is collected by measurement or at least one of a database search, the database including current and historical operational data. At action 932, the condition of the solar collector is reported. At action 933, a performance metric based at least in part on the collected performance data is generated. A performance metric can include at least one of an energy conversion efficiency current output, a thermal energy generation, or the like. In addition, performance metrics may be generated for a group of pv components in a pv module, for a single cluster, or for a group of one or more PVx components within a cluster. It is evaluated whether the performance metric is satisfactory at action 934. In one aspect, such an evaluation can be based on one or more predefined thresholds of the performance metric, wherein a satisfactory performance metric is defined as an effect above one or more thresholds; The set of one or more thresholds is established by an operator in charge of one of the solar collectors. When the result of the evaluation action 934G indicates that the money (4) is satisfactory, the flow is directed to action 9310 for further performance data collection. In one aspect, the process can be redirected to action 931 after a predetermined waiting period (e.g., one hour, twelve hours, one day) elapses. In another aspect, a message can be communicated to an operator (e.g., via a terminal or computer) prior to directing the process to action 931, to ask if further step performance data collection is required. When the result of the evaluation action 234 indicates that the performance metric 7 is unsatisfactory or below one or more thresholds, one location of the solar concentrator is adjusted at act 9350 and the process is redirected to action 931 for further data collection. . As used in this specification, the term "processor" may refer to any of the 141498.doc 201017905 e-processing units or devices, including but not limited to single-processors with single-core processors and software multi-line execution capabilities. Multi-core processors, multi-core processors with software multi-line execution capabilities, multi-core processors with hardware multi-wire technology, parallel platforms, and parallel platforms with distributed shared memory. In addition, a processor may refer to an integrated circuit, an exclusive integrated circuit (ASIC), a digital signal processor (DSP), a programmable gate array (FPga), a customizable logic controller (PLC), A complex programmable logic device φ (CPLD), a discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components or designs thereof are used to perform any combination of the functions described herein. The processor can utilize nanoscale wood structures such as, but not limited to, molecular and quantum dot based transistors, switches, and gates to optimize space usage or enhance user equipment performance. A processor can also be implemented as a combination of computing processing units. In this manual, terms such as "storage", "data storage", "data storage", = database" and other information storage components that are related to the operation and functionality of a component are referred to as "memory." The component is now available. An entity in a memory or a component that makes up the memory. It should be understood that 'the memory component described herein may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory' or may include both volatile memory and non-volatile memory. ▲ By example τ instead of & In this way, non-volatile memory can include read-only 6 memory (ROM), programmable R〇M (pR〇M 胄 胄 programmable R〇M (EP surface), electronic erasable (EEpRQM) Or flash memory. Volatile memory may include random access memory (RAM) that acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation 141498.doc • 153· 201017905 Various forms, such as synchronous RAM ( SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link (Synchlink) DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct Ram bus RAM (DRRAM) In addition, the memory components of the systems or methods disclosed herein are intended to comprise, but are not limited to, include such and any other suitable types of memory. Various types described herein may be used using standard stylization and/or engineering techniques. Aspect or feature implemented as a method, apparatus, or article In addition, various aspects disclosed in the present specification may be implemented by a program module or hardware and a software or hardware and firmware combination stored in a memory and executed by a processor. The term "article of manufacture" is intended to encompass a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or media. For example, a computer-readable medium can include, but is not limited to, a magnetic storage device (eg, a hard disk, a floppy disk, Magnetic strips...), optical discs (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs), Blu-ray discs (BD)...), smart cards, and flash memory devices (eg, cards, sticks, keys) Drivers.). Specific terms used to describe such components, including references to a "component", unless otherwise indicated, by various components, devices, circuits, systems, and the like. Is intended to correspond to any component (e.g., a functional equivalent) that performs the specified function of the described components, even if it is not structurally equivalent to the disclosed examples of performing the embodiments illustrated herein. The structure of the functions in the aspect. In this regard, it should also be recognized that the various aspects include a system and computer executable instructions having actions for performing various methods and / 141498.doc -154 - 201017905 or events - Computer-readable media. As used herein, the term "exemplary" is used to mean "serving as an example, instance or illustration." This document is not intended to be interpreted as a "example" or a design. Other aspects or designs may be advantageous or advantageous. In addition, the examples are provided for clarity and understanding only and are not intended to limit the invention or its related parts in any way. It should be understood that numerous additional or alternative examples may be present, but have been omitted for the sake of brevity. The content of the ride above includes examples of the invention. Of course, each of the conceivable combinations of the various components or methods will be described in the context of the present invention, which can be considered by those skilled in the art, and can have many other combinations and arrangements of the present invention. Accordingly, the present invention is intended to embrace all such modifications, modifications, and changes in the spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, for the term "inchuries" as used in this detailed description or the scope of the patent application, the term is included in a manner similar to the term "comprising" when the patent application scope is used as a turning point. (comprising) is explained. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 illustrates an exemplary block diagram of one of the systems for testing, evaluating, and diagnosing solar collector performance in accordance with one aspect of the present invention. Figure 2 illustrates an aspect of the present invention in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. An exemplary alternative block diagram of one of the systems for testing, evaluating, and diagnosing solar collector performance, FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary process for facilitating testing, evaluating, and diagnosing solar collector performance in accordance with one aspect of the present invention. Figure 4 illustrates a block diagram of one of the computers operable to perform the disclosed architecture 141498.doc - 155 - 201017905; Figure 5 illustrates one energy harvesting aligned with an energy source in accordance with one aspect of the present specification One representative configuration of the device; Figure 6 illustrates the change in position of the sun relative to the earth in accordance with one aspect of the present specification; Figure 7 illustrates the declination angle of the sun relative to the earth throughout the year in accordance with one aspect of the present specification. Variation; Figure 8 illustrates one solar array in accordance with one aspect of the present specification; Figure 9 illustrates one solar array in accordance with one aspect of the present specification Columns; FIG. 1A illustrates a solar array that can be incorporated into one of the representative systems in accordance with one aspect of the present specification; FIG. 11 illustrates an embodiment of the present specification for connecting and aligning a pole mount to a solar energy One of the array assemblies; Figure 12 illustrates one of the embodiments of the tilt-solar array in accordance with one aspect of the present specification; Figure 13 illustrates the displacement of an array relative to a support member in accordance with one aspect of the present specification One of the center of gravity of the prior art system; Figure 14 illustrates a solar array in one of the safe positions in accordance with one aspect of the present specification; Figure 15 illustrates that it is in use for safety, repair, installation, etc., according to one aspect of the present specification. One of the solar arrays at one location; Figure 16 illustrates a representative method for constructing, mounting, and positioning a solar array in accordance with one aspect of the present specification; Figure 17 illustrates an embodiment for use in accordance with one aspect of the present specification The solar array 141498.doc -156- 201017905 is a representative method for positioning a column at a safe location; Figure 18 illustrates the facilitation of tracking and determining a device One block diagram of one exemplary system in direct sunlight; Figure 19 illustrates a block diagram of one exemplary system that facilitates tracking the position of the sun; Figure 20 illustrates an exemplary system that facilitates tracking the sun and properly positioning the solar cells One block diagram; FIG. 21 illustrates a block diagram of one exemplary system for remotely positioning a solar cell based on solar position tracking; FIG. 22 illustrates facilitating optimal alignment of solar cells based on one of direct sunlight. An exemplary system. Figure 2 3 illustrates an exemplary flow chart for determining the polarization of a light source; Figure 24 illustrates an exemplary flow chart for determining whether a light source is a direct day %; Figure 25 illustrates a method for positioning a solar cell An exemplary flow chart for optimally receiving direct sunlight; FIG. 26 illustrates a representative configuration of one of the energy harvesters aligned with the -energy source in accordance with the present specification; FIG. 27 illustrates the - The pattern is used to compare the desired energy collector position versus the actual position - the representative is the first. Figure 28 illustrates a representative line for aligning an energy device with respect to gravity in accordance with the present specification; gravity versus Figure 29 illustrates the alignment of the _gravity 141498 according to the present specification. Doc -157- 201017905 A representative system of a given entity; Figure 3A illustrates the use of a detailed description of the component - the desired energy collector position comparison - the actual position is compared Figure 31 illustrates a representative system for comparing a desired energy harvester position against an actual position by a detailed evaluation component in accordance with the present specification; Figure 32 illustrates one of the present descriptions. One representative representative energy harvesting evaluation method; FIG. 3 3 illustrates one representative method for performing gravity-based analysis with respect to energy harvesting according to one aspect of the present specification; FIG. 34 illustrates an aspect and usage according to an aspect The solar collector assembly is simplified compared to one of the solar wing assemblies; Figure 35 illustrates another view of the solar wing assembly according to an aspect of Figure 34. Circle, Figure 36 illustrates an exemplary schematic representation of one of the solar wing assemblies in which one of the mirrors is located at a portion of the unsafe position, according to an aspect; Figure 37 illustrates that one of the mirrors is located according to an aspect An exemplary schematic representation of one of the solar wing assemblies at one of the safety locations; FIG. 38 illustrates another exemplary schematic representation of one portion of the solar wing assembly according to one aspect; FIG. 39 illustrates The disclosed aspect is for a backbone structure of a solar collector assembly; 141498.doc -158- 201017905 Figure 40 illustrates a solar wing assembly according to one aspect and can be used to attach the solar wing assembly One of the brackets to one of the backbone structures is schematically represented; FIG. 41 illustrates a schematic representation of one exemplary focal length representing one configuration of the solar wing assembly to the backbone structure according to an aspect; FIG. 42 illustrates According to one aspect, a schematic representation of one of the four solar arrays comprising a plurality of solar wing assemblies is used; FIG. 4 is a schematic representation and disclosure One of the aspects is used together with a simplified pole mount; FIG. 4 4 illustrates an exemplary motor gear configuration that can be used to control the rotation of a solar collector assembly according to an aspect; FIG. 45 illustrates that it can be used for rotation according to an aspect. Another exemplary motor gear arrangement for control; FIG. 46 illustrates one pole mounting rod that can be used with the disclosed aspects; FIG. 47 illustrates another example of a pole stick that can be used with various aspects. Figure 48 illustrates a view of one of the first ends of a pole mounting rod. Figure 49 illustrates a fully assembled solar collector assembly under an operating condition in accordance with an aspect; Figure 50 illustrates a state according to one state Figure 1 is a schematic representation of one of the solar collector assemblies at a slanted position; Figure 51 illustrates a schematic representation of one of the solar collector assemblies according to one of the operating conditions being substantially different from one of the operating conditions. 141498.doc • 159- 201017905 FIG. 52 illustrates one of the solar collector assemblies rotated and lowered according to various aspects presented herein; FIG. 53 illustrates a state according to one state One of the solar collector assemblies in a reduced position is schematically represented; Figure 54 illustrates one of the solar collector assemblies located at a lowest position (which can be a storage location) according to an aspect. Schematic representation; Figure 55 illustrates another solar energy collection assembly that can be used with the disclosed aspects; Figure 56 illustrates an exemplary receiver that can be used with the disclosed aspects; Figure 57 illustrates One of the exemplary receivers illustrated in Figure 56 is an alternative view; Figure 58 illustrates one method for mass production of a solar collector in accordance with one or more aspects; Figure 59 illustrates an aspect according to an aspect A method for mounting a solar collector assembly; FIG. 60 illustrates a cross-sectional view of a heat regulating device configured to dissipate heat from a photovoltaic (pv) battery in accordance with one aspect of the present invention. Schematic block diagram; Figure 61 illustrates a schematic perspective view of one of the modular configurations of a modular configuration of a PV cell in the form of a grid in accordance with one aspect of the present invention; BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS A schematic block diagram of one of the heat regulating systems in accordance with yet another aspect of the present invention; FIG. 63 illustrates an exemplary temperature for monitoring a grid 141498.doc 201017905 assembly in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. Grid pattern; Figure 64 is a representative representation of one of the temperature amplitudes taken at each of the thumb blocks in accordance with yet another aspect of the present invention; Figure 65 illustrates the control of a photovoltaic grid assembly in accordance with a particular aspect of the present invention. One of the temperatures is a schematic diagram of one of the systems; Figure 66 illustrates a method for dissipating heat from a pv battery in accordance with one aspect of the present invention; and Figure 67 illustrates an aspect of a pv cell in accordance with one aspect of the present invention. One of the other methods of heat dissipation of the grid assembly; Figure 68 illustrates a schematic block diagram of one of the systems employing fluid as a cooling medium in accordance with one aspect of the present invention; and Figure 69 illustrates yet another aspect of the present invention. An exemplary solar grid configuration using a heat regulating assembly; FIG. 70 illustrates one method of operation for a heat regulating assembly in accordance with an aspect of the present invention; FIG. 71A and Figure 71B illustrates a graph of an exemplary parabolic solar concentrator and a focused beam, respectively, in accordance with aspects disclosed in the present application; Figure 7.2 illustrates an exemplary composition in accordance with one of the aspects set forth herein. a reflector, which is referred to herein as a solar wing assembly; FIGS. 73A and 73B illustrate attachment locations of one of the solar reflectors to one of the solar collectors according to the aspects set forth herein; 74A-74B illustrate an exemplary single receiver configuration and an exemplary dual receiver configuration, respectively, according to aspects 141498.doc-161 - 201017905 set forth herein; FIG. 75 illustrates the manner as set forth herein. The aspect focuses on one of the collected "bows" distortions of one of the receivers; Figure 76 is calibrated prior to deployment of one or more solar eclipse 5«• collectors according to the aspects disclosed in this specification. Or one of the typical slight distortions that can be adjusted during the scheduled maintenance session; Figure 77 illustrates a chart of one of the focused beam patterns adjusted according to one of the aspects; 8 is a chart for one of the receivers in one of the energy harvesting solar energy collectors according to the aspects set forth herein; FIGS. 79A-79B illustrate a graph of one of the receivers according to the aspects set forth herein; Figure 80 is a representation of one of the beam patterns focused on a receiver in accordance with the aspects set forth herein. 8A through 81B show an exemplary embodiment of a pv module in accordance with the aspects set forth herein; Fig. 82 shows a mechanical coupling to a pv module to extract heat from a portion thereof in accordance with the present invention; One embodiment of a channelized heat collector; FIGS. 83A-83C illustrate an exemplary scenario of illumination of a proactive PV element by daylight collection via a parabolic solar collector according to the aspects set forth herein; FIG. 84 is based on One of the computer simulations of one of the beam distributions of a parabolic concentrator disclosed in this specification; 141498.doc -162- 201017905 Figures 85A-85C illustrate clusters of pv batteries according to the aspects set forth herein Example of Configuration; Figures 86A-86B illustrate two example cluster configurations of a passively calibrated PV cell that implements a change in the focused beam pattern in accordance with the aspects set forth herein. Figure 86C shows an exemplary configuration for the collection of generated currents in accordance with the aspects set forth herein; Figure 87 is a position of a solar collector or its reflector panel implemented in accordance with the aspects set forth herein. One block diagram of an exemplary tracking system that adjusts to maximize one of the solar collector performance metrics; FIGS. 88A-88B represent one embodiment of a daylight receiver utilizing a wide collector in accordance with the aspects set forth herein Identical view; FIG. 89 shows an exemplary alternative or additional embodiment of one of the tweens receivers utilizing a wide collector in accordance with the aspects set forth herein; FIG. 90 illustrates a wide-collector receiver One of the plurality of reflections on the inner surface of the reflective guide causes a ray tracing simulation of light incident on the surface of a PV module; Figure 91 is presented in a broad one of the reflective guides attached to one of the reflectors One of the light collected at one of the collectors of the collector receives a simulated image; Figure 92 presents an aspect for concentrating light for energy using a parabolic reflector according to the aspects set forth herein A flow chart of one of the example methods; and FIG. 93 is one of the exemplary methods for adjusting one of the positions of a solar collector to achieve a predetermined performance according to the aspects set forth herein. Flowchart 0 141498. Doc •163· 201017905 [Main component symbol description] 100 system 102 test system 202 laser transmitter component 204 receiver component 206 receiver component 208 processor component 400 computing environment 402 computer 404 processing unit 406 system memory 408 system bus 410 Read-only memory 412 Random access memory 414 Internal hard disk drive 416 Soft disk drive 418 Removable disk 420 Optical disk drive 422 CD-ROM disk 424 Hard disk interface 426 Disk drive interface 428 Optical drive interface 430 Operating System 432 Application 141498.doc - 164- 201017905
434 程式模組 436 程式貧料 438 鍵盤 440 滑鼠 442 輸入器件介面 444 監測器 446 視訊轉接器 448 遠端電腦 450 記憶體/儲存器件 452 區域網路 454 廣域網路 456 通信網路介面或轉接器 458 數據機 500 太陽能收集系統 502 陣列 504 中央收集裝置/收集器 506 極座架支撐臂 508 間隙 510 機動化傳動器件總成 512 水平軸 514 致動器 516 垂直軸 602 地球轴 604 地球軌道路徑 141498.doc -165- 201017905 606 太陽 608 地球 800 系統 802 極座架 804 太陽能電池/光伏打器件陣列 806 太陽射線 900 系統 902 反射鏡陣列 904 曰光 906 遠端收集器件 1000 系統 1002 太陽能陣列 1004 赤緯定位器件 1006 赤經定位器件 1008 定位控制器 1010 輸入組件 1012 儲存組件 1014 人工智慧(AI)組件 1016 能量輸出組件 1018 電網 1020 電力迴路 1100 系統 1102 連接器 1104 支撐托架 141498.doc -166- 201017905434 Program Module 436 Program 438 Keyboard 440 Mouse 442 Input Device Interface 444 Monitor 446 Video Adapter 448 Remote Computer 450 Memory/Storage Device 452 Regional Network 454 Wide Area Network 456 Communication Network Interface or Transfer 458 Data Machine 500 Solar Collecting System 502 Array 504 Central Collector/Collector 506 Polar Mount Support Arm 508 Clearance 510 Motorized Transmission Assembly 512 Horizontal Axis 514 Actuator 516 Vertical Axis 602 Earth Axis 604 Earth Orbital Path 141498 .doc -165- 201017905 606 Sun 608 Earth 800 System 802 Pole Frame 804 Solar Cell / Photovoltaic Device Array 806 Solar Ray 900 System 902 Mirror Array 904 Twilight 906 Remote Collection Device 1000 System 1002 Solar Array 1004 Declination Positioning Device 1006 Right ascension locating device 1008 Positioning controller 1010 Input component 1012 Storage component 1014 Artificial intelligence (AI) component 1016 Energy output component 1018 Grid 1020 Power circuit 1100 System 1102 Connector 1104 Support bracket 141498.doc -166- 201017905
1106 馬達 1108 齒輪機構 1200 系統 1202 支撐件 1300 系統 1302 陣列 1304 支撐臂 1402 基座支撐件 1800 系統 1802 曰光追蹤組件 1804 定位組件 1900 系統 1904 光分析組件 1906 偏光器 1908 光譜濾光器 1910 球透鏡 1912 象限單元 1914 放大器 2000 系統 2002 太陽能電池定位組件 2004 時鐘組件 2100 系統 2102 曰光資訊傳輸組件 2104 網路 141498.doc -167- 201017905 2200 系統 2202 軸向可旋轉裝置 2204 直射曰光 2206 反射光 2208 雷射 2600 狀態 2602 狀態 2604 太陽能碟 2606 能量源 2608 基座 2610 .聚集器 2612 主能量界限 2700 系統 2702 獲得組件 2704 評價組件 2800 系統 2802 計算組件 2804 評估組件 2808 結論組件 2810 移動組件 2812 產生組件 2814 回饋組件 2816 調適組件 2900 系統 141498.doc -168- 201017905 2902 確定組件 2904 校正組件 3000 系統 3002 通信組件 3004 搜索組件 3006 濾光器組件 3008 儲存器 3100 系統 m w 3102 人工智慧組件 3104 管理組件 3106 補償組件 3108 檢查組件 3400 太陽能翼總成 3402 成形樑 3404 反射鏡支撐肋 A 3406 反射鏡支撐肋 3408 反射鏡支撐肋 3410 反射鏡支撐肋 3412 反射鏡支撐肋 3414 反射鏡支撐肋 3416 反射鏡 3602 反射鏡爽 3604 反射鏡夾 3606 第一位置 141498.doc •169- 201017905 3608 公連接器 3610 第一側 3612 公連接器 3614 第二側 3616 反射鏡接觸表面 3702 第二位置 3802 鉤 3804 鉤 3900 骨幹結構 3902 .矩形樑 3904 矩形樑 3906 支撐件 3908 支撐件 3910 中央收集裝置 4002 托架 4004 第一端 4008 第二端 4100 焦距 4104 太陽能反射器 4106 接收器 4108 線 4200 太陽能收集總成 4202 陣列 4204 陣列 141498.doc -170- 201017905 4206 陣列 4208 陣列 4300 極座架 4302 極座架支撐臂 4304 定位器件 4400 馬達齒輪配置 4402 連接器 4404 支撐托架 w 4406 支撐托架 4408 馬達 4410 馬達驅動器 4412 驅動單元 4500 馬達齒輪配置 4502 極座架支撐臂 4504 托架 應 4506 托架 4508 馬達 4510 馬達驅動器 4512 驅動單元 4600 極安裝桿 4602 第一端 4604 第二端 4700 極安裝桿 4702 第一端 141498.doc -171 - 201017905 4704 第二端 4800 連接構件 4900 陽能收集器總成 4902 間隙 4904 陣列群組 4906 陣列群組 4908 底腳 4910 安裝托架 4912 底腳 4914 安裝單元 4916 表面 5200 太陽能收集器總成 5500 太陽能收集總成 5502 太陽能翼總成 5504 反射鏡 5506 翼 5600 接收器 5608 冷卻線路 5610 冷卻線路 6005 入射光 6010 熱量調節器件 6020 模組化配置 6023 電池 6025 電池 141498.doc -172- 201017905 6027 電池 6037 背側 6102 PV電池 6110 PV格柵 6115 熱量傳送層 6121 基礎板 6125 熱量促進區段 6126 熱點 胃 6127 熱點 6128 熱點 6131 熱傳導路徑 6200 熱量調節系統 6261 光伏打格柵總成 6262 熱量調節器件 6263 背部板 _ 6264 熱電網路總成 6265 散熱片 6266 處理器 6267 記憶體 6268 溫度監測系統 6500 系統 6572 熱量調節器件 6574 PV格柵 6576 處理器 141498.doc -173- 201017905 6578 控制單元 6579 電源 6800 系統 6805 蓄水池 6810 PV系統 6815 文氏管/閥 6820 止回/控制閥 6825 止回/控制閥 6830 控制器 6840 AI組件 6900 系統 6902 行 6904 列 6908 行 6910 列 6914 聚集器 6950 太陽能聚集器 6960 控制組件 7100 太陽能聚集器 7110 柱 7115 主支撐樑 7122 聚焦之光圖案 712〇ι 接收器 712〇2 接收器 141498.doc -174- 201017905 7120γ 接收器 7122 聚焦之光圖案 7125 桁架 7130, 面板 713〇2 面板 71303 面板 71304 面板 7135 反射器 ® 7205 反射元件 7208 縱向方向 7210 橫向方向 7215, 支撐肋 72152 支撐肋 72153 支撐肋 7225 骨幹樑 7235 母連接器 7355 線 7400 單接收器組態 7450 反射器配置 7510 接收器 7610 接收器 7810 PV模組 7820 PV電池 7830 蛇管 141498.doc -175- 201017905 7910 外殼 7915 喷嘴 8140 PV模組 8145 金屬板 8148 空腔 8150 PV模組 8152 扣件構件 8190 PV模組 8192 孔口 8200 通道化熱量收集器 820〇ι 通道化收集器 820〇2 通道化收集器 820〇3 通道化收集器 820〇4 通道化收集器 8210 通道或導管 8220 孔口 8230 孔口 8240 孔口 8252 扣件 8254 脊 8302 軸Z 8305 聚焦光束 8325 PV元件 8335 焦點區 141498.doc -176- 201017905 8345 焦點區 8405 方向Y 8407 方向X 8455 VMJ電池 8520, 群集 852〇2 群集 85203 群集 8524 電線 w 8530 佈局/組態 8535, 串 85352 串 8550! PV群集 85502 PV群集 85503 PV群集 8560 匯流排/電線 8565, 列 85652 列 85653 列 8580 組態 8582! 群集 85822 群集 85823 群集 8585! 列 85852 列 14l498.doc •177- 201017905 85853 列 8590 匯流排 8600 組態 8605 光束 861〇ι 群集 861〇2 群集 86IO3 群集 8615 光束/PV元件 8620 附加電池 8622 電線 8624 電線 8626 匯流排 8650 組態 8670 附加電池 8676 電壓匯流排 8677 電線 8680 組態 8684 二極體 8686 二極體 8688 二極體 8700 系統 8705 太陽能聚集器 8710 調整組件 8720 監測器組件 141498.doc -178- 2010179051106 Motor 1108 Gear Mechanism 1200 System 1202 Support 1300 System 1302 Array 1304 Support Arm 1402 Base Support 1800 System 1802 Twilight Tracking Assembly 1804 Positioning Assembly 1900 System 1904 Light Analysis Assembly 1906 Polarizer 1908 Spectral Filter 1910 Ball Lens 1912 Quadrant Unit 1914 Amplifier 2000 System 2002 Solar Cell Positioning Component 2004 Clock Component 2100 System 2102 Twilight Information Transmission Component 2104 Network 141498.doc -167- 201017905 2200 System 2202 Axial Rotatable Device 2204 Direct Twilight 2206 Reflected Light 2208 Laser 2600 State 2602 State 2604 Solar Dish 2606 Energy Source 2608 Base 2610. Aggregator 2612 Primary Energy Limit 2700 System 2702 Get Component 2704 Evaluation Component 2800 System 2802 Calculation Component 2804 Evaluation Component 2808 Conclusion Component 2810 Mobile Component 2812 Generation Component 2814 Feedback Component 2816 Adaptation component 2900 System 141498.doc -168- 201017905 2902 Determining component 2904 Correction component 3000 System 3002 Communication component 3004 Search component 3006 Filter group Piece 3008 Storage 3100 System mw 3102 Artificial Intelligence Component 3104 Management Component 3106 Compensation Component 3108 Inspection Assembly 3400 Solar Wing Assembly 3402 Formed Beam 3404 Mirror Support Rib A 3406 Mirror Support Rib 3408 Mirror Support Rib 3410 Mirror Support Rib 3412 Mirror Support Ribs 3414 Mirror Support Ribs 3416 Mirror 3602 Mirror Cool 3604 Mirror Clip 3606 First Position 141498.doc • 169- 201017905 3608 Male Connector 3610 First Side 3612 Male Connector 3614 Second Side 3616 Mirror Contact surface 3702 second position 3802 hook 3804 hook 3900 backbone structure 3902. rectangular beam 3904 rectangular beam 3906 support 3908 support 3910 central collection device 4002 bracket 4004 first end 4008 second end 4100 focal length 4104 solar reflector 4106 receiver 4108 Line 4200 Solar Collector Assembly 4202 Array 4204 Array 141498.doc -170- 201017905 4206 Array 4208 Array 4300 Polar Mount 4302 Polar Mount Support Arm 4304 Positioning Device 4400 Motor Gear Configuration 4402 Connector 4404 Support Bracket w 44 06 Support bracket 4408 Motor 4410 Motor driver 4412 Drive unit 4500 Motor gear configuration 4502 Polar mount support arm 4504 Bracket should 4506 Bracket 4508 Motor 4510 Motor drive 4512 Drive unit 4600 Pole mounting rod 4602 First end 4604 Second end 4700 Pole Mounting Bar 4702 First End 141498.doc -171 - 201017905 4704 Second End 4800 Connecting Member 4900 Solar Collector Assembly 4902 Clearance 4904 Array Group 4906 Array Group 4908 Foot 4910 Mounting Bracket 4912 Foot 4914 Installation Unit 4916 Surface 5200 Solar Collector Assembly 5500 Solar Collector Assembly 5502 Solar Wing Assembly 5504 Mirror 5506 Wing 5600 Receiver 5608 Cooling Line 5610 Cooling Line 6005 Incident Light 6010 Thermal Regulator 6020 Modular Configuration 6023 Battery 6025 Battery 141498 .doc -172- 201017905 6027 Battery 6037 Back side 6102 PV battery 6110 PV grid 6115 Heat transfer layer 6121 Base board 6125 Heat promotion section 6126 Hot spot stomach 6127 Hot spot 6128 Hot spot 6131 Heat conduction path 6200 Heat regulation system 62 61 Photovoltaic grid assembly 6262 Thermal regulation device 6263 Back panel _ 6264 Thermal grid circuit assembly 6265 Heat sink 6266 Processor 6267 Memory 6268 Temperature monitoring system 6500 System 6572 Thermal conditioning device 6574 PV grill 6576 Processor 141498.doc -173- 201017905 6578 Control Unit 6579 Power Supply 6800 System 6805 Reservoir 6810 PV System 6815 Venturi/Valve 6820 Check/Control Valve 6825 Check/Control Valve 6830 Controller 6840 AI Component 6900 System 6902 Row 6904 Column 6908 Row 6910 Column 6914 Aggregator 6950 Solar Collector 6960 Control Assembly 7100 Solar Collector 7110 Column 7115 Main Support Beam 7122 Focused Light Pattern 712〇 Receiver 712〇2 Receiver 141498.doc -174- 201017905 7120γ Receiver 7122 Focus Light pattern 7125 truss 7130, panel 713〇2 panel 71303 panel 71304 panel 7135 reflector® 7205 reflective element 7208 longitudinal direction 7210 transverse direction 7215, support rib 72152 support rib 72153 support rib 7225 backbone beam 7235 female connector 7355 line 7400 single reception Configuration 7 450 reflector configuration 7510 receiver 7610 receiver 7810 PV module 7820 PV battery 7830 coil 141498.doc -175- 201017905 7910 housing 7915 nozzle 8140 PV module 8145 metal plate 8148 cavity 8150 PV module 8152 fastener component 8190 PV Module 8192 orifice 8200 channelized heat collector 820〇ι channeled collector 820〇2 channelized collector 820〇3 channelized collector 820〇4 channelized collector 8210 channel or conduit 8220 orifice 8230 orifice 8240 Orifice 8252 Fastener 8254 Ridge 8302 Axis Z 8305 Focused beam 8325 PV component 8335 Focus zone 141498.doc -176- 201017905 8345 Focus zone 8405 Direction Y 8407 Direction X 8455 VMJ battery 8520, Cluster 852〇2 Cluster 85203 Cluster 8524 Wire w 8530 Layout/Configuration 8535, String 85352 String 8550! PV Cluster 85502 PV Cluster 85503 PV Cluster 8560 Bus/Wire 8565, Column 85652 Column 85653 Column 8580 Configuration 8582! Cluster 85822 Cluster 85823 Cluster 8585! Column 85852 Column 14l498.doc •177- 201017905 85853 Column 8590 Bus 8600 Configuration 8605 Beam 861〇ι Cluster 861〇2 Cluster 86IO3 Cluster 8615 Beam/PV Element 8620 Additional Battery 8622 Wire 8624 Wire 8626 Busbar 8650 Configuration 8670 Additional Battery 8676 Voltage Bus 8677 Wire 8680 Configuration 8684 Diode 8868 Diode 8688 Diode 8700 System 8705 Solar Collector 8710 Adjustment Kit 8720 Monitor Component 141498.doc -178- 201017905
8725 效能度量產生器組件 8735 診斷組件 8740 控制組件 8745 致動器組件 8747 組態組件 8750 處理器 8760 記憶體 8800 曰光接收器 8810 PV模組 8815 導管 8820 導向器 8825 支撐結構 8900 太陽能接收器 8915 支撐結構 8917 支撐板 8920, 熱量收集器 892〇2 熱量收集器 8930 導管 9000 射線跟蹤模擬 9005 光射線 9010 區 9020 外形輪廓 9030 外形輪廓 9110 影像 141498.doc -179-8725 Performance Metric Generator Component 8735 Diagnostic Component 8740 Control Component 8745 Actuator Component 8747 Configuration Component 8750 Processor 8760 Memory 8800 Phosphor Receiver 8810 PV Module 8815 Catheter 8820 Director 8825 Support Structure 8900 Solar Receiver 8915 Support Structure 8917 Support Plate 8920, Heat Collector 892〇2 Heat Collector 8930 Catheter 9000 Ray Tracing Simulation 9005 Light Ray 9010 Zone 9020 Profile 9030 Profile Profile 9110 Image 141498.doc -179-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (14)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US7802908P | 2008-07-03 | 2008-07-03 | |
| US7799808P | 2008-07-03 | 2008-07-03 | |
| US7825908P | 2008-07-03 | 2008-07-03 | |
| US7824508P | 2008-07-03 | 2008-07-03 | |
| US7825608P | 2008-07-03 | 2008-07-03 | |
| US7799108P | 2008-07-03 | 2008-07-03 | |
| US7803808P | 2008-07-03 | 2008-07-03 | |
| US12/495,136 US20100000594A1 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-06-30 | Solar concentrators with temperature regulation |
| US12/495,164 US8229581B2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-06-30 | Placement of a solar collector |
| US12/495,398 US8646227B2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-06-30 | Mass producible solar collector |
| US12/495,303 US20100000517A1 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-06-30 | Sun position tracking |
| US12/496,150 US8345255B2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-07-01 | Solar concentrator testing |
| US12/496,541 US8450597B2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-07-01 | Light beam pattern and photovoltaic elements layout |
| US12/496,034 US8253086B2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-07-01 | Polar mounting arrangement for a solar concentrator |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW201017905A true TW201017905A (en) | 2010-05-01 |
Family
ID=43501672
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW098122711A TW201017905A (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2009-07-03 | Solar collector assembly |
Country Status (9)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP2311097A4 (en) |
| CN (5) | CN103107225B (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2009266870A1 (en) |
| BR (1) | BRPI0915510A2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2729811A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL210448A0 (en) |
| MX (1) | MX2011000201A (en) |
| TW (1) | TW201017905A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2010003115A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI405942B (en) * | 2010-10-21 | 2013-08-21 | Atomic Energy Council | A method of sence sun tracker position for solar tracker control system with high accuracy |
| TWI456773B (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2014-10-11 | Au Optronics Corp | Heat dissipation structure |
| TWI769731B (en) * | 2021-01-28 | 2022-07-01 | 鴻海精密工業股份有限公司 | Pressure-driven solar photovoltaic panel automatic tracking device |
| TWI838895B (en) * | 2022-10-04 | 2024-04-11 | 崑山科技大學 | Method for establishing a dual-axis sun-tracking solar power system operating model with shadow mode |
| TWI895467B (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2025-09-01 | 德商卡爾蔡司Smt有限公司 | Optical system and method of operating an optical system |
Families Citing this family (47)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2011095996A2 (en) * | 2010-02-08 | 2011-08-11 | A.T.E. Enterprises Private Limited | Paraboloidal solar concentrator |
| CN101923353B (en) * | 2010-07-28 | 2013-04-17 | 集美大学 | Double-photoelectric-sensor combined control sun tracking method and device thereof |
| US9893223B2 (en) | 2010-11-16 | 2018-02-13 | Suncore Photovoltaics, Inc. | Solar electricity generation system |
| CN102455499A (en) * | 2011-05-09 | 2012-05-16 | 王德恒 | Manufacturing method and device of super light-gathering device |
| US20120298177A1 (en) * | 2011-05-26 | 2012-11-29 | Vandal Robert A | Concentrating photovoltaic systems with offset photovoltaic devices and/or associated methods |
| US20130246010A1 (en) * | 2011-09-12 | 2013-09-19 | Modsolar, Llc | System and Method for Optimized Automated Layout of Solar Panels |
| CN102360116B (en) | 2011-10-13 | 2013-11-13 | 湘潭电机力源模具有限公司 | Disc-type condenser and solar thermal power generating system comprising same |
| EP2620987B1 (en) * | 2012-01-27 | 2018-09-12 | CS Consulting Sarl | Devices and systems for concentration / collection of solar energy and industrial and household applications |
| US9793760B2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2017-10-17 | Patrick Soon-Shiong | Wireless power distribution systems and methods |
| US20150107670A1 (en) * | 2012-05-30 | 2015-04-23 | Anycasting Co., Ltd. | Concentrating solar cell module panel having stiffness and concentrating photovoltaic generation system comprising same |
| FR2998684B1 (en) * | 2012-11-28 | 2014-11-21 | Soitec Solar Gmbh | CONTROLLING A SOLAR TRACKING DEVICE |
| FR3013172B1 (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2015-11-20 | Soitec Solar Gmbh | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TESTING A CONCENTRATION PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE |
| FR3013174B1 (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2015-11-20 | Soitec Solar Gmbh | DEVICE FOR TESTING A CONCENTRATION PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE |
| FR3013173B1 (en) | 2013-11-14 | 2017-05-12 | Soitec Solar Gmbh | METHOD FOR TESTING A CONCENTRATION PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE |
| ES2558847B1 (en) * | 2014-07-08 | 2016-11-21 | Universidad De Zaragoza | SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD IN CLOSED LOOP FOR HELIOSTATOS IN TORRE THERMOSOLAR POWER STATIONS |
| CN107210328A (en) * | 2014-09-01 | 2017-09-26 | 康福科技有限公司 | Solar collectors for power generation |
| CN104865974A (en) * | 2015-03-24 | 2015-08-26 | 浙江师范大学 | FPGA-based sunlight real-time tracking device and method |
| CN104793639B (en) * | 2015-04-10 | 2017-07-25 | 太原科技大学 | Control Method of Two-axis Tracking Structure of Butterfly Generator in Polar Coordinate System |
| US10454412B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2019-10-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tunable photonic harvesting for solar energy conversion and dynamic shading tolerance |
| CN105546859A (en) * | 2016-01-06 | 2016-05-04 | 江苏京展能源科技有限公司 | Solar main beam fixing device |
| US10490675B2 (en) | 2016-03-01 | 2019-11-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | User-preference driven control of electrical and thermal output from a photonic energy device |
| CN105676411B (en) * | 2016-03-18 | 2018-05-18 | 东方宏海新能源科技发展有限公司 | A kind of focusing data processing method of Salar light-gathering eyeglass |
| CN105717606B (en) * | 2016-03-18 | 2019-04-16 | 东方宏海新能源科技发展有限公司 | Salar light-gathering eyeglass focusing system and focus adjustment method |
| US20180029544A1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-02-01 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Roof support structure for solar panel module |
| US10498287B2 (en) | 2017-01-26 | 2019-12-03 | Evermore United S.A. | Waterless cleaning system and method for solar trackers using an autonomous robot |
| US11201583B2 (en) | 2017-01-26 | 2021-12-14 | Evermore United S.A. | Waterless cleaning system and method for solar trackers using an autonomous robot |
| US10498288B2 (en) | 2017-01-26 | 2019-12-03 | Evermore United S.A. | Waterless cleaning system and method for solar trackers using an autonomous robot |
| US10797636B2 (en) | 2017-01-26 | 2020-10-06 | Evermore United S.A. | Waterless cleaning system and method for solar trackers using an autonomous robot |
| US10651784B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2020-05-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Solar farming with mobile photonic harvesters |
| US12408924B2 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2025-09-09 | Robert S. Fishel | Mechanism and device for left atrial appendage occlusion with electrical isolation |
| US11357512B2 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2022-06-14 | Robert Fishel | Mechanism and device for left atrial appendage occlusion with electrical isolation |
| CN108052030A (en) * | 2018-02-08 | 2018-05-18 | 黄君 | Modularization satellite framework |
| CN108437767B (en) * | 2018-04-30 | 2023-11-14 | 天津大学 | Semiconductor refrigeration and heating automobile window thermostat system using solar energy as energy |
| CN108538933A (en) * | 2018-05-11 | 2018-09-14 | 南京工业大学 | Magneto-optical material microstructure photovoltaic radiator with nonreciprocity |
| US10892703B2 (en) | 2018-05-18 | 2021-01-12 | Nextracker Inc. | Methods and systems for detecting shading for solar trackers |
| CN110953736B (en) * | 2018-09-27 | 2024-05-07 | 浙江大学 | Molten salt heat absorber thermal efficiency test system and test method |
| CN109186481B (en) * | 2018-09-30 | 2024-02-06 | 华南理工大学 | Device and method for detecting deformation and vibration of polygonal plate based on digital speckle |
| CN109285921B (en) * | 2018-12-03 | 2024-01-26 | 乐山新天源太阳能科技有限公司 | Gas mixing and homogenizing device for solar cell anti-PID equipment |
| CN110514383B (en) * | 2019-09-03 | 2020-12-22 | 温州春桦秋时科技有限公司 | A wind load measurement room with a changeable roof form |
| US11500397B2 (en) | 2019-10-02 | 2022-11-15 | Array Technologies, Inc. | Solar tracking during persistent cloudy conditions |
| CN113466253A (en) * | 2020-03-31 | 2021-10-01 | 苏州阿特斯阳光电力科技有限公司 | Detection method and detection equipment for solar cell hot spot defect |
| CN111555105B (en) * | 2020-05-26 | 2025-04-22 | 王旭 | A solar-powered and driven laser system |
| CN114747490B (en) * | 2022-04-22 | 2023-01-31 | 安徽农业大学 | A kind of solar-powered intelligent water spray cooling cowshed |
| CN116192036B (en) * | 2023-05-04 | 2023-07-04 | 太一光伏科技(常州)有限公司 | A photovoltaic module automatic cooling device |
| CN117366889B (en) * | 2023-12-06 | 2024-02-20 | 胜利油田胜兴集团有限责任公司 | Pressure control-based heat pipe type solar monitoring and early warning system |
| CN119436610B (en) * | 2024-11-07 | 2025-12-02 | 大连理工大学 | A BIPV/T system based on nanofluidic spectral beam splitting PV/T components and independently controllable thermoelectric cooling. |
| CN120626416B (en) * | 2025-08-08 | 2025-10-17 | 深圳市华风国际新能源科技有限公司 | Angle adjustment method, device, equipment, storage medium and product for power generation equipment |
Family Cites Families (22)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4041307A (en) * | 1976-06-07 | 1977-08-09 | Rca Corporation | Positioning a platform with respect to rays of a light source |
| US4296731A (en) * | 1977-09-26 | 1981-10-27 | Cluff C Brent | Tracking booster and multiple mirror concentrator floating collector |
| US4219729A (en) * | 1978-06-16 | 1980-08-26 | Smith Otto J M | Method of aligning and locating the mirrors of a collector field with respect to a receptor tower |
| US4262195A (en) * | 1979-07-25 | 1981-04-14 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Solar tracking system |
| US4364183A (en) * | 1980-01-21 | 1982-12-21 | Rhodes William A | Heliostat-adjusting solar sight |
| JPS5928616A (en) * | 1982-08-11 | 1984-02-15 | Takashi Mori | light direction sensor |
| US5223043A (en) * | 1991-02-11 | 1993-06-29 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Current-matched high-efficiency, multijunction monolithic solar cells |
| NZ292641A (en) * | 1994-09-15 | 1997-12-19 | Colin Francis Johnson | Mirror concentrates solar radiation onto photovaltaic cells and heat transfer fluid cooling conduits |
| FR2726080B1 (en) * | 1994-10-25 | 1997-01-10 | Electricfil | OPTOELECTRONIC SENSOR FOR MEASURING THE INTENSITY AND THE DIRECTION OF INCIDENCE OF A LIGHT BEAM |
| IL113098A (en) * | 1995-03-23 | 1998-03-10 | Solel Solar Systems Ltd | Solar collection system |
| US5899071A (en) * | 1996-08-14 | 1999-05-04 | Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation | Adaptive thermal controller for heat engines |
| US6281426B1 (en) * | 1997-10-01 | 2001-08-28 | Midwest Research Institute | Multi-junction, monolithic solar cell using low-band-gap materials lattice matched to GaAs or Ge |
| CZ20022831A3 (en) * | 2000-01-27 | 2003-12-17 | Michael Bohumir Haber | Solar panel assembly tilting mechanism |
| US6485152B2 (en) * | 2000-05-05 | 2002-11-26 | Doug Wood | Matrix solar dish |
| US6284968B1 (en) * | 2000-06-19 | 2001-09-04 | Joseph Z. Niesyn | Solar-tracking system |
| JP3701264B2 (en) * | 2002-07-05 | 2005-09-28 | 三鷹光器株式会社 | Heliostat for solar condensing system and control method thereof |
| JP4478031B2 (en) * | 2002-11-26 | 2010-06-09 | ソラレン コーポレイション | Space power generation system |
| CN100370194C (en) * | 2003-10-31 | 2008-02-20 | 赵小峰 | Solar collecting and utilizing device |
| WO2005048310A2 (en) * | 2003-11-10 | 2005-05-26 | Practical Technology, Inc. | System and method for enhanced thermophotovoltaic generation |
| US7185845B1 (en) * | 2004-01-16 | 2007-03-06 | Richard Leon Hartman | Faceted ball lens for semi-active laser seeker |
| US20080017784A1 (en) * | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Hoot John E | Apparatus and methods to locate and track the sun |
| US20080018995A1 (en) * | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Baun Kenneth W | User-directed automated telescope alignment |
-
2009
- 2009-07-02 CN CN201210593389.6A patent/CN103107225B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-07-02 AU AU2009266870A patent/AU2009266870A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-07-02 BR BRPI0915510A patent/BRPI0915510A2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2009-07-02 CN CN2012105935073A patent/CN103104990A/en active Pending
- 2009-07-02 CN CN2012105939178A patent/CN103104991A/en active Pending
- 2009-07-02 CN CN2012105935092A patent/CN103107221A/en active Pending
- 2009-07-02 MX MX2011000201A patent/MX2011000201A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2009-07-02 CA CA2729811A patent/CA2729811A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-07-02 WO PCT/US2009/049610 patent/WO2010003115A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2009-07-02 EP EP09774564.0A patent/EP2311097A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2009-07-02 CN CN2009801345270A patent/CN102150282B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-07-03 TW TW098122711A patent/TW201017905A/en unknown
-
2011
- 2011-01-03 IL IL210448A patent/IL210448A0/en unknown
Cited By (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI405942B (en) * | 2010-10-21 | 2013-08-21 | Atomic Energy Council | A method of sence sun tracker position for solar tracker control system with high accuracy |
| TWI456773B (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2014-10-11 | Au Optronics Corp | Heat dissipation structure |
| TWI895467B (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2025-09-01 | 德商卡爾蔡司Smt有限公司 | Optical system and method of operating an optical system |
| TWI769731B (en) * | 2021-01-28 | 2022-07-01 | 鴻海精密工業股份有限公司 | Pressure-driven solar photovoltaic panel automatic tracking device |
| TWI838895B (en) * | 2022-10-04 | 2024-04-11 | 崑山科技大學 | Method for establishing a dual-axis sun-tracking solar power system operating model with shadow mode |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| IL210448A0 (en) | 2011-03-31 |
| CN102150282B (en) | 2013-12-11 |
| EP2311097A4 (en) | 2014-05-14 |
| CN102150282A (en) | 2011-08-10 |
| CN103107225A (en) | 2013-05-15 |
| CN103104991A (en) | 2013-05-15 |
| CN103104990A (en) | 2013-05-15 |
| WO2010003115A4 (en) | 2010-03-04 |
| CN103107225B (en) | 2016-05-18 |
| BRPI0915510A2 (en) | 2016-01-26 |
| MX2011000201A (en) | 2011-08-17 |
| CA2729811A1 (en) | 2010-01-07 |
| CN103107221A (en) | 2013-05-15 |
| EP2311097A1 (en) | 2011-04-20 |
| AU2009266870A1 (en) | 2010-01-07 |
| WO2010003115A1 (en) | 2010-01-07 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TW201017905A (en) | Solar collector assembly | |
| US8450597B2 (en) | Light beam pattern and photovoltaic elements layout | |
| US20100000519A1 (en) | Polar mounting arrangement for a solar concentrator | |
| Cotfas et al. | Multiconcept methods to enhance photovoltaic system efficiency | |
| US8466399B1 (en) | Techniques for adjusting solar array tracking | |
| US20100212653A1 (en) | Field Level Tracker Controller | |
| US8646227B2 (en) | Mass producible solar collector | |
| Mamodiya et al. | Dual-axis solar tracking system with different control strategies for improved energy efficiency | |
| Kim et al. | Tracking control of high‐concentration photovoltaic systems for minimizing power losses | |
| US8229581B2 (en) | Placement of a solar collector | |
| Peláez | Bifacial solar panels system design, modeling, and performance | |
| Andraka | Cost/performance tradeoffs for reflectors used in solar concentrating dish systems | |
| US8345255B2 (en) | Solar concentrator testing | |
| Vivar et al. | Third‐generation EUCLIDES concentrator results | |
| CN103219405A (en) | Solar energy collector | |
| Stone et al. | Four years of operation of the AMONIX high concentration photovoltaic system at arizona public service utility | |
| Jayakumar | Resource assessment handbook | |
| Cancro et al. | Design of a Novel Hybrid Concentrated Photovoltaic–Thermal System Equipped with Energy Storages, Optimized for Use in Residential Contexts. | |
| Yeh et al. | Focal point tracking system for concentration solar power collection | |
| Ayala Pelaez | Bifacial solar panels system design, modeling, and performance | |
| US20220407453A1 (en) | Lightweight passive radiative cooling to enhance concentrating photovoltaics | |
| Berman | Efficient light collection in solar concentrating systems | |
| Rao et al. | Solar Power System | |
| OTTOSSON | Case study of Urban Solar Photovoltaic systems Technical and Economical performance in Nordic climates | |
| Varieras et al. | System performance considerations for low concentration linear-focus silicon-based photovoltaic modules |